Category Archives: Teachers’ Resources

Form Three Term 1, 2 and 3 Free Termly Exam Papers For All Subjects

Form Three Term 1, 2 and 3 Free Exam Papers For All Subjects

F3 AGRI PP1 MS (1).docx
F3 C.R.E PP2 MS.docx
F3 KIS P2 QN.docx
F3 AGRI PP1 QS.docx
F2 BST QS.docx
F3 ENGLISH P2 QS-b (1).docx
F3 ENGLISH P2 QS-b (2).docx
F3 ENGLISH P2 QS-b.docx
F3 AGRI PP2 MS.docx
F3 GEO PPI MS.docx
F3 BIO PP1 QS.docx
F3 CHEM pp3 Qn.docx
F3 BIO PP3 MS.docx
F3 CHEM PP3 confidential.docx
F3 GEO PP2 MS.docx
F3 HISTORY PP1 QS.docx
F3 BST PP1 MS.docx
F3 CRE PP1 QS.docx
F3 GEO PP1 QS.docx
F3 BIO PP2 MS.docx
F3 BIO PP3 QS.docx
F3 ENGLISH PP1 MS.docx
F3 CHEM PP1 MS.docx
F3 CRE PP1 MS.docx
F3 ENGLISH P2 MS.docx
F3 ENGLISH P2 QS.docx
F3 ENGLISH PP1 QS.docx
F3 ENGLISH PP3 MS.doc
F3 ENGLISH PP3 QS.doc
F3 CHEM pp3 ms.docx
F3 CHEM PP1 QS.docx
F3 MATHS PP2 MS.pdf
F3 HIST PP2 MS.doc
F3 MATHS PP2 QS.docx
F3 MATHS PP1 QS.docx
F3 HIST PP2 QS.doc
F3 MATHS PP1 MS.docx
F2 BST QS (1).docx
F3 AGRI PP1 MS (1) (2).docx
F3 BST PP2 QS.doc
F3 CHEM P2 QS.docx
F3 ENGLISH P2 QS-b (3).docx
F3 ENGLISH P2 MS-b.docx
F3 BST PP1 QS.docx
F3 BST PP2 MS.doc
F3 ENG PP3 MS-b.docx
F3 ENG PP3 QS-b.docx
F3 KIS PP1 QS (1).doc
F3 KIS PP1 QS (1) (1).doc
F3 KIS P2 MS.docx

 

Get free Kiswahili Free Form 1-4 Notes {Best Notes, Exams} below:

Get free Kiswahili Free Form 1-4 Notes {Best Notes, Exams} below:

FORM 1 KISWAHILI FULL NOTES

FORM 1-4 KISWAHILI FULL NOTES

FORM 1-4 UPDATED KISWAHILI FULL NOTES

FORM 3 MATHS NOTES

FORM ONE KISWAHILI NOTES

INSHA KISWAHILI SIMPLIFIED NOTES

KISWAHILI BEST NOTES

KISWAHILI F 1-4 NOTES Insha, Ushairi, Fasihi Simulizi, Sarufi

KISWAHILI FORM 1 SIMPLIFIED NOTES

KISWAHILI FORM ONE KCSE NOTES

KISWAHILI KCSE MOCKS

SET 1 INSHA SET 1 (1)

SET 1 INSHA SET 1 (1)

SET 1 INSHA SET 1 (1)

SET 1 INSHA SET 1 (2)

SET 1 INSHA SET 1 (3)

SET 1 INSHA SET 1 (4)

SET 2 kiswahili paper 2MS (1)

SET 2 kiswahili paper 2MS (2)

SET 2 kiswahili paper 2MS (3)

SET 2 kiswahili paper 2MS (4)

SET 2 kiswahili paper 2MS (5)

SET 2 kiswahili paper 2MS (6)

SET 2 kiswahili paper 2MS (7)

SET 3 KISW P1 (1)

SET 3 KISW P1 (1)

SET 3 KISW P1 (2)

SET 3 KISW P1 (2)

SET 3 KISW P1 (3)

SET 3 KISW P1 (3)

SET 4 KISW P2 – MS (1)

SET 4 KISW P2 – MS (2)

SET 4 KISW P2 – MS (3)

SET 4 KISW P2 – MS (4)

SET 4 KISW P2 – MS (5)

SET 4 KISW P2 – MS (6)

SET 5 KISW P1 (1)

SET 5 KISW P1 (2)

SET 5 KISW P1 (3)

SET 5 KISW P1 (4)

SET 5 KISW P1 (5)

SET 5 KISW P1 (6)

SET 6 KISW P2 (1)

SET 6 KISW P2 (2)

SET 6 KISW P2 (3)

SET 6 KISW P2 (4)

SET 6 KISW P2 (5)

SET 6 KISW P2 (6)

SET 7 KISWA PP3 MS (1)

SET 7 KISWA PP3 MS (1)

SET 7 KISWA PP3 MS (2)

SET 7 KISWA PP3 MS (2)

SET 7 KISWA PP3 MS (3)

SET 7 KISWA PP3 MS (3)

SET 8 Kiswahili Karatasi ya 3 Ms (1)

SET 8 Kiswahili Karatasi ya 3 Ms (1)

SET 8 Kiswahili Karatasi ya 3 Ms (2)

SET 8 Kiswahili Karatasi ya 3 Ms (2)

SET 8 Kiswahili Karatasi ya 3 Ms (3)

SET 8 Kiswahili Karatasi ya 3 Ms (3)

SET 9 kisw p3 (1)

SET 9 kisw p3 (2)

SET 9 kisw p3 (3)

SET 9 kisw p3 (4)

SET 9 kisw p3 (5)

SET 9 kisw p3 (6)

SET 10 kiswahili p2 (1)

SET 10 kiswahili p2 (2)

SET 10 kiswahili p2 (3)

SET 10 kiswahili p2 (4)

SET 10 kiswahili p2 (5)

SET 10 kiswahili p2 (6)

Top Schools KCSE Setbooks Revision Questions, Answers and Guides

Top Schools KCSE Setbooks Revision Questions, Answers and Guides are now available below at absolutely no cost:

E.THE FATHERS OF THE NATIONS GUIDE

AN ARTIST OF THE FLOATING WORLD ESSAYS QUESTIONS

THE SAMARITAN ESSAYS QUESTIONS NEW

PARLIAMENT OF OWLS ESSAY QUESTIONS

SILENT SONG AND OTHER SRTORIES ESSAY QUESTIONS

MWONGOZO WA NGUU ZA JADI

MWONGOZO WA BEMBEA YA MAISHA

A GUIDE TO SILENT SONG AND OTHER STORIES

MASWALI 180 YA KISASA YA NGUU ZA JADI NEW

E.SAMARITAN GUIDE SAMPLE

ARTIST OF FLOATING WORLD GUIDE SAMPLE

FATHERS OF NATION SAMPLE ESSAYS

MASWALI YA KISASA YA FASIHI SIMULIZ1(utabiri)

THE SAMARITAN SAMPLE ESSAYS 32 NEW

NEW EXCERPTS FATHERS QZ NEW

MWONGOZO WA MAPAMBAZUKO

SILENT SONG PREDICTION ESSAYS.NEW

KIS PP3 TOP SCHOOLS 2025 TRIALS

Download Biology lesson plans for all topics

Here are all the Biology secondary school lesson plans for all topics. You can also download the editable and pdf lesson plans below.

FREE BIOLOGY LESSON PLANS (FORM 1-4)

TEACHER’S NAME: …………………………………………        TSC NO: …………….    

SCHOOL/INSTITUTION: ……………………………………………

FORM: 3                                                    TERM: ………                          YEAR……………..

NUMBER OF STUDENTS…….             SUBJECT:  BIOLOGY

TOPIC: CLASSIFICATION II

SUB-TOPIC: REVIEW OF BINOMIAL NOMENCLATURE.

WEEK: ……..                                                                       LESSON NUMBER: ……..

DATE: ……..                                                                         TIME: ……….

OBJECTIVES:By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to;

-Classify common organisms into their main taxonomic units

-Write scientific names of organisms correctly

-List the kingdoms of organisms

LESSON PRESENTATION

TIME CONTENT LEARNING ACTIVITIES RESOURCES REFERENCE
5 MINUTES INTRODUCTION

Ask questions to test the extent to which the learners remember the binomial nomenclature learnt in form 1.

Discussion.

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

 KLB biology students’ book 1.
30 MINUTES BODY DEVELOPMENT

-Reviewing the work done in classification 1

-Classifying and naming common organisms like maize, beans, domestic dog and jack

-Reviewing the work done in classification 1

-Classifying and naming common organisms like maize, beans, domestic dog and jack

-Local environment

-Potted plant

-Use of preserved specimen of plants and animals

-KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 1-3

-KLB teachers book 3 pages 1-3

-Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 1-4

5 MINUTES CONCLUSION

Oral evaluation on the sub-topic’s objectives.

 

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

-Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 1-4

 

SELF-EVALUATION:­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TEACHER’S NAME: …………………………………………        TSC NO: …………….    

SCHOOL/INSTITUTION: ……………………………………………………

FORM: 3                                                    TERM: ………                          YEAR……………..

NUMBER OF STUDENTS…….             SUBJECT:  BIOLOGY

TOPIC: CLASSIFICATION II

SUB-TOPIC: KINGDOM MONERA.

WEEK: ……..                                                                       LESSON NUMBER: ……..

DATE: ……..                                                                         TIME: ……….

OBJECTIVES:By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to;

-Describe the general characteristics of Kingdom monera

LESSON PRESENTATION

TIME CONTENT LEARNING ACTIVITIES RESOURCES REFERENCE
5 MINUTES INTRODUCTION

Give examples of the members of the kingdom monera giving a brief explanation.

Discussion.

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

-Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 5-6

 

 

30 MINUTES BODY DEVELOPMENT

-Discussion on the general characteristics of Kingdom monera

-Discussion on the general characteristics of Kingdom monera -Local environment on a typical bacteria cell and different types of bacteria -KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 3-4

-KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

-Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 5-6

5 MINUTES CONCLUSION

Answering questions from the learners for clarity purposes.

 

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

-Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 5-6

 

SELF-EVALUATION:­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TEACHER’S NAME: …………………………………………        TSC NO: …………….    

SCHOOL/INSTITUTION: …………………………………………………………

FORM: 3                                                    TERM: ………                          YEAR……………..

NUMBER OF STUDENTS…….             SUBJECT:  BIOLOGY

TOPIC: CLASSIFICATION II

SUB-TOPIC: KINGDOM PROTOCTISTA.

WEEK: ……..                                                                       LESSON NUMBER: ……..

DATE: ……..                                                                         TIME: ……….

OBJECTIVES:By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to;

-Describe the general characteristics of Kingdom protoctista.

-Observe, draw and name parts of spirogyra, amoeba, paramecium and euglena.

LESSON PRESENTATION

TIME CONTENT LEARNING ACTIVITIES RESOURCES REFERENCE
5 MINUTES INTRODUCTION

Ask probing questions leading in the knowledge of the kingdom protoctista.

Discussion.

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

 

-KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 4-5

 

 

30 MINUTES BODY DEVELOPMENT

-Describe the general characteristics of Kingdom protoctista.

-Observe, draw and name parts of spirogyra, amoeba, paramecium and euglena.

 

-Observing, drawing and naming parts of spirogyra, amoeba, paramecium and euglena -Local environment

-Hand lenses

-Microscope

-Protozoa infusion (cultured)

-KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 4-5

-KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

-Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 6-8

5 MINUTES CONCLUSION

Giving assignment on the sub-topic.

 

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

-KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 4-5

 

 

SELF-EVALUATION:­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TEACHER’S NAME: …………………………………………        TSC NO: …………….    

SCHOOL/INSTITUTION: …………………………………………………………

FORM: 3                                                    TERM: ………                          YEAR……………..

NUMBER OF STUDENTS…….             SUBJECT:  BIOLOGY

TOPIC: CLASSIFICATION II

SUB-TOPIC: KINGDOM FUNGI.

WEEK: ……..                                                                       LESSON NUMBER: ……..

DATE: ……..                                                                         TIME: ……….

OBJECTIVES:By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to;

-Describe the general characteristics of Kingdom fungi.

-List down all the members of kingdom fungi.

-Draw and name parts of bread mold (mucor), yeast and mushrooms.

LESSON PRESENTATION

TIME CONTENT LEARNING ACTIVITIES RESOURCES REFERENCE
5 MINUTES INTRODUCTION

Give some examples of the members of the kingdom fungi.

Discussion.

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

 

-Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 11-14

 

30 MINUTES BODY DEVELOPMENT

-Describe the general characteristics of Kingdom fungi.

-List down all the members of kingdom fungi.

-Draw and name parts of bread mold (mucor), yeast and mushrooms.

 

-Describing  the general characteristics of Kingdom fungi

-Naming and drawing organisms in this kingdom.

-Local environment

-Wall charts on fungi

-Specimen of fungi

-Hand lenses

microscope

-KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 6

-KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

-Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 11-14

5 MINUTES CONCLUSION

Oral evaluation to test the achievement of the sub-topic’s objectives.

 

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

-Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 11-14

 

SELF-EVALUATION:­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TEACHER’S NAME: …………………………………………        TSC NO: …………….    

SCHOOL/INSTITUTION: …………………………………………………………

FORM: 3                                                    TERM: ………                          YEAR……………..

NUMBER OF STUDENTS…….             SUBJECT:  BIOLOGY

TOPIC: CLASSIFICATION II

SUB-TOPIC: KINGDOM PLANTAE-BRYOPHYTA.

WEEK: ……..                                                                       LESSON NUMBER: ……..

DATE: ……..                                                                         TIME: ……….

OBJECTIVES:By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to;

-Describe the main characteristics of kingdom plantae.

-Describe the main characteristics of bryophyte.

LESSON PRESENTATION

TIME CONTENT LEARNING ACTIVITIES RESOURCES REFERENCE
5 MINUTES INTRODUCTION

Ask probing questions.

Discussion.

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

 

-Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 15

 

30 MINUTES BODY DEVELOPMENT

-Discussion on the main characteristics of kingdom plantae

-Describing and stating the main characteristics of bryophyta

 

-Discussion on the main characteristics of kingdom plantae

-Describing and stating the main characteristics of bryophyta

 

-Local environment

-Wall charts

-Live specimens of moss

-KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 7

-KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

-Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 15

5 MINUTES CONCLUSION

Answering questions from the learners for clarity purposes.

 

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

-Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 15

 

SELF-EVALUATION:­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

See more lesson plans below.

DOWNLOAD FREE HIGH SCHOOL MATERIALS


FREE UPDATED NOTES

FORM ONE NOTES

FORM TWO NOTES

FORM THREE NOTES

FORM FOUR NOTES

FREE LATEST EXAMS WITH MARKING SCHEMES

FORM ONE EXAMS

FORM TWO EXAMS

FORM THREE EXAMS

FORM FOUR EXAMS

FORM 1-4 FREE EXAMS

SCHEMES OF WORK

KCSE REVISION MATERIALS

Secondary schools free lesson plans per subject.

English Free Lesson Plans Download

French Free Lesson Plans Download

German Free Lesson Plans Download

Arabic Free Lesson Plans Download

Music Free Lesson Plans Download

Kiswahili Free Lesson Plans Download

Mathematics Free Lesson Plans Download

Biology Free Lesson Plans Download

Physics Free Lesson Plans Download

Chemistry Free Lesson Plans Download

General Science Free Lesson Plans Download

History and Government Free Lesson Plans Download

Geography Free Lesson Plans Download 

Home Science Free Lesson Plans Download

Arty and Design Free Lesson Plans Download

Agriculture Free Lesson Plans Download

Woodwork Free Lesson Plans Download

Metalwork Free Lesson Plans Download

Building Construction Free Lesson Plans Download

Power Mechanics Free Lesson Plans Download

Electricity Free Lesson Plans Download

Drawing and Design Free Lesson Plans Download

Aviation Technology Free Lesson Plans Download

Computer studies Free Lesson Plans Download

Business Studies Free Lesson Plans Download

Kenya Sign Language (KSL) Free Lesson Plans Download

Islamic Religious Education (IRE) Free Lesson Plans Download

Christian Religious Education (CRE) Free Lesson Plans Download

FORM THREE AGRICULTURE NOTES- MOST RECENT

Livestock Production III

(Selection and Breeding)

 

Introduction

  • The breeding of animals is under human control, and the breeders decide which individuals shall produce the next generation.
  • The breeder makes a choice.
  • The breeding of animals is based upon the fact that certain qualities are genetic; hence valuable qualities are passed on from parents to off -springs.
  • The qualities can be maintained or improved in the next generation.

 

The performance of an animal is influenced by two major factors;

  • Genetic potential
  • The environment, which includes:
  • Feeding,
  • Health,
  • Care
  • The ecological conditions.
  • The genetic potential of an animal is inherited from its parents.
  • In selection and breeding animals with superior characteristics are selected and allowedto mate.
  • In the process they transmit the superior characteristics to their offspring.
  • When this is done over a long period of time, it results in livestock improvement.

 

Reproduction and Reproductive Systems

 

  • Reproduction is the process by which off-springs are produced.
  • All farm animals multiply by means of sexual reproduction.
  • It begins with fertilization which is the fusion of male and female gametes to form a zygote.
  • Fertilization takes place internally in the body of the female.
  • The embryo(zygote) formed develops inside body of mother,fed and protected until end of gestation period.
  • In poultry,the process is different in that eggs are fertilized internally but laid and development of the chick takes place outside during incubation.
  • In both male and female, certain organs are specialized for the process of reproduction.
  • Some of these organs secrete fluids which are necessary for the movement and survival of the gametes(reproductive cells.)

 

 

 

Reproduction in Cattle

  • The male reproductive organs produce the male gametes,the spermatozoans.
  • These are introduced into female reproductive system,where they fuse with the sperm to form zygote.

 

 

  • The testis:
  • There are two testes hanging loosely between hind legs.
  • Enclosed by loose skin (scrotum)scrotum regulate temperature of testis for optimum production of sperms.
  • Produce spermatozoa(sperms)which are stored in coiled tube called epididymis.
  • Epididymis:Storage of spermatozoa.
  • Sperm ducts:
  • Conveys sperm from the testis and urine through the penis.
  • sphincter muscles contract to allow each to pass separately.
  • Seminal vesicles produce fluid called semen.
  • Semen carries sperms out of penis in fluid form.

 

  • Prostate gland-produce fluid that neutralize the acidic effects of urine in the urethra preventing death of sperms.
  • Accessory glands:Include seminal vesicles cowpers gland and prostate gland.
  • Urethra: Conveys urine and semen.
  • Penis:
  • Surrounded by a sheath which is an extension of skin.
  • It introduces sperms into the vagina of a cow through the vulva during mating.
  • It is a copulatory organ, also used for urination.

 

 

Ovaries and fallopian tubes (oviduct)

  • Two ovaries located in abdomen,left and right.
  • Produce ova/eggs and hormones which control sexual cycle.
  • Oestrogen produced by graafian follicle inside ovary induces oestrus
  • ie. Heat period so that the cow shows signs of heat
  • After every 21 days the ovary releases a mature ovum and the cow comes on heat.
  • The ovum travels through the fallopian tubes to the uterus.
  • The release and movement of the ovum down to the uterus is called ovulation.
  • If mating is done at this time, fertilization will take place.
  • The fertilized egg implants itself onto the endometrium (walls of uterus) and develops into foetus.

 

Fallopian tubes:

  • Fertilization takes place here.
  • Also a passage for the egg from the ovary to the uterus.

The uterus:

  • Embryo develops h
  • The cervix: Closes the uterus.

The vagina and Vulva:

  • Vulva is the external opening of female reproductive system.
  • It allows mating to take place so that sperms are deposited into the vagina.
  • The foetus and urine are removed through the vulva.

 

Pregnancy

 

  • Is period between fertilization of ova and the expulsion of the foetus through the vulva.
  • Also called gestation period.
  • In cattle gestation period is 270-285 days.
  • Ends with the birth of a calf.
  • The reproductive tract undergoes a period of rest during which it is repaired and returns to normal.
  • During pregnancy,hormone called progesterone is produced by the placenta to maintain the foetus in the uterus.

 

Parturition(giving birth)

  • Act of giving birth called parturition.
  • This time the foetus expelled through the birth canal.

 

When an animal is about to give birth, it shows signs;-

  • Distended udder which produces thick milky fluid called colostrums.
  • Swollen vulva producing thick mucus.
  • Loose and slackened pelvic girdle.
  • Visible pin bones.
  • General restlessness.
  • Animal parturates within 2-3 hours after these signs.
  • The correct presentation is with the front feet first ,and the head outstretched and resting in between the feet.
  • Any other presentation called mal-presentation or breech presentation and requires assistance.

 

 

Reproduction in Poultry

 

  • The cock has no penis but a small opening near the vent through which sperms are emitted.
  • Cock has testes within the body.
  • The hen has elongated oviduct for formation of an egg.
  • Fertilization occurs internally.
  • During mating the cloaca of the hen and the vent of the cock fit into each other and then semen is poured into the cloaca ,then  sucked to the oviducts.

 

The Reproductive System of a Hen

                                                                

Ovary

  • Hen has two ovaries but one functional.
  • Ova formed in ovaries.
  • 3500-4000 ova present inside ovary held by follicle.
  • Mature ovum released via rapture of follicle.
  • It moves into oviduct received by the funnel.

 

Funnel(infundibulum)

  • Fertilization occurs here.
  • Chalazae also added to yolk.
  • Time here is 15 minutes.
  • It is 11.6cm long.

 

Magnum

  • Thick albumen is added.
  • Stays for 3hrs.its 33cm long.

 

 Isthmus

  • Its 10.6cm long.
  • Shell membranes added.
  • Determines shape of egg.
  • Water,mineral salts and vitamins added.
  • Takes 15 minutes.

 

Uterus(shell gland)

  • Calcium deposited 9ie.shell added around the egg.
  • Pigments added.
  • Addition of albumin finished.
  • Stays here for 18-22hours.

Vagina

  • Short, 6.9cm long.
  • For temporal storage of egg before laying

Cloaca

  • Egg moves out of cloaca through the vent.
  • The cloaca extents out to prevent the egg from breaking.

 

NB;

  • Egg formation not depended on fertilization.
  • Egg formation takes 24-26hours.
  • The components of egg are obtained from body reserves of the hens body.

 

 

Selection of a Breeding Stock

 

  • Selection is used as a tool for livestock improvement.
  • A breeding stock is a group of males and females which act as parents of future generations.
  • Selection is the process of allowing certain animals to be parents of future generations while culling others.
  • Culling is the removal of animals which do not perform to the desired level, from the herd.
  • The animals retained have certain desirable characteristics which make them produce more.
  • Selected animals make up the breeding stock.
  • The breeding stock should pass the good qualities to their offsprings for betterperformance,to improve the livestock.
  • Selection process repeated for many generations increases chances of formation of desirable qualities in an animal.
  • Genetically termed as gene frequency(occurrence of the genes that carry desirable characteristics.)
  • Selection increases occurrence of desirable genes and decreases occurance of undesirable genes.
  • During selection, the characteristics to be selected for are first studied closely to ascertain that it is not influenced by the environment,but mainly by the genetic make-up.
  • Selection helps improve characteristics which are highly heritable.
  • Heritability means the likelihood of a particular trait to be transmitted to the offspringand they are strongly inherited.
  • A character like milk yield is lowly heritable,i.e. it is weakly inherited and a bigger percentage of the character is affected by the environment.

 

The degree to which selection affects a character depends on the following factors;

  • The heritability of the character
  • The intensity with which the selection is done
  • The interval between generations and kind of selection being practiced.

 

 

 

Factors To Consider When Selecting A Breeding Stock.

 

  • Age
  • Level of performance
  • Physical Fitness
  • Health
  • Body Conformation
  • Temperament or Behaviour
  • Quality of products
  • Mothering Ability
  • Adaptability
  • Proliferation

 

  • Age
  • Young animals,
  • Those that have not parturated for more than 3-times, should be selected.
  • They have a longer productive life.
  • Old animals are poor breeders and low producers.
  • Production and breeding efficiency decline with age.
  • Level of performance
  • Animals with highest production level selected.
  • Performance best indicated by records.

Good performance of animal indicated by;

  • High milk,wool and egg production,
  • Good mothering ability
  • High prepotency which is the ability of a parent to pass good qualities to their offsprings.
  • The animals with poor performance should be culled.
  • Good records kept and used by the farmer for this purpose.
  • Physical Fitness

Animals selected should be free from any physical defect

e.g.

  • mono-eyed,
  • limping,
  • irregular number of teats,
  • scrotal hernia,
  • defective and weak backline

 

  • Health
  • Sick animals do not breed well and are expensive to keep.
  • Animals that are resistant to diseases pass these characteristics to their offsprings

 

  • Body Conformation

 

  • Animals for breeding to be selected according to proper body conformation.
  • A dairy cow should be wedge-shaped with a large udder, thin legs, long neck.
    • Temperament or Behaviour
  • Animals with bad behaviors should be culled.eg
  • Cannibalism, egg eating, aggressiveness, kicking

 

  • Quality of products
    • Select animals that give products of high quality.
  • Mothering Ability
    • Animals selected should have a good mothering ability,
    • That is animals with good natural instinct towards their young ones.
    • This will enable them to rear the young ones up to weaning.

 

  • Adaptability
    • Animals selected should be well adapted to the prevailing climatic condition in the area.
    • Prolificacy
      • Animals selected should be highly prolific.
      • That is, animals with the ability to give birth to many offsprings at a time(larger litter).
      • This is a quality that should be considered when selecting pigs and rabbits.

 

Selection in cattle, and sheep,

 

Selection in cattle

Consider the following;

  • Level Of Performance Which Include;
  • Milk Yield Buter Content.
  • Length Of Lactation Period.
  • Calving Intervals.
  • Age Of The Animal,
  • Fertility,
  • Physical Fitness,
  • Health Of The Animal,
  • Body Conformation,
  • Suitability Of The Enterprise-Milk Or Beef

 

Selection in sheep

Consider the following;

  • Level of performance which includes;
  • Mothering ability
  • Growth rate
  • Wool quality
  • Carcass quality
  • Twining rate
  • Age
  • Suitability to the enterprise-wool or mutton
  • Flocking instinct
  • Health of the animal
  • Physical fitness
  • Inheritable defects
  • Fertility
  • Inheritable defects.
  • Fertility.

Selection in Goats

Consider the following:

  • Fertility.
  • Mothering ability.
  • Growth rate.
  • Twining rate
  • Carcass quality/dressing percentage.
  • Growth rate.
  • Suitability to the enterprise – milk or mutton.
  • Health of the animal.
  • Age.

Selection in Pigs

  • Consider the following:
  • Carcass quality/dressing percentage.
  • Suitability to the enterprise (bacon or pork)
  • Growth rate.
  • Health of the animal.
  • Mothering ability.
  • Prolificacy.
  • Number of teats.
  • Temperament.
  • Body formation.
  • Age.
  • Heredity defects

Selection in Camels

  • Health of the animal.
  • Age.
  • Temperament.
  • Foraging ability.
  • Fertility.
  • Level of performance-milk, meat, fur and transport.

Method of Selection

These include:

  • Mass selection– Animals with superior characteristics are selected from a herd and then allowed to mate among each other.
  • Progeny testing – assessing on the breeding value of an animal on the basis of performance of its offsprings.
  • Contemporary comparison-comparison of performance between heifers of the same age and sexual maturity.

Breeding

  • Process of mating selected males and females to produce offspring with the desired characteristics.

Reasons:

  • To expand the inherited potential of the animal.
  • To improve production.
  • To overcome production problems created by the environment.
  • To satisfy consumers taste.
  • For economic reasons.

Terms Used in Breeding

Inheritance

  • Genetic transmission of characteristics from parents to offsprings.
  • The mechanism of inheritance is carried by the sex cells (gametes) and is controlled by genes found in the chromos
  • Genes are very tiny units of inheritance carrying particular characteristics, such as colour, body shape and amount of milk production.
  • Chromosomes are genetic materials which carry genes.
  • They exist in pairs paternal and maternal) in the nucleus fthe body cells.
  • They are always constant in number.

 

 

Dominant and Recessive Characteristics

  • A dominant gene is one that suppresses the othe
  • It produces a dominant characteristi
  • A recessive gene is one that is suppressed by the other.
  • It produces a recessive characteristic.

Hybrid and Hybrid Vigour

  • A hybridis an animal which is the product of crossing animals of two different breeds.
  • Hybrid vigour or heterosis is increased vigour and performance resulting from crossing two superior breed

Epistasis

  • This is the masking of the effect of one gene by another gene which is non-allelic, that is situated on different locus.

Breeding Systems

Inbreeding

  • Mating of animals which are related. Reasons:
  • To increase genetic uniformity in a herd.
  • Used to fix the required characteristics in new breeds.
  • To increase phenotypic u
  • To get proven si

Limitations

  • It can bring about loss of hybrid vigour.
  • It may lead to decline in fertility.
  • It may lead to high rate of pre-natal mortality.

Systems of Inbreeding

  • Close Breeding: mating between very closely related animals, for example sib-mating and parents sib-mating.
  • Line Breeding:mating of distantly related animals that had a common ancestor for example cousins.

Outbreeding

  • Mating of animals which are not related.

 

Reasons:

  • To introduce new genes in an existing breeding herd.
  • To exploit heterosis resulting from a cross between two breeds.
  • To develop a new breed or a grade animal.

Limitations

  • Lack of uniformity in animals that result from outbreeding.
  • Desirable characteristics may be lost due to variation.

Systems of Outbreeding

  • Cross-breeding

Mating of animals from two different pure breeds.

  • OutCrossing

Mating of unrelated animals from the same breed.

  • Upgrading/Grading up

Mating where the female of a cow grade stock (locals) is mated with a pure breed sire.

The resultant animal is referred to as a high grade.

Mating in Livestock

Mating in Cattle

  • Heat signs occur every 21 days.
  • The heat period last for 18-30 hourson average 24 hours.
  • Cow should be served 12-18 hours after showing the first heat signs.

Heat Signs

  • Restlessness.
  • Mounting on others and when mounted on she stands still.
  • Rise in body temperature.
  • Drop in milk production in lactating cows.
  • Vulva swells and becomes reddish.
  • Clear or slimy mucus from the vulva.
  • Bellowing or mooing frequently.

Mating in Pigs

  • Heat signs in pigs occur after every 21 days.
  • The heat lasts about 72 hours.
  • Sows or gilts should be served in 18- 36 hours of the heat period.

Signs of Heat

  • Restlessness.
  • Frequent urination.
  • Swelling and reddening of the vulva.
  • Clear or slimy discharge from the vulva.
  • Frequent mounting on others.
  • It responds very well to the ‘riding test’.

Mating in Rabbits

  • Does are ready for mating 6-7 months of age.
  • Heat signs occur every 14 days.
  • The doe should be taken to the buck and not vice versa.

Signs of Heat

  • Restlessness.
  • Frequent urination.
  • Swollen vulva.
  • The doe throws herself on the side.
  • The doe rubs herself against the wall or any other solid object.
  • The doe tries to contact otherrabbits in the next hutch by peeping.

Methods of Service in Livestock

Natural Mating

Advantages:

  • It is more accurate.
  • It is less laborious.
  • Useful when heat signs of females cannot be easily detected.

Disadvantages

  • Inbreeding is not easily controlled.
  • Transmission of breeding diseases.
  • Extra feed for the male is required.
  • Large males can injure small females.
  •  Wastage of semen.
  • It is cumbersome and expensive to transport a bull to remote areas.

Artificial  insemination

  • Introduction of semen into the female reproductive tract by artificial means.

Advantages

  • There is economical use of semen.
  • It controls transmission of breeding diseases.
  • Sires that are unable to serve cows due to heavy weight or injury can produce semen to serve cows.
  • It prevents large bulls from injuring small cows.
  • It reduces the expenses of keeping a male animal.
  • A small scale farmer who cannot afford to buy a superior bull can have the cows served at a low cost.
  • Semen can be stored for long.
  • It helps to control inbreeding.
  • It eliminates the threat of keeping dangerous bulls from the farm.
  •  It makes research work easier.

Disadvantages

  • Harmful characteristics can be spread quickly by one bull to the offsprings.
  •  It requires skilled labour.
  • Low chance of conception due to death of semen during storage.
  • It is laborious:

Embryo Transplant

  • It is the implantation of an embryo (fertilized ova) from a high quality female (donor) in the uterus of a low grade female (recipient).
  • The eggs are fertilised in test-tubes and then embryos are implanted into foster mothers (recipient)

Steps

– Select superior male and female.

– Stimulate the female to release multiple eggs by injecting it with hormones

– Stimulate the recipient female by injecting it with hormones.

– Inseminate the female donor with semen from a superior male.

-Developing embryos are removed after 7 days.

– Embryos are observed for viability.

– Embryos are stored under liquid nitrogen where they remain viable indefinitely.

– Each embryo is placed into the uterus of the recipient cow

 

Advantages

  • Faster multiplication of an animal with superior characteristics .
  • It is easier to transport embryos than the whole animal.
  • Embryos can be stored for a long period awaiting the availability by recipient females.
  • It stimulates milk production in a female (recipient) that was not ready to produce milk.
  • Low grade animals can be used in production and rearing of high quality animals.
  • Offsprings of a superior female can spread quickly in an area.
  • Controls sexually transmitted diseases.
  • Makes it easier to plan for breeding.
  • Prevents injury of cows by heavy bulls.
  • It allows embryos to obtain passive immunity from the surrogate mother.
  • It is possible to screen and market sexed embryos to minimize the number of male calves.

Disadvantages

  • It is expensive.
  • It requires skilled personnel.
  • It requires special equipment for fertilization and storage of embryos.
  • It is very laborious.

Signs of Parturition in Livestock

  • Parturition is the act of giving birth in female animals.

Parturition in Cattle

  • The gestation period in cattle is 270-285 days averaging 280days.

Signs of Parturition

  • Restlessness
  • Enlarged or swollen vulva.
  • Clear mucus discharge from the vulva.
  • Slackening of the pelvic muscles.
  • Full and distended udder.
  • Thick milky fluid from the teats.
  • A water bag appears and bursts just before calving.

Parturition in Pigs

  • The gestation period in pigs is about 4 months or 3 months, 3 weeks and 3 days.

Signs of Parturition

  • Restlessness.
  • The vulva turns red and swells.
  • The udder becomes full with a milky fluid the sow starts to prepare a nest by collecting some beddings at one comer of the pen.

Parturition in Rabbits

  • The gestation period in rabbits is 28-32 days.

Signs of Parturition

  • Preparing a nest by plucking off hairfrom her belly.
  • Goes off feeding
  • Restlessness.
  • The udder distends.

Livestock Production IV

(Livestock Rearing Practice)

 

Introduction

  • In the management of livestock there are many activities that are carried out on animals to enhance production.
  • They require care in feeding, health, breeding.
  • Specific management also important in bee and fish farming.

Routine livestock rearing practices.

  • A routine is a fixed/regular way of doing something.
  • They are done repeatedly after a certain period of time

a).      Feeding Practice

  • Animals are fed to cater for both maintenance and production requirements.
  • There are special types of feeding carried out on certain animals to cater for specific needs.

These include:

Flushing

  • The practice of giving a high plane of nutrition to the animal around service time.
  • In sheep it is done 2-3 weeks before tupping and 3 weeks after tupping.
  • In pigs it is done 3-4 weeks before service.

Importance of Flushing

  • It increases conception rates.
  • It enhances implantation of the zy
  • In sheep it increases twinning percentage by 15-20% or prolificacy.
  • The heat period (oestrus) in a group of ewes can be synchronized.

Steaming Up

  • Is the practice of giving extra feed of high nutritive value to an animal during the last week of gestation.
  • In cattle it is done 6-8 weeks before calving, ewe 3-4 weeks before lambing, goat 3-4 weeks before kidding, sow 6 weeks prior to farrowing, Doe 2 weeks prior to kindling.

Importance Steaming Up

  • It provides nutrients for maximum foetal growth.
  • It helps in the build up of energy for parturition.
  • It ensures the birth of a healthy animal.
  • It promotes good health of the mother.
  • It increases and maintains high milk yield after birth.

Creep Feeding

Is the practice of providing young livestock with extra feed of high nutritive value to supplement the mother’s milk.

Piglets

  • 10 days old – introduced to creep pellets.
  • 5 weeks old – creep pellets mixed with sow and weaner meals.
  • 8 weeks old – weaning.

Lambs

  • Run with their mothers for natural suckling.
  • Bucks – introduced to succulent feeds and concentrates.

Kids

  • Meat goats kids suckle naturally.
  • Dairy goats, fed on milk artificially,
  • Given 0.5-1.25 litres up to the third week.
  • Introduced to concentrates at 3-4 months.
  • Weaned at 6-8 weeks of age.

 

Importance of creep feeding

– it helps facilitate early weaning

– desired market weight can be achieved early.

– existing pasture can be used to rear more animals.

– makes the young animals less prone to internal parasites.

Parasite and Disease Control Practices

 

Vaccination

  • Vaccination is the introduction active disease organisms which are reduced in strength or virulent into the animals’body to induce immunity.

Administration of Vaccination done through:

  • By injection.
  • Orally through the mouth.
  • By inhalation through the nose.
  • Eye drops.
  • Through the cloaca.

 

Forms Of Vaccine.

  1. a) Toxoids – are made from toxins that are produced by disease-causing organisms. The toxins are treated with formalin to produce toxoids.

 

  1. b) Live virulent- are living organisms which on being introduced into the body of an animal are capable of causing a disease. Their presence stimulates production of antibodies.

 

  1. c) Dead or killed- consists of disease- causing organisms that are killed.

 

  1. d) Live attenuated- are living disease causing organisms whose ability to cause a disease has been reduced.

Deworming (drenching)

 

  • Practice of killing/removing internal parasites by administering drugs known as dewormers/antihelmitics.
  • Equipment used for deworming include; dosing gun/bolus gun, drenching gun, narrow-necked bottle.

 

Hoof Trimming

 

  • Cutting back overgrown hooves with the help of a hoof trimming knife, a hoof cutter or a hoof rasp.

     Importance

  • Facilitate easy movement.
  • Control of foot rot disease.
  • Facilitate mating – prevent the ram from injuring the ewe during tupping.

 

Docking /tailing

  • This is the removal (cutting off) of tails in sheep during the first week after birth. (2-3 weeks)

Importance

  • Even distribution of body fat.
  • Facilitate easy mating in adult life.
  • Minimise fouling of the wool with faeces.
  • Reduce incidences of blowfly infestation.

 

Methods of Docking /tailing  or equipment used for docking.

  • Cutting with sharp knife or scalpel.
  •  Use of elastrator and rubber ring.
  • Hot iron.
  • Burdizzor.

Dipping and Spraying

 

  • These are methods of applying acaricides on the animals to control external parasites.
  • Dipping is carried out in machakos or plunge dip.
  • Spraying is carried out using stir-up pump, in a crush or in a spray race.

 

Dusting

 

  • It is the application of chemical powders on the animal body or on the walls of the animal house to control external parasites.
  • It is used to control stick-fast parasites and fleas in poultry.

 

C)Breeding Practices

 

These are practices carried out to enhance successful breeding.

 

  • Crutching and Ringing

 

  • Crutching/belting/sagging/tugging/burling – cutting of wool around the external reproductive organs of female sheep.
  • Ringing – trimming wool around the sheath of the penis of the rams to facilitate mating.

 

  • Tupping and Serving

 

  • Tupping refers to mating in sheep and goats.
  • Serving refers to mating in cattle and pigs.
  • It should be ensured that the sizes of both the male and female are matched to avoid any injuries in case of a small female with a large male or sexual frustrations in case of a small male and a large female.

 

  • Raddling

 

  • This is the practice of fitting the rams with breeding chutes which are painted in different colours during mating

Reasons for Raddling.

– Identify the ewes that have been served.

– Identify the active ram and cull the weak ones.

– Identify the ewes and rams that are infertile.

– Identify the ewes with repeated heat.

 

Identification

 

The practice of putting identification marks labels on farm animals.

  • Branding– burning marks on the animals skin using a hot iron with identification marks.

– Branding areas include the hock, on the side of the jaws.

Demerits of branding.

– causes a lot of pain.

– indiscriminate branding reduces the quality of the hides and skins.

 

  • Ear tagging – placing marked plastic or metallic tags on the animals ears.

 

 

  • Ear notching – cutting different shapes bearing different values on the ear lobes. Each pattern stands for a certain value.

 

  • Tattooing – use of permanent ink or dye to mark animals with light skin. It suitable for pigs and rabbits.

 

  • Neck strap or chain – Fixing of tags round the animals neck with a chain or a strap.

 

Importance/ purpose of Identification

  • record keeping.
  • Disease control and treatment.
  • Feeding.
  • Selection and breeding.
  • Culling.
  • Settling disputes in case animals mix during grazing.

 

Debeaking

  • Cutting about 1/3 of the upper beak with a knife, scissors or hot iron.

 

  • Importance
  • Control egg eating.
  • Control cannibalism.

Tooth Clipping

  • The removal (clipping) of the needle (canine) teeth in piglets 24 hours after birth.

Importance of tooth clipping.

– Avoid injury on teats.

– Control mastitis.

– Avoid piglets hurting each other.

– Prevent cannibalism.

Culling

  • Removal of undesirable animals from a breeding herd to leave high quality and productive ones.

Reasons for culling in livestock.

– Poor health.

– Age.

– Poor production.

– Have hereditary defects.

– Are not capable of producing young ones.

– To avoid inbreeding.

– Poor mothering ability.

Criterion for culling poor layers in poultry.

– Dull eyes.

– Breasts becomes hard.

– Width between the pelvic bones becomes narrow.

– Combs, wattles and the vent become shriveled.

– Skin colour of the bird changes from white to yellow pigment in the vent, legs and beaks.

Dehorning

  • Removal of horns or horn buds from an animal.
  • If the horn buds are removed early before they become hard cartilages, the method is called disbudding  while if the horn bud grew into a hard horn then it’s removal is referred to as dehorning

Methods of dehorning.

– Use of caustic potash stick (potassium hydroxide).

– Use of disbudding iron.

– Use of dehorning saw or wire.

– Use of rubber ring and elastrator.

– Use of dehorning collodion.

Importance

  • It prevents animals from injuring each other.
  • It makes the animal docile and therefore easy to han
  • For easy transportation and feeding.
  • Prevents destruction offarm structures.

Shearing

  • The practice of cutting wool from all over the body of a sheep.
  • It starts at the age of 8 months and then done once a year.
  • Should be done during the dry season.
  • Tools used: wool shears.
  • Care must be taken not to cut the skin, testicles, udder, vulva and penis.

Precautions to observe when shearing.

– Ensure the shearing floor is clean.

– There should be proper drainage of urine and feaces.

– Ensure that the wool is free from grease and other oils.

– Avoid cutting the skin, vulva and the testis.

– Ensure that shears are in good working condition.

Castration

  • It is the rendering of a male animal incapable of reproducing through removal or rendering the testicles nonfunctional.

Equipment used for castration.

– Burdizzo.

– Rubber ring with elastrator.

– Knife

– Scapel/surgical blade.

   Importance

  • To control breeding diseases.
  • To control breeding.
  • For faster growth rates.
  • Increase quality of meat by removing unpleasant smell especially in goats.
  • Helps to control mating.
  • Males become docile/less aggressive.

Methods Used:

  • Closed/bloodless method
  • involves use of burdizzo or rubber ring and ela
  • Animals do not bleed but may not be 100% effecti
  • Open method
  • A surgical method used for castrating cocks, piglets and rabbits whose testes are internal.
  • Also used for lambs, kids and calves.
  • Animals bleed a lot.
  • However, it is 100% effective.
  • It is not recommended for mature adults.

Caponisation

  • It is the practice of making male birds lose their male characteristics by use of hormones.
  • Hormones used include stilboestrol which is injected into the birds when they are one day old and female hormones implanted beneath the skin at the neck.
  • Birds which have lost their male characteristics in this way are referred to as capons.

Management During Parturition

  • Parturition is the act of giving birth to fully grown foetus.

       Management of a cow during parturition

  • Separate the cow from the others.
  • Keep a close watch in case of any complications.
  • If necessary to provide assistance, wash your hands clean with soap and water containing an antiseptic.
  • Wipe mucus from the nostrils of the calf.
  • Allow the mother to lick the calf dry or wipe with a clean cloth.
  • Cut the umbilical cord and disinfect it by applying iodine.
  • Move the calf to a warm pen.
  • Let the calf suckle enough colostrum/assist the calf to suckle.
  • Provide the mother with enough and clean water.
  • Weigh and record the birth weight of the calf.
  • Consult a veterinarian in case the afterbirth is retained for more than 48 hours.

Parturition in Sheep

  • It is referred to as lambing.
  • Gestation lasts 21 weeks (150 days) after conception.
  • The ewe lamb naturally without any problem.
  • If complications arise the ewes should be assisted.

Signs of Parturition in Sheep

  • Udder becomes full.
  • Teats are bright red in colour.
  • Restlessness and bleating.
  • Slackening of the hip muscles.

After these signs are seen the ewes should be separated from the others.

  • The normal presentation is forelegs and head first.
  • After birth the mother should be allowed to lick the lamb to ensure the coat is dry.
  • There are 2 types of lambing management
  1. a) Pen lambing- pregnant ewes are put together in one paddock but are separated as they lamb.
  2. b) Drift lambing- pregnant ewes are kept together but are separated after showing signs of lambing.

 

Reasons why lambs can be disowned by their mothers.

Parturition in Goats

  • It is referred to as kidding.
  • It takes place 150 days after conception.
  • Nannies carrying twins, kid a few days earlier.
  • Kidding nannies should be kept in a clean dry place which should be well sheltered.
  • Signs of parturition are similar to those of ewes.
  • Kidding nannies should be kept with another female for company.

Parturition in Pigs

  • It is referred to as farrowing.
  • Gestation period 113-117 days ( 4 months).

Signs of Farrowing

  • The sow becomes restless.
  • There is enlargement of the vulva .
  • Muscles on each side of the tail slacken.
  • There is loss of appetite.
  • The udder and the teats become enlarged.
  • The sow collects bedding material in one comer to build a nest.
  • Milk present in the teats 24 hours before farrowing.

After the signs are seen;

  • Farrowing takes about 2-6 hours under normal conditio
  • An attendant should be there to assist the mother and piglets.
  • Ensure the removal of the after birth to prevent the sow from eating it.
  • The sow should be fed well and given plenty of clean water.

Parturition in Rabbits

  • It is referred to as kindling.
  • It takes place 28-32 days after conception.
  • Provide a nesting box and plenty of dry soft beddings in the hutch towards the fourth week of gestation .

Signs of Parturition

  • The doe plucks off the fur from her body.
  • Uses the fur to build a nest about 3-10 days earlier.

 

BEE KEEPING (Apiculture)

  • Bee keeping is the practice of rearing bees for honey production.

 

IMPORTANCE OF BEE KEEPING.

  1. i) Production of honey which is a high energy feed, sweetener, medicinal.
  2. ii) The honey and the bees wax are sold to earn income.

iii) They require little capital and land to keep.

  1. iv) Bees are good pollinators for many crops.

 

Types of Bees.

 

  1. a) African wild bee.
  2. b) European bee.

 

Characteristics of African wild bee.

– well adapted to local weather conditions.

– it can fly for long distances to look for nectar.

– it is resistant to bee diseases.

– it is more active in the search of food and water and also protection of the hive.

– it is vicious if manhandled.

 

Characteristics of the European bee.

– more gentle and large.

– less active and vicious.

– it is susceptible to diseases that attack bees.

 

The Bee Colony.

It is made up of 3 types of bees namely:

  1. a) The Queen.

– she lays eggs.

– she ensures the members of the colony live together by production of a pheromone.

  1. b) The Drones.

– they mate with the queen.

– they help to cool the hive by flapping their wings to create free circulation of air.

  1. c) The Workers bees.

– they feed the queen, the drones and the brood.

– protect the hive from intruders.

– collect nectar, pollen, trees resins, gums and water.

– build combs and seal the cracks and crevices in the hive.

– clean the hive.

– make honey and beeswax.

 

Sitting the Apiary.

Factors to consider

  1. i) Availability of water ,beehives should be located near water sources.
  2. ii) Availability of flowers to supply nectar.

iii) A sheltered place to protect the bees from strong sun and wind.

  1. iv) away from disturbances, e.g roads.
  2. v) away from human beings and livestock i.e homesteads, pastures and busy roads.

 

TYPES OF BEEHIVES

  1. a) Log Hive.

(Diagram)

 

  1. b) Box Hive.

It is made of sown timber cut to a length of one metre.

 

  1. c) Kenya Top Bar Hive (KTBH).

It is made of a series of bars arranged to form the top of the hive.

– A top bar can be replaced with the queen excluder to restrict the queen from laying eggs on all the top bars, thus ensuring high quality honey which is not mixed with brood.

 

Parts of The Kenya Top Bar Hive.

  1. Top bars (26 – 27)
  2. Wooden end pieces.
  3. Side pieces.
  4. Bottom piece
  5. Top cover – made of corrugated iron sheets.
  6. Wire loops- to suspend the hive above the ground.

 

ADVANTAGES OF KTBH.

– the top bars can be removed for inspection of the combs and replaced.

– honey combs can be removed without disturbing the brood.

– honey is of high quality as it is harvested without brood combs.

– more wax is harvested as combs are not returned to the hive.

– the hive is easy to construct and repair.

– the hive is cheap to build and does not require expensive equipment to extract honey.

– a queen excluder can be used to separate honey from brood.

 

Tools used in the construction of a KTBH and their uses.

  1. i) tape measure – to get the required sizes of timber.
  2. ii) tin snips – to cut iron sheets.

iii) jack plane – smoothening timber surface.

  1. iv) claw hammer- to drive and remove nails.
  2. v) back saw/tenon saw – fine cutting of top bar edges.
  3. vi) wood chisel – to make entrance holes for bees.

vii) mallet – to drive wood chisel.

viii) hand saw – to cut timber to the required size.

  1. ix) pliers – to cut small wires.
  2. x) wooden mallet – for straightening metal sheets.

 

  1. c) The Langstroth Hive.

It is similar to a box hive but designed with separate chambers for the brood and the honey.

 

Stocking The Hive.

It is the act of encouraging bees to enter an empty hive or actually putting them in it.

Methods used include:

  1. a) use of swarm net.
  2. b) use of a catcher box – a small hive which is placed where it is likely to attract bees.
  3. c) placing a hive in a permanent place and waiting for swarming bees to occupy it.

 

Materials Collected by Bees.

  1. i) Nectar.
  2. ii) Pollen.

iii) Propolis.

  1. iv) Water.

 

Routine Management

Feeding

  • Normally bees are self-sufficient in providing their food from the honey they make.
  • However, during the dry season, their feeding should be supplemented by providing a solution (syrup) of sugar water or giving molasses.
  • This should be placed strategically so that it is easily accessible to the bees.

Reasons for Feeding Bees.

  1. a) To maintain the colony. Well fed bees do not have the tendency to swarm or leave the hive.
  2. b) To encourage multiplication. A well fed queen breeds regularly.
  3. c) To supplement what bees get from flowers. This is done during dry seasons.

Parasites

  • Ants
  • Wax moths
  • Bee louse
  • Honey badger

Control of Parasites

  • Use of physical barriers such as Vaseline/grease to control ants.
  • Smoke the hive using a smoker that has some creosote to control bee louse.
  • Suspend the hive to control honey badgers.
  • Burn infected combs to control wax moths.
  • Avoid contact between a plant and the hive to control ants.

Diseases and Control

  • African bees are seldom attacked by diseases.
  • The diseases include Acarive and American foul brood.
  • They are controlled through proper feeding of bees ,and proper construction of hives to prevent damp conditions in the hive.

Swarming of Bees.

This is a process by which a new bee colony is formed when the queen leaves the colony with a large group of worker bees.

 

Reasons for swarming/absconding.

– shortage of food and water.

– outbreak of diseases and parasites/presence of predators.

– damage of brood/frequent disturbances.

– lack of adequate ventilation/overheating.

– dampness and bad smell.

– sick or infertile queen.

– overcrowding.

– loud noises.

When a new queen is prepared, a cluster of bees take the queen and the drone for the first flight. The first flight when mating takes place is known as the nuptial flight.

Sometimes a cluster of bees decide to leave the hive because of unfavourable conditions. This is called absconding.

 

Precautions to take when handling bees.

– Always approach the hive from the back.

– Use a sharp object to scrap off a bee sting.

– Start opening the top bars when they are docile.

– Avoid provoking bees, e.g. frightening them,else they get wild.

– Be in the right attire when handling bees.

Right gear when handling bees.

– A veil.

– An overall.

– A smoker.

– Gum boots.

– Hand gloves.

 

Harvesting Honey

Factors to consider;

  • Stage of ripening: Honey must be harvested when it is fully matu
  • Season of the year: Harvested at the end of the rainy season.

Equipment Used When Harvesting Honey.

– Bee brush – for brushing off bees from the honey combs.

– Hive tool – tool remove the top bars.

– Hive knife – to cut combs with honey.

– Honey container – to receive honey containing combs.

– Smoker – used to puff smoke into and around the hive.

– Container cover – for keeping off bees from the honey container.

– Protective clothing – to prevent attack by bees.

Procedure  of honey harvesting.

  • Approach the hive quietly.
  • Puff smoke around the hive and then through the entrance. The smoke makes the bees to start eating honey thus becoming heavy and inactive.
  • Lower the hive to the ground.
  • Remove the top bars one by one using hive tool.
  • Shake off the bees or brush them off using a bee brush.
  • Cut light coloured combs from the top bars using a hive knife. Put them in a clean container.
  • Leave a 3 cm strip of comb on the top bar.
  • Place back the bars and do not disturb the brood.
  • Return the hive to its position.

 

Reasons why honey harvesting should not be done at night.

– many bees are killed.

– bush fires may start.

– honey may get contaminated.

Honey Processing

  • Using heat in a water bath to melt the honey.

procedure

– heat some water in a sufuria.

– put honey combs in an enamel basin or any other container which is not made of iron.

– put the container with honey combs on the boiling water.

– heat until most of the honey melts.

– separate the melted honey from the combs by straining through a muslin cloth.

– keep the honey in a container to cool.

– remove the wax layer that may form on the surface of the honey.

 

  • Crushing and straining.

The honey combs are crushed and strained using a muslin cloth.

 

  • Using a centrifugal extractor.

Honey is extracted from the combs using a rotational force.

 

Factors determining the quality of honey.

  1. i) method of harvesting used.
  2. ii) time of harvesting, e.g.day or night.

iii) maturity of the honey at the time of harvesting.

  1. iv) method of processing honey.
  2. v) source of nectar that is used in making of honey.

 

Wax Processing.

– put combs whose honey has been extracted into a basin.

– add water to the basin.

– heat the mixture until the wax melts.

– strain the mixture through a muslin cloth.

– squeeze the residue strongly to force the wax out.

– cool the mixture overnight.

– drain the water and remove any foreign materials.

– re- melt the wax over a water bath and put it in a clean container.

 

Uses of Wax.

  1. i) manufacture creams ,ointments, candles shoe and floor polish.
  2. ii) in dentistry to make teeth impression.

iii) in laboratories, in dissection of small insects.

  1. iv) in pharmaceutical, it is used to make pill coatings.

Precautions When Handling Bees

  • Avoid excessive smoking.
  • This kills the brood and lowers quality of the honey.
  • Use protective clothing to avoid sting.
  • Protect the hive from rain water.
  • Use clean equipment and containers to avoid contamination of the honey.
  • Use recommended method of extracting honey.
  • Use recommended type of hive such as Kenya top bar hive.

Fish Keeping (Aquaculture)

Introduction

  • The rearing or keeping of fish is called fish farming and is normally carried out in specially prepared ponds.

importance of fish farming.

– sold to earn income.

– source of protein.

– fish act as predator to mosquito larvae.

– source of raw materials for manufacture of livestock feeds.

– it requires little land.

– makes fish readily available to people far from natural sources.

 

Types of fish reared in Kenya.

– fresh warm water fish, e.g. tench, bass, carps, blue gill, Nile perch, cat fish and tilapia.

– fresh cold water fish, e.g.trout. It requires flowing water.

 

Requirements for Fish Farming.

– water supply: a permanent source of clean and free flowing to ensure enough oxygen supply.

– slope of land: should be a gently sloping to allow free flow of water.

– type of soil: clay soil is the best because of its ability to retain water for a long time.

– availability of a reliable source of fingerlings (young fish).

 

Establishing a Fish Pond.

  1. a) choose the site where water flows gently from the source.
  2. b) map out/ mark the site using pegs.
  3. c) clear the site remove all vegetation from the pond site.
  4. d) dig out the pond so that its 0.5 m deep on the upper side and 1.5 m deep on the lower side.
  5. e) construct a dyke to contain water inside the pond.
  6. f) construct the inlet and outlet.
  7. g) plant vegetation on the dykes to hold soil firmly.

Major parts of a fish pond.

  1. i) Inlet- it provides the pond with fresh water from the source. A screen of fine mesh is made across the inlet to prevent the entrance of undesirable or strange fish species.
  2. ii) Outlet- it is located at the bottom of the deeper end and is used for draining water during harvesting.

iii) Spillway- it is used to allow excess water back to the river. It is made at the top of the dyke on the lower side of the pond. It prevents water from overflowing the dyke.

 

Stocking the fish pond.

It refers to the introduction of fingerlings into the fish pond.

They are transported in oxygenated containes

They are introduced into the pond by lowering the container into the water and tilting it to allow them to swim away.

 

Care and maintenance of the pond.

Are activities carried out on the pond after draining the pond. They include:

  1. a) repairing the dyke or any structure on it.
  2. b) clean the pond and remove any foreign particles.
  3. c) plant grass where necessary.
  4. d) remove any silt.

e)remove any undesirable vegetation.

  1. f) unblock inlets and outlets.

Management Practices to Ensure Maximum Harvest of Fish

  • Control of stocking rate, that is to, have the recommended population of fish in a pond at anyone time.
  • Harvest at the correct maturity stage.

This is done by using the fishing net with correct mesh sizes to avoid catching the fingerlings.

  • Avoid water pollution in the ponds which may poison fish.
  • Remove any weed or grass growing on the pond lining.
  • Restocking after normal harvesting.
  • Ensure adequate supply of food in the pond.
  • Water in the ponds should be kept in motion to facilitate aeration.
  • Maintain appropriate depth (level) of water in the pond by regulating the flow of water in and out of the pond.
  • Control predators and/or thieves by fencing off the pond.
  • Drain and refill ponds with fresh water as necessary.
  • Fertilizing the pond to enhance growth of the planktons.
  • Lime the pond regularly because:

– it acts as a disinfectant against nematodes.

– it reduces the acidity of the water.

– it causes silt to settle at the bottom of the pond.

 

Cropping of fish.

Is the removal of only those fish that have reached market size leaving the younger ones to grow further.

Methods used include:

  1. i) use of baskets.
  2. ii) use of spears.

iii) use of hook and line.

  1. iv) draining the pond.
  2. v) use of seine net.

Advantages of using seine nets

– only the marketable size of fish are caught.

– fish are not injured.

– it ensures a large number of fish are cropped.

Harvesting Fish

  • is the removal of all the fish from the pond. It is done as follows:
  • Close the inlet to stop the inflow of water.
  • Cropping is done to remove all the big fish using a seine net .
  • Open the outlet to allow water to flow out.
  • Catch the baby fish using a scoop net and put them in a holding pond.
  • Drain the pond completely.
  • Leave the pond for 2 – 4 weeks to dry out, and then refill with fresh water and re- stock.

Handling fish after harvesting

Maintenance of the Fish Pond

  • Repairing the dyke or any structure on it.
  • Cleaning the pond and removing foreign materials.
  • Planting grass where necessary.
  • Removing un desirable vegetation.
  • Removing the silt.

Fish Preservation

Practices before preservation:

  • Clean the fish to remove mud and any worms.
  • Removing scales and slime.
  • Opening the fish on the side to remove the gut and the intestines referred to as gutting.           .
  • Cleaning the abdominal cavity thoroughly.
  • Keeping fish in open containers.

Methods of Preservation

  • Freezing
  • Salting
  • Sun drying
  • Smoking

 

 

Appropriate Handling of Livestock During Management

  • Physical beating should be avoided.
  • Structures which help in restraining animals should be used whenever applicable.
  • The correct methods of securing and casting animals should be used.
  • Use as little force as possible.
  • Equipment such as ropes, halters, lead stick and bull rings are used to handle animals appropriately.

Farm Structures

 

Introduction

  • Farm structures are physical constructions on the farm used to increase efficiency in production.
  • Farm buildings, farm stores, fences ,livestock structures etc

Construction of Farm Structures

Involves:

Planning for farm structures ;

Consider;

  • Farm activities.
  • Size of the enterprise.
  • Future of the enterprise/potential for expansion.
  • Accessibility.
  • Soil type.

Siting farm structures;

Consider:

  • The location of the homestead.
  • Accessibility. Should be easy to reach from most parts of the farm.
  • Security: safe from predators, thieves and trespassers.
  • Drainage/topography: to prevent the structures from being destroyed by water. Damp conditions also encourage disease infection s.
  • Direction of prevailing wind to prevent draught in some structures and bad odour from drifting to the farm.
  • Relationship between the structures: to have related structures close to each other to save time and labour.
  • Proximity to social amenities.
  • Farmer’s taste and preference.

 

Site preparation

It involves clearing of bush,grass, vegetation and levelling the ground.

Materials for Construction

Structural Materials and Use

Factors which determine the type of materials to use are;

  • durability of the material
  • strength of the material.
  • use of the structure in relation to the material.
  • availability of the material.
  • workability of the material.
  • suitability to the prevailing weather conditions.
  • cost of the material.
  • sa

 

Stones and Bricks

 Advantages

  • Stones and bricks are durable, easy to disinfect, resistant to weather and insects decay and are easily available.

 

Disadvantages

  • They are bulky and require skilled labour to make them.

Plastic and Synthetic Materials

These include;

  • glass,
  • asbestos fibre
  • polythene materials.

Advantages

  • Light,
  • cheep depending on quality,
  • easy to disinfect,
  • can be moulded into any shape,
  • are durable,
  • cannot be destroyed by insects and fungus
  • are water-proof.

Disadvantages

  • Are easily destroyed,
  • fragile,
  • very expensive
  • require skilled labour.

Wood (Timber)

Advantages

  • They are workable,
  • cheap,
  • can be re-used
  • are fairly strong.

Disadvantages

  • They can catch fire easily,
  • decay if exposed to water
  • are affected by fungus and insects.

 

Concrete

  • Is a mixture of cement, sand, aggregate and water
  • e.g. in making blocks the ratio is 1:2:3; one part cement, two parts sand and three parts aggregate.

Uses

  • Making posts for fencing.
  • Making walls and floor of buildings.
  • Making gabions and water channels to prevent erosion.
  • Making water troughs.

 

Advantages

These materials are;

  • durable, workable,
  • easy to disinfect,
  • cheap to maintain,
  • fire resistant

Disadvantages

  • These materials are ;
  • expensive,
  • require skilled labour,
  • bulky,
  • cannot be reused

 

Animal handling structures

 

  • The crush –used when doing following activities;
  • Spraying livestock to control ticks,
  • milking,
  • examining sick animals,
  • artificial insemination,
  • treating animals, eg drenching, vaccination,
  • dong routine jobs such as dehorning, identification marks,
  • The spray race-used in the control of ticks by spraying livestock with acaricides

Dips

Are used to control ticks. They are of two types namely the plunge dip and machakos dip.

  1. a) Plunge dip

It ensures that animals plunge or dive into the acaricide solution getting completely immersed.

 

Factors to consider when sitting a cattle dip.

– availability of water.

– drainage of the place. It should not have a natural depression.

– availability of enough space to allow the construction and disposal of waste.

– centrally located to prevent animals walking long distances.

 

Roles of the various parts of a plunge dip.

  1. i) collecting/holding yard.

– it holds animals awaiting dipping.

– the floor is made of stones or rough concrete to enhance removal of mud from the hooves.

  1. ii) footbath

– it washes animal hooves to remove mud.

– it also contains a chemical solution to control foot rot.

iii) the jump.

– it is a narrow entrance that allows animals to jump into the dip tank one at a time.

 

Farm Buildings

Factors to be considered in site selection;

  • Security
  • Nearness to a source of water
  • Topography
  • Direction of the prevailing wind
  • Direction of the sun
  • Personal whims/tastes and preference
  • Nearness to means of communication.

 

 

 

Types of farm buildings

 

  • Houses for farm animals.
  • Stores for farm produce.
  • Stores for equipment, tools and supplies.
  • Buildings for growing crops e.g  green house.
  • Building for processing plant e.g  milk plant.

 

Parts of a building

  • The foundation,
  • The walls,
  • The roof

 

 

 

Include;

  • kingpost,
  • rafters,
  • struts,
  • tie beam,
  • rafter batten

 

 

 

Include;

  • concrete floor,
  • foundation wall,
  • PVCsheet (damp-proof course)
  • the compacted fill (hard core).

Fences

  • Importance of Fence in a Farm
  • Keep out intruders to the farm,
  • Define the boundary lines of the farm.
  • Paddocking offields to make rotational grazing possible.
  • Live fences serve as windbreaks.
  • Fences are used in mixed farming to protect crops from. damage by livestock.
  • Fences add aesthetic values to the farm.
  • It is easy to control breeding.
  • It is easy to isolate sick animals from the rest of the herd.

Types of Fences

  • Dead fences.
  • Barbed wire fences.
  • Electric fence.
  • Concrete fence.
  • Chicken wire fence (mesh wire fence).
  • Woven wire fence (chain link).
  • Wooden fence.

Fencing Practice

  • Materials include;
  • wires,
  • staples,
  • nails,
  • posts,
  • droppers
  • concrete materials.
  • Size of posts:
  • General purpose 2.5m by 25cm in diameter
  • Strainer units and corner posts 3m by 30cm in diameter:
  • Distance between the posts:
  • 3m between posts, 10m if droppers are to be used.
  • 200m between strainer units.
  • Depth of holes – 60cm.

Gate Posts, Gates and Strainer Units

  • Gates should be hung on posts separate from the fence.
  • Mechanical implements for example tractors require 4.0-4.5m width of gate.
  • Entrance gates for pedestrians can be accommodated within the fence.

 

Steps in Fencing

  • Locate the corners
  • Clear the fencing area.
  • Mark gates, strainers, pass places and standards by pegging.
  • Dig holes to proper depths.
  • Fix the standard posts.
  • Firm around posts or apply concrete.
  • Fix wires on posts.
  • Fix the droppers.

 

 

 

Agricultural Economics II

(Land Tenure and Land Reforms)

Introduction

  • Land is an important factor of production.
  • Without land it is impossible to practice the agricultural business.
  • Howeverthe efficiency of utilization of land is influenced to a large extent by the condition of holding the land.

Land Tenure

  • Land tenure is defined as the possession of the legal rights to the use of land.
  • Various kinds of rights to the use of land give rise to different tenure systems.

Land Tenure System

  • All land tenure systems fall into two major classes, namely:

Collective Tenure Systems

This includes:

Communal Tenure Systems

  • This involves the possession of rights over land by the whole community.
  • It works quite well under conditions of unlimited, land res

Advantages of Communal Tenure

  • Landless problem does not exist.
  • Land is not fragmented.
  • Allows for free movement of animals in search of better pastures and water.
  • Promotes community spirit among the members.

Disadvantages of Communal Tenure

  • No incentive among the users to conserve the land resources.
  • Everybody strives to maximize returns from the land without the drive to invest, for example, in terms of soil conservation and maintenance of soil fertility.
  • There is a tendency of overstocking and continuous cropping; which leadsto soil erosion and loss of land productivity.
  • As a result of communal grazing of livestock, it is impossible to improve livestock through;
    • controlled breeding,
    • proper feeding,
    • disease and parasite control.
  • Since there is no title deed, (certificate of ownership) it is virtually impossible to secure loans to develop the land.

Co-operative Tenure System

  • This category includes various collective arrangements under the government or other authorities.
  • Farmers voluntarily group together and buy land which they subsequently operate on co-operative basis.
  • Examples are co-operative ranches.

 

Advantages of Co-operative Tenure

  • No land disputes.
  • Labour is well utilized.
  • Profit is distributed according to the number of shares.
  • Resource use is enhanced for high production.

 

Disadvantages of co-operative tenure.

 

  • Incase of poor management everybody will loose.

 

  • No individual title deed hence cannot secure loans.

 

 

State ownership

  • Land is owned by the whole state and is refered to as government land.

Examples in Kenya;

  • Areas not allocated to individuals
  • Land under local county councils/cities and towns
  • Land under forest,game reserve and parks,land for infra-structure and public utility

 

Advantages of state ownership

  • Generation of income for the state
  • All the citizens benefit from whatever comes out of the land.

Disadvantages

  • Non-competitive in terms of production
  • No individual motivation when working on the land.

Individual Tenure system

The various forms of individual land tenure are;

  • Owner operator,
  • Plantation and Concestion,
  • Land-lordism/Tenancy

 

Owner operator

  • This category includes all persons who operate on land to which they have absolute individual rights.
  • Examples are the majority of individual land owners in areas where demarcation and registration of land has taken place and title deeds issued.

Advantages

  • The owner is free to make permanent production plans.
  • The owner can pledge the land title deed to secure loans(credit) from lending agencies for further development
  • An individual is motivated to work harder than when under communal arrangement
  • Managerial failures usually affect small units of production and are therefore negligible.
  • It is easy for the owner to get agricultural advice.

Disadvantages

  • Cost such as machinery for processing may be too high for the individual owner
  • Innovation may be inadequate due to low levels of education.
  • Lack of capital to invest.

Plantation and concession

  • In this form of land tenure, the individual is usually a company or a corporation.
  • Most of them engage in the production of only one commodity
  • They are rigid in their production plans and in most cases labour is hired on wage basis.
  • Example are coffee, tea, sugarcane, sisal estates in Kenya.

Advantages

  • High production from the land hence high economic gains
  • Allows foreigners to use and develop land
  • No land disputes
  • Create employment for the local people
  • Generate government revenue through taxation.

Disadvantages

  • Individuals own large pieces of land while others are landless
  • Large areas of land may be left underdeveloped.
  • Foreigners may repatriate profit to their countries.

Landlordism and tenancy

  • The arrangement here involves the ownership of land by one individual or group of individuals (landlord) who lease it to another individual (tenant).
  • A legal lease specifies the length of time during which the tenure is operative;

and that serves as a security of tenure to the tenant.

  • The efficiency of production in this arrangement is greatly affected by the length of lease, its legal backing and rent payable.

Advantages

  • A person without land can get a chance to use land.
  • A landlord who cannot operate the land, for any reason, can still earn income by leasing it to a needy tenant.
  • It is a flexible arrangement; that is, it allows room for change of production plans should need arise.
  • Security of tenure gives the tenant incentive to invest depending on the length of tenure.

Disadvantages

  • Poor land use and low production if the tenant does not have enough funds to improve on land.
  • Tenants cannot produce long term crops,
  • Landlords can exploit the tenants by overcharging.
  • Lack of incentives to improve land by the tenants since it does not belong to them.

Land Reforms

Definition

  • Land reform is any organized action designed to improve the structure of land tenure and land use.

Forms of Land Reform

Land Consolidation

  • This means bringing or putting together, into one piece; fragmented parcels or pieces of land scattered over a large area.

 

The objective of land consolidation are :

  • To save on time spent while moving from one piece of land to another.
  • To facilitate effective and efficient farm planning.
  • To create an incentive among land operators to invest on and develop land.
  • To facilitate mechanization and improve production through efficiency.
  • To improve level of production through effective supervision of the labour force and sound farming methods,

 

Land Fragmentation and Sub-division

  • This is the subdividing of a (large) piece of land into smaller portions.
  • Sometimes it becomes necessary to sub-divide land for the following reasons:
  • To sell part of the land.
  • The parent may wish to subdivide and distribute his land among the sons, daughters and other dependants.
  • The government may decide to subdivide large farms in order to settle landless citizens.

 

Land Adjudication and Registration

  • Land adjudication involves;
  • Establishing the legitimate ownership,
  • Measurements (to make permanent boundaries)
  • Recording of land details.
    • Once land has been adjudicated, and any disputes concerning the same land are settled,
    • It is then registered in the “Register of Land”.
    • And the owner is issued with a land title deed or certificate of legal ownership.

 

Importance of land title deed

 

  • The legal owner of the land has security of tenure and hence an incentive to invest and improve productivity.
  • A farmer can mortgage the land by offering land title certificate as a security to loaning agencies to secure capital to finance development projects.
  • If a farmer who cannot operate the farm, he can still earn income from it by leasing it.
  • Disputes concerning land boundaries and/or land ownership no longer arise.

 

 

Land Settlement and Resettlement

 

Definition

  • Land settlement means the occupation of land which was previously uninhabited.
  • Land resettlement, on the other hand, is the transfer of people from an already densely populated area to a sparsely populated one.

Objectives

  • To settle the landless citizens.
  • To relieve population pressure in densely populated areas.
  • To increase or promote agricultural productivity by farming on land that was previously unused or lying idle.
  • To create self-employment thus improving the living standards.
  • Land reclamation, especially by creating tsetse fly-barriers.

Soil and Water Conservation

 

Introduction

  • Soil and water are two very important natural resources in farming.
  • They should therefore be well maintained and used without wastage to sustain continuous production.
  • Water loss during the rainy season should be prevented and excess water conserved for use during scarcity.
  • Soil erosion must be controlled at whatever cost if soil is to be conserved.

Soil Erosion

  • It is the removal and carrying away of the top soil by the action of water or wind.

Factors Influencing Soil Erosion

  • Amount and intensity of rainfall.
  • The steeper the land the higher the velocity of surface runof
  • The higher the velocity of surface runoff the greater is its erosive power/effect.
  • Type of soil for example sandy soils are more easily detached and carried away than clayey soil
  • Soil depth;
  • The deeper the soil, the longer it takes to be saturated with
  • Land use:
  • Overstocking leads to bareness of the land and looseness of the soil.
  • Deforestation – indiscriminate removal of trees leads to exposure of soil to heavy rainfall and high te
  • Indiscriminate burning of vegetation exposes the soil to erosive agents.
  • Clean weeding leaves the soil bare.
  • Ploughing along the slope.
  • Monoculture or continuous cultivation.
  • Ground cover
  • Trees act as windbreakers.
  • Roots of vegetation cover hold the soil particles together.
  • Leaf fall act as mulch which reduces erosion.
  • Leaves of vegetation cover intercepts raindrops reducing their erosive power.

Agents of Erosion

  • Water – moving water has erosive power.
  • Wind – wind carries away soil.
  • Human beings – through man’s activities such as cultivation and mining.
  • Animals– through overgrazing and creating footpaths where soil erosion takes place.

 

 

Types of Erosion

  • Raindrop (splash) – displacement of the soil caused by raindrops.
  • Sheet – uniform removal of soil in thin layers from flat or gently sloping areas.
  • Rill – removal of soil from small bur well defined channels or rills.
  • Gulley – removal of soil from channels which become progressively deeper and wide
  • Riverbank Erosion– removal of soil along river banks by the river water.
  • Solifluction – gravitational flow of soil saturated with wa
  • Land slides– mass movement of rock debris and soil down a slope,

For example;

  • Slip movement of earth or rock masses for a short distance.
  • Debris slide – materials move at a greater speed.
  • Debris fall – movement of materials/debris along vertical cliff.
  • Rock fall – movement of rock down a very steep slope.
  • Rock slides – mass of rock materials that slide along a bedding plate, a joint or a fault face.

 

Soil Erosion Control Measures

Soil conservation measures can be classified into:

  • Biological or cultural control
  • Physical or structural control

Biological or Cultural Control Measures

These measures are applicable where land slope is between 2-12%.

  • Grass strips/filter strips;
    • These are narrow uncultivated strips along the contour left between cultivated strips.
  • Cover cropping;
  • The establishment of a crop that spreads out over the surface of the soil to provide it with a cover.
  • Contour farming ;
  • Carrying out all land operations along the contour.
  • Mulching ;
  • Covering of the soil with either organic or synthetic materials.
  • Proper cropping systems such as:
  • Crop rotation
  • Correct spacing
  • Inter-cropping
  • Ridging/furrowing
  • Strip cropping
  • Controlled grazing;
  • Proper stocking rate, rotational grazing.
  • Strip cropping;
  • Growing crops which give little ground cover in alternate strips with crops such as beans which have a good ground cover.
  • Afforestation/re-afforestation.
  • Afforestation – growing of trees where non-existed.
  • Re-afforestation– growing of trees where they have been cut down.
  • Agroforestry – land use that involves the growing of trees in combination with crops and pastures on the same piece of land.

 

Physical or Structural Control Measures

  • These are soil and water conservation measures which involve mechanical constructions on the earth.
  • They are used in areas of moderate slope between 13-55%.

They include:

  • Trash or stone lines;
  • These are rows of heaped crop’ residues or stones made along thecontours.
  • Filter strips;
  • It involves the growing of an open crop in the upper side of the slope followed by a dense crop to reduce speed of wate
  • This increases infiltration.
  • Terraces;
  • Are structures constructed across a slope to reduce the length of a slope thus reducing run-off.
  • Bench terraces;
  • Are constructed where the slope is 35-55%.
  • Tree crops are suitable for such areas.

 

Importance of a Bench Terrace: –   

  • Reduces slope of the land.
  • Conserves soil moisture.
  • Better retention of soil fertility.
  • Narrow based terracesCannot allow cultivation by machines.
  • Broad based terraces – Is wide enough to allow cultivation by machines.
  • Graded terraces:
  • Have a drainage channel to lead off excess water to a vegetated plac
  • They should be about 100m in length.
  • Level terraces:
  • Have no outlet channels,
  • The aim is to have water infiltrating,
  • Hence no water can flow from the ends of the terr
  • Fanya juu:
  • A ridge made by digging a channel and throwing the soil uphill.
  • Fanya chini:
  • In this case the soil is heaped on the lower side of the channel.
  • Bunds: heaps of soil (earth) made along the contour.
  • Cutoff drains:
  • An open trench with an embankment on the lower side into which water from the farm dra

Water from the trench should be discharged into;

  • Natural waterways,
  • Artificial waterways,
  • Rocky ground
  • Grassland
  • Gabion/Porous dams:
  • Galvanized wire mesh boxes filled with stones which are built across slopes and gullie
  • Dams and reservoirs ;
  • Dams – barriers built across a river/waterway to hold and store water. It reduces speed of runoff.
  • Reservoirs – these are large storage ta
  • Ridging heaps of soil to reduce the speed of water,

They retain the water for some time.

 

Water Harvesting Methods

 

  • Water harvesting and storage should be done during the rainy seasons to avoid wastage.

This should be done using the following methods:

  • Roof catchment– trapping and collection of rain water from roof tops.
  • Rock catchment – water is harvested by constructing a barrier on the lower side of a large impervious rock to trap surface runoff from the rock.
  • Weirs and dams.

 

  • Dam – a barrier constructed across a river or a dry valley so that it can hold water.
  • Weirs – barriers constructed across a river or a stream to raise the water level and still allow water to flow over it.
  • Ponds – water retention excavations’made to hold excess surface water.
  • Retention ditches/level terraces.-These are terraces constructed with blocked ends to retain water.

 

Micro-Catchments

  • A system of harvesting limited rainfall and storing the water in the ground for use by the planted crops.

Types of Microcatchments;

  • Triangular/Vshaped/Negarims;
  • V-shaped bunds measuring 25cm
  • Are built with soil from the excavated planting holes to direct runoff water towards the basin area around the base of each plant
  • Semicircular bunds;
  • Formed around the growing plant to hold water around the plant.
  • Trapezoidal bunds;
  • Trapezoidal shaped bunds, which enclose a large area where the crops are grown.
  • Contour bunds/furrows;
  • These are furrows made along the contours between the rows of crops where agroforestry trees are intercropped with annual cro
  • Planting holes/pits;
  • These are extra large planting holes made and filled with dry plant materials before filling in with soil.

 

Use of Micro-Catchments

  • Slow down the speed of surface runoff.
  • Used during landscaping of the compound, parks and roadside nest areas.
  • Reclamation of land for food crop in dry areas.
  • Water collected and stored can be used for irrigation
  • Afforestation in dry areas.

Weeds and Weed Control

Introduction

  • Weeds cause heavy crop losses if not controlled.
  • Their control is important so as to maintain high quality and quantity produce.

Definition:

  • A weed is any plant growing where it is not required.
  • And whose economic disadvantages outweigh the advantages.

Harmful Effects of Weeds

  • Weeds compete with crops for nutrients, space, light and soil moisture.
  • Some weeds, for example, Striga spp are parasitic to cultivated crops such as maize.
  • Some weeds lower the quality of agricultural produce for example:
  • Mexican marigold gives undesirable flavour to milk if dairy cows feed on it.
  • Devils horsewhip, black jack, bristly fox-tail and others get attached to sheep wool thus lowering its quality.
  • Some weeds are poisonous to human beings and livestock for example:
  • Thorn apple (Datura stramonium)
  • Sodom apple (Solanum incanum)
  • Some weeds have allelopathic effects to cultivated crops.
  • Water weeds block irrigation channels.
  • Aquatic weeds such as Salvinia in Lake Naivasha and water hyacinth in Lake Victoria affect fishing.
  • Some weeds are alternate hosts for insects, pests and disease causing organisms for example:
  • Wild oat (avena fatua) is an alternate host for rusts.
  • Mallow (malva verticillata) is an alternate host for cotton stainers.
  • Weeds lower the quality of pasture for example:
  • Tickberry (Lantana camara)
  • Nut grass (Cyperus rotundus),
  • Manyatta grass (Eleusine jaegeri)
  • Some weeds irritate workers thus reducing the efficiency in which they are controlled for example:
  • Double thorn (Oxygonum sinuatum),
  • Stinging nettle (Urtica massaica) ,
  • Devil’s horse whip (Achyranthes aspera).

Factors Contributing to the Competitive Ability of Weeds

  • They produce large quantities of seeds for example pigweed and black jack.
  • Their seeds remain viable in the soil for a long time awaiting conducive germination conditions.
  • They have effective seed dispersal mechanisms.
  • Some weeds propagate by means of elaborate underground storage structures.
  • They are efficient in utilizing little moisture, nutrients and sunlight.
  • Some have short life cycles.
  • They have elaborate root systems for supporting the plant and absorbing nutrients and water.

Weed Classification

It is based on:

  • Life cycles for example:
  • Annuals – complete their life cycle in only one season.
  • Biennuals complete their life cycles in two seasons o
  • Perennials – complete their life cycle in more than two seasons.
  •  Morphology– leaf formation such as size, shape and venation.
  • Broad leaved weeds for example black jack, lantana, pig weed, oxalis and others.
  • Narrow leaved weeds for example couch grass, setaria, nut-grass, manyatta grass and others.
  • Habitat some weeds are terrestrial (grow on land) while others are aquatic (grow on aquatic/marine conditions).

Weed Identification

  • Weeds are identified by their common (individual) names and botanical names.
  • They are named according to specific features or according to person who identified them.

 

Common Name           Botanical Name

  • Black Jack  ………………………Bidens pilosa
  • Mexican marigold ………………Tagetes minuta
  • 0xalislsorrel ……………………..Oxalis spp.
  • Double thorn ……………………Oxygonum sinuatum
  • Thorn apple ……………………..Datura stramonium
  • Couch grass ……………………..Digitaria scalarum
  • Nut grass ………………………..Cyperus rotundus
  • Wandering Jew …………………Commelina bengalensis
  • Sow thistle ………………………Sonchus ole race us
  • Devil’s horsewhip ……………….Achyranthes aspera
  • Macdonald’s eye/Gallant soldier.Gallinsoga parviflora
  • Sodom apple …………………….Solanum incanum
  • Black night shade ………………..Solanum nigrum
  • Chinese lantern………………….Nicandra physalodes
  • Bracken fern ……………………..Pteridium aquillium
  • Love grass/ Bristly foxtail ……….Setaria verticillata
  • Cleavers …………………………Gallium spurium
  • Stinging Nettle …………………..Urtica massaica
  • Fat hen/Goose foot ………………Chenopodium spp.
  • Rape weed ………………………Brassica nap us
  • Wild oats …………………………Avenafatua
  • Lantana/Tick berry ………………Lantana camara
  • Water hyacinth ………………….Eichhornia crassipes
  • Striga/Witch weed ………………Striga hermontheca
  • Creeping indigo ………………….Indigofera spicata

Weed Control Methods

The methods of weed control determined by:

  • The weed being controlled.
  • Weather conditions.
  • Capital availability.
  • Effect on environment.

 

METHODS OF WEED CONTROL INCLUDE:

 

Chemical Weed Control

  • The use of chemicals known as herbicides to control weed

Classification of Herbicides

Based on:

  • Formulation – the physical form of the herbicides for example:
  • Liquids
  • Wettable powders
  • Emulsion
  • Dust
  • Time of Application
  • Pre-emergence – applied before the planted crop germinates.
  • Post emergence – applied after the planted crop germinates.
  • Selectivity
  • Selectiv
  • Non selective.
  • Mode of Action
  • Contact – herbicides that kill only the parts of the plant which it comes into contact.
  • Translocated systemic herbicides that will kill the whole plant even if it comes into contact with only a small part of it.

Methods of Herbicide Application

  • Spraying – application of solutions.
  • Dusting – application of dusts.
  • Fumigation – application of fumigants into the soil.

Safety Measures in the Use of Chemicals

  • Read manufacturer’s instructions and follow them.
  • Wear protective clothing such as overalls, breathing mask, gloves and boots.
  • Avoid inhaling the herbicides.
  • Wash thoroughly after handling chemicals.
  • Do not blow or such blocked nozzles.
  • Avoid herbicide drift to unintended crops and other plants.
  • Avoid herbicide drift to livestock feed and water.
  • Avoid spilling herbicides in pastures and fodder crops.
  • Dispose off the empty containers properly for example burying them in the soil.
  • Do not wash spraying equipment in water sources used by animals and human beings.
  • Store chemicals in a safe place.
  • Wash the spraying equipment thoroughly.
  • Sink left over chemicals into the soil after the day’s work.

 

Advantages of Chemical Weed Control

  •  It is less laborious.
  • Effective in the control of difficult weeds such as couch grass and sedges.
  • It does not disturb crop roots and other underground structures.
  • It makes the control of weeds in certain crop easier.
  • It is efficient in both wet and dry conditions.
  • It does not destroy soil structure.
  • Cheaper in large scale production than the use of manual or mechanical cultivation.

Disadvantages of Chemical Weed Control

  • It requires skilled labour in mixing and application.
  • Cause environmental pollution.
  • Herbicides have long residual effects which may interfere with future crops.
  • It is very expensive.

 

Mechanical Weed Control

  • It involves the following operations:

 

Tillage/Cultivation

  • This is the opening and loosening up of the soil.
  • It can be done by hand tools or tractor drawn implements.

Advantages

  • Cheap in small scale production.
  • Increases water and air infiltration into the soil.
  • Incorporates crops residues into the soil.
  • The earthing-up done during tillage encourages root growth.

Disadvantages

  • If done repeatedly it destroys soil structure.
  • It is laborious and expensive in large scale production.
  • It may not effectively control weeds.
  • It may lead to soil erosion and loss of soil moisture.
  • Damage crop roots.

Slashing/Mowing

  • Mechanical removal of shoots from weeds.
  • It is effective in the control of annual weeds.

Uprooting

  • It is done when the crops are too close
  • To allow mechanical cultivation or where weeds are scattered.

Cultural Weed Control

It involves the following practices:

  • Mulching.
  • Cover cropping.
  • Crop rotation.
  • Timely planting.
  • Use of clean seed/planting materials.
  • Proper spacing.
  • Proper seedbed preparation.
  • Flooding.

Biological Weed Control

  • The use of living organisms to control weeds.

Examples are:

  • Use of livestock to graze and control growth of weeds especially in plantations.
  • Use of weed eating fish to control aquatic weeds.
  • Use of moths to control cactus.
  • Limitations:the method is not reliable.

 

Legislative Weed Control/ Quarantine

  • It involves government laws and regulations which prevent the introduction and spread of foreign weeds in a country or an area. Done by KEPHIS.
  • Limitations:Only samples are checked while the bulk of the materials may have some weed seeds.

Crop Pests and Diseases

 

Introduction

  • Crop pests and diseases lead to high losses in crop production hence efficient control measures are
  • Proper control measures require the farmers to be able to;
  • Identify these organisms,
  • Know their life cycles, feeding habits
  • The damage they cause to crops.

Crop Pests

Definition of a Pest:

  • It is a living organism that destroys crops/ trees either directly or indirectly by introducing pathogens (disease causing germs).

 

Classification of Pests

Pests are classified according to the following:

  • Mode of Feeding
  • Pests with biting and chewing mouth parts – they cause physical damage and reduce the photosynthetic area of the plant.
  • Pests with piercing and sucking mouth parts – they suck out the nutritious plant sap and in the process may introduce disease causing organisms.
  • Crops Attacked
  • Some crop pests attack specific crops for example, stem borers prefer cereal crops.
  • Stage of Growth of Crops Attacked
  • There are pests of seedlings attack when the crop is young, for example cutworms.
  • Pests of fruits – attack the crops at fruiting stage.
  • Pests of grains attack the crops when the grains are formed.
  • Field and Storage Pests
  • Some pests attack the crops while in the f
  • Other pests attack the produce after it has been harvested and stored.

 

Identification of Common Pests

Name of Pest Crop Attacked Damage Done Control Measures
Armyworms (i) Cereal crops Defoliate the (i) Early planting
(Spodoptera (ii) Sugar cane whole plant (ii) Use of effective insecticides
exempta) (iii) Grasses      
Cut worms Young seedlings Cut the seedlings (i) Early planting
(Agrotis Spp.)     at the stem base (ii) Use of soil applied insecticides
          (fumigants)
        (iii) Flood/irrigation
Boll worms Cotton, tomatoes, Eat and destroy (i) Crop rotation
(Heliathis migera) citrus, maize, the fruits and (ii) Field hygiene
  beans, millet, other seeds (iii) Spraying with insecticides
  legumes   (iv) early planting
Maize stalk borer Maize sorghum Destruction of the (i) Early planting
(Busseola fusca)     stem and young (ii) Field hygiene
and     growing tissues (iii) Crop rotation
(Chilo partellus)       (iv) Use of stalk borer dust.
Loopers Coffee Make windows in (i) Use of effective insecticides.
(Ascotis selena ria)     crop leaves (ii) Use of parasitic wasps, birds
          and chameleons
Leaf Miner Coffee Make mines in (i) Use of parasitic wasps (natural
( Leucoptera     the leaves   enemies)
meyricki and L.     reducing (ii) Use of effective insecticides.
caffeina)     photosynthetic    
      area.    
Stainers Cotton Stain the cotton (i) Use of parasitic tachinid flies
(Dysdercus spp.)     lint reducing (ii) Spraying with insecticides.
      quality (iii) Control alternate hosts.
        (iv) Crop rotation
Aphids Several crops such (i) Transmit (i) Natural enemies for example,
(Aphis spp.) as citrus, maize, viral diseases.   lady birds
  cotton, beans. (ii) Suck out (ii) Overhead irrigation
  cabbages and sap leading (iii) Use of insecticides
  others to stunted    
      growth.    

 

Other Crop Pests Include:

  • Mealy bugs – coffee
  • Thrips – coffee
  • Beetles – field and storage pests.
  • Birds – field pests – cereals and fru
  • Rodents – field and storage pests ,cereals and t
  • Nematodes – soil borne pests – tomatoes, potatoes, sunflower, beans.

Harmful Effects of Crop Pests

  • Pests such as squirrels and rodents, unearth planted seeds, resulting in poor
  • Some pests like nematodes, termites and moles damage crop roots causing wilting and death of the crops.
  • They lower the quality and quantity of farm produce.
  • They increase the cost of production since farmers will incur expenses in purchasing chemicals to control them.
  • They transmit diseases to crops for example, aphids transmit streak virus disease in maize.
  • Chemicals used to control the pests cause pollution to the environment.
  • They exterminate the crop by feeding on them for example eating embryo of the seed.

Control of Pests

  • If pest population causes damage beyond tolerance then it is said to have reached economic injury level (EIL) hence control measures should be effected before this level.

Before any control measure is effected ,the following should be considered:

  • Know the life cycle of the pest.
  • Correct identification of the pest.
  • Correct assessment of the damage.
  • The weather conditions.
  • The value of the crop in question.
  • The cost factor of the control method.

Methods of Controlling the Pests

  • Cultural methods.
  • Physical/mechanical measures
  • Biological methods.
  • Chemical methods.
  • Integrated pest management.

Cultural Methods:

  • These are farming practices which aim at reducing the pest population by destroying the life cycle of the pests either by exposing them to adverse conditions or denying them food.

These include:

  • Timely planting to escape pest attack.
  • Timely harvesting.
  • Proper tillage.
  • Close season: this is the period when a susceptible crop is not grown in order to control a certain pest.
  • Trap cropping: These are crops which attract pests diverting them from the main crop. The trap crop is grown together with the main crop.
  • Crop rotation: It breaks the life cycle of the pest.
  • Planting resistant varieties: These are plants with natural protective mechanisms against pest for example hairy cotton against jassid bugs, goose necked sorghum against birds, high tillering in sorghum against shoot fly.
  • Field hygiene: This includes rogueing and removal of crop residues which harbour pests from field.
  • Alterations of environmental conditions, such as, creating a microclimate which is not conducive to pests for example open pruning in coffee.
  • Crop nutrition: application of fertilizers and manures to make the crop strong and able to escape pest attacks.
  • Destruction of alternate hosts, for example, weeds like mallow which harbour cotton stainers.
  • Use of clean planting materials. This helps to prevent introduction of crop pests.
  • Proper spacing: if well spaced some pests find it difficult to move from one plant to another.
  • Use of organic manure, for example, farmyard manure discourages eel worms (nematodes).

Chemical Control

  • Chemicals used to control pests are known as pesticides.
  • Pesticides are administered through dusting, spraying or fumigating.

Classification of Pesticides:

Pesticides are classified on the basis of:

 

Mode of Entry

  • Stomach – ingested by the pest together with the crop materials.
  • Contact – absorbed through the body tissues.
  • Fumigants – through the breathing mechanism.
  • Systemic – translocated to all parts.

Mode of Action

  • Respiratory poisons – interfere with breathing mechanisms.
  • Coagulants – cause the blood of the pest to coagulate.
  • Neurotoxins – act on the nervous system.
  • Protoplasmic poisons – cause the cells to disintegrate.

Target Pests

  • Insecticides – kill insect pests
  • Molluscicides – kill snails and slugs.
  • Rodenticides – kill rodents.
  • Nematocides – kill nematodes.

Formulation .

  • Dusts, granules and powders
  • Emulsifiable concentrates.
  • Miscible liquids.
  • Wettable powders.
  • Fumigants.

Factors That Affect the Efficiency of Pesticides

  • Concentration of the pesticides.
  • Weather conditions at the time of application.
  • Timing of application – efficiency is high if applied when the pest is most susceptible.
  • Persistence of the pesticide having long residual effect in the soil.
  • Resistance of the pests.

Advantages of Chemical Pest Control

  • Faster
  • Immediate results are achieved.
  • Low labour requirements.

Disadvantages of Chemical Pest Control

  • Expensive to buy.
  • Cause pollution to the environment.
  • Require skilled labour to apply.
  • Some pesticides may kill beneficial organisms and predators.
  • Some target pests may build up resistance.

Mechanical Pest Control/Physical

  • This involves the killing of the pests using physical methods.
  • Or creating physical barriers to prevent pests from getting into contact with the crops .

Example:

  • Flooding/irrigation; for example, moles are suffocated through flooding.
  • Use of lethal temperatures: either too cold or too hot.
  • Suffocation; commonly used in grain storage bins by being made air tight.
  • Trapping and killing, for example, rats.
  • Creation of physical barriers, such as, rat bafflers, sticky materials on tree trunks.
  • Proper drying: this makes them too hard to be destroyed by pests.
  • Scaring devices especially in rice plantations to control birds.
  • Use of explosives thrown at breeding places of birds to kill or scare them away.

Biological Pest Control

  • It involves the use of living organisms to reduce the pest population.

Predator           Target Pest

  • Parasitic wasp——————-White fly in citrus, boll worms, stalk borers
  • Birds——————————— Crickets, locusts, caterpillar llars.
  • Lady Bird ————————–Aphids
  • Trachnid flies ——————-cotton stainer
  • Praying mantis—————–giant loppers
  • Majimoto ants —————–scales
  • Cats ———————————-moles,rats,mice
  • Brachonid wasps————-mealy bugs
  • Chicken —————cotton stainer, larvae of beetles, grasshoppers, crickets

 

Advantages

  • Cheap
  • No environmental pollution
  • Saves on labour.

Disadvantages

  • Takes too long to get the correct agent
  • Difficult to control the pest effectively.

 

Integrated Pest Management

  • It is a new method which involves the combination of the methods  mentioned above.
  • The aim is to have least hazards to the user and to the environment.
  • Example, attractant-pheromones are used to attract pests to one place where they are sprayed and eradicated.

 

Legislative Method/Quarantine

  • Legislative mearsures of pest control are effected  by the Kenya Plant Health Inspectorate Service(KEPHIS) through seed inspection.

Crop Disease And Their Control

  • A disease is any deviation from the normal performance or functions.
  • A plant disease is any harmful physiological disorder in a plant caused by pathogenic agents such as virus, bacteria, fungi.
  • The study of plant disease is called plant pathology.

Economic importance of crop diseases

  • They lower crop yield
  • They reduce the quality of the produce thus reducing their market value
  • They cause food poisoning. E.g ergot in wheat, afflatoxin in grain crops by fungus.
  • They reduce photosynthetic area of the plant.

 

Classification  and identification of plant disease

 

  • Plant disease are classified according to their causal agents;

Fungal diseases;

  • Fungi are non-green plant-like.
  • Some are parasitic and others are saprophytic.

Parasitic fungi divided into;

  • Obligate parasites- those that depend on other living organisms for food.
  • Falcultative parasites-those that are able to live on both the living and dead tissues.

Examples of fungal disease

  • Panama disease(Fusarium oxysperium—bananas)
  • Cigar-end rot(Verticilium theobromae)-bananas
  • Die back –attack the tips of shoots and roots
  • Mildews-foliar disease of several crops
  • Armillaria root rot(Armillaria mellea)-coffee and tea
  • Damping off-disease of seedlings in the nursery
  • Anthracnose(Colletotrichum spp)-coffee,beans,tomatoes.

 

  • Fungus also cause damage to stored grains which are not properly dried or if the store is damp.
  • Fungus cause food poisoning and lower seed viability for example Aspergillus flavus which produces a highly toxic compound called afflatoxin.

 

  Examples of fungal disease

 

Disease/cause Crops attacked Symptoms of attack Control measures
Late blight

(Phytopthora

infestans)

Members of

Solanaceae family

(potatoes, tomatos)

Dry patches on the leaves and fruits (necrotic lesions) -Crop rotation

-effective fungicides

-treated seeds

-resistant varieties

 

Rusts (Pucinia spp) Rice, wheat , sorghum, maize Red and brown pistules on the leaves, shriveled grains -resistant varieties

-Recommendedfungicides

-Early planting

Smuts(Ustilago spp) Wheat,maize,

sugarcane

Black powder mass on the spikes and the ear -Field hygiene,

-certified seeds,

-resistant varieties,

-crop rotation

Blasts(Piricularia oryzae) Rice -Small blue sports on leaves with grey centre.

-Attack inflorescence to cause ‘’empty heads’’

-Seed dressing

-Resistant varieties eg        sindano

-Destruction of affected plants

-fungicides

Coffee Berry Disease(CBD) (Colletotrichum coffeanum) Coffee -Dark blotches spots on   the flowers

-Brown concentric rings on the leaves

-Dark sunken wounds on the berries.

-Resistant varieties eg Ruiru 11

-Proper pruning

-Effective fungicides

-strippung

 

 

Bacterial Diseases

  • Bacteria are microscopic single-celled organisms which reproduce by binary fission
  • Transmission;Through irrigation water, seeds, fertilizers, manures, wind ,
  • raindrop splash, insects, soil and mechanical means.

Symptoms of Bacterial Diseases

  • Wilting
  • Cankers(necrotic tissues)localized necrosis
  • Gall formation in infected tissues.

 

 

Examples of bacterial diseases

 

Disease/Cause Crops Attacked Symptoms of Attack Control Measures  
Halo blight Beans i. Irregular dark lesions on 1. Use of resistant varieties  
(Pseudomonas     leaves and pods.   for example Wairimu. ,
phaseolicola)   ii. Yellow band round the ii. Effective fungicide.  
      lesions called “halo”. iii. Crop rotation  
    iii. Water soaked lesions      
Fusarium wilt Tomatoes l. Stunted growth. i. Use of resistant varieties.  
(Fusarium   ii. Yellowing and shedding      
oxysporum)     of leaves.      
    iii. Wilting of the plant.      
Black arm Cotton i. Small round spots on the i. Field hygiene.  
(Anthomonas     cotyledons of young ii. Use of certified seeds.  
malvacearum)     seedlings.      
    ii. The spots elongate to      
      form black lesions on the      
      stem.      
Bacterial wilt Tomatoes and Uniform. wilting of the whole i. Use of certified seeds.  
(Pseudomonas potatoes plant even with enough ii. Crop rotation.  
solanacearum)   water.      

 

 

Viral Diseases

  • Viruses are small living organisms which can only be seen under a very powerful electronic microscope.
  • Viruses interfere with photosynthesis, respiration, transpiration and nitrogen utilization

Symptoms of Viral Infection

  • Leaf chlorosis.
  • Leaf curling.
  • Mosaic(light green or yellow patches).
  • Malformation(distortion)of plant parts.
  • Rosettes; Development of abnormally short internode.

Transmission

  • Through the use of infected vegetative materials and insect vectors like aphids, mealybugs and leafhoppers.

Viral diseases

 

Disease/Cause crops Attacked Symptoms of Attack Control Measures
Ratton stunting Sugar cane Red discoloration on the vascular I. Use of clean materials.
    bundles. 11. Treatment of seed
          canes.
Maize streak Maize Yellow stripes alternating with i. Control leaf hopper.
    green, parallel to the midrib. ii. Use if certified seeds.
        iii. Field sanitation.
Greening Citrus i. Yellow mottling of the leaves. i, Use of clean tools when
disease   ii. Die back.   budding.
    iii. Premature leaf fall. 11. Control of insect vectors.
Leaf mosaic Suzgar cane, i. Yellow mottling. i. Control of aphids.
  cassava. sweet II. Necrosis of stem. ii. Use of clean materials.
  potatoes.     iii. Seed treatment.
Tristeza Citrus I. Dwarfing of plants. i. Stripping affected fruits.
    ii. Die back. ii. Use of clean equipment
          of budding.

 

Other Causes of Crop Diseases

  • Flooding forming ammonia which is poisonous to the crops causing a burning effect on leaves.
  • Chemicals: some may be toxic.
  • Poor weather: Extremes of day and night temperatures.
  • Stress: such as irregular watering as in tomato blossom end rot.

Control of Crop Diseases

  • Cultural method: This involves use of
  • Healthy planting materials.
  • Practicing field hygiene.
  • Proper seedbed preparation.
  • Proper spacing.
  • Heat treatment of the planting materials for example sugar cane.
  • Proper drying of cereals and pulses to 13%M.C.
  • Growing disease resistant varieties.

Legislative Method

  • Involves the imposing of regulations and laws especially in case of disease outbreaks to prevent the introduction and spread of diseases.

Chemical Control

  • Used as a last resort.

Chemical control measures include:

  • Seed dressing before planting.
  • Soil fumigation to control soil borne diseases.
  • Spraying: application of fungicides.

 

 

Crop Production VI

(Field Practices II)

 

Introduction

  • There are many crops cultivated in Kenya.
  • These crops are grown for various uses and require different ecological conditions.

Definitions:

  • Hybrids These are crop varieties developed by crossing two pure lines.
  • Composites – These are crop varieties developed through repeated mass selection.
  • Cultivars – these are varieties of crops which are cultivated in a given area.

Maize

  • Main growing areas: Trans-Nzoia, Nakuru, Uasin Gishu, Laikipia districts and others.
  • Ecological Requirements
  • Altitude:Upto 2000m above sea level.
  • Temperature: About 25°C
  • Soils: Freely draining, fertile loam soils.
  • Rainfall: 750-12S0rnm critical at silking and pollination stage.
  • Varieties
  • High altitude areas: Hybrids 611, 613 and 614C.
  • Medium altitude areas: 511,512,622 and 632.
  • Marginal rainfall areas: Katumani composite and Makueni composite.
  • Coast regions: Coast composite and Katumani composite.

Seedbed Preparation

  • Ploughing should be deep and done during the dry season to eradicate weeds.
  • Require medium tilth.
  • Plant spacing 75-90cm x 20-30cm.
  • Planting done at the onset of the rains. This helps to reduce pest attack.
  • Dry planting in areas with inadequate rainfall is necessary.

Field Maintenance:

  • Apply phosphatic fertilizer during planting at a rate of 120kg/ha P2O5
  • Also nitrogenous fertilizers as top dress at the rate of 200kg of ASN or CAN.
  • Control weeds by cultivation, use of appropriate herbicides, uprooting, slashing and mulching.

 

 

Pest Control

  • Maize Stalk Borer:
  • Nature of damage: Boring the leaves causing windowing effect, boring the stems and cobs.
  • Control: Destruction of previous years crop residue, closed season and apply chemicals
  • Maize Weevils:
  • it is a storage pest.
  • Damage: Bores holes into the maize grains, eating the contents.
  • Control: Proper hygiene and sanitation in the stores.
  • Use of chemicals such as Actellic Super.

Disease Control:

  • Rust
  • Cause:
  • Symptoms: Red or brown pustules on the. leaves.
  • Control: Plant resistant varieties and crop rotation.
  • Smuts
  • Cause: Fungus
  • Symptoms: Black sooty mass of spores on maize heads or cobs(ear).
  • Control: Crop rotation, growing resistant varieties and destruction of affected plant parts.
  • Maize Streak Virus
  • Cause: Virus
  • Symptoms: Yellow longitudinal stripes parallel to the midrib.
  • Control: Certified seed, early planting and rogueing.

Harvesting

  • Harvest the crop 3-9 months after planting depending on variety.
  • Maize stalks are cut and stocked in the field.
  • Cobs removed by hand.
  • For large scale harvesting, combined harvesters are used.
  • Yields about 3,OOOkg and 4500kg/ha.

Bulrush Millet

Areas where grown:

  • Lower areas of Kirinyaga,
  • Embu,
  • Meru,
  • Parts of Machakos
  • Kerio Valley.

Ecological Requirements

  • Altitude:Does well in areas below 1200m.
  • Rainfall:500-600mrn per annum.
  • Soils:Light sandy soils.
  • Varieties:Serere 2A, 3A, 6A, 17, 16/9

Seed Bed Preparations

  • Ploughing of land during the dry season.
  • Soil should be of fine tilth since the seeds are small.

Planting:

  • Done at the onset of the rains.
  • Planted by broadcasting and row planting at a spacing of 60cm x 15cm.

Field Maintenance:

  • Weeding is done until tillering.
  • Top-dressing is done by use of sulphate of ammonia.

Pest Control

      Birds

  • Nature of Damage: Eats the seeds at milky stage.
  • Control:Bird scaring devices.

Disease Control

Ergot

  • Cause:Fungus.
  • Symptoms: Heads become sticky.
  • Control: Use of certified seeds, crop rotation and destruction of affected crops.

Downy Mildew

  • Cause:Fungus.
  • Symptoms:Long, whitish lines on the leaves.
  • Control:Crop rotation and field hygiene.

Harvesting

  • Done by cutting off the heads.
  • Drying of the heads.
  • Threshing and winnowing of the grains.
  • Stored under well ventilated dry conditions.
  • Yields about 1000kg/ha with good management.

Finger Millet

  • Areas where grown: Western Kenya and Uganda.

Ecological Requirements

  • Altitude:0-2400m above sea level.
  • Rainfall:900mm, drought resistant in the early stages.
  • Soils:Free draining fertile soils.

Varieties:

  • Serere varieties developed at Serere in Uganda.
  • Ultra lupin
  • 5.18 oats.

 

Land Preparations

  • The seedbed should be thoroughly prepared to a fine tilth due to the small size of the seeds.
  • It also helps to control weeds.

Field Operations

Planting

  • Finger millet should be planted as early as possible in the season.
  • It is usually broadcasted by hand.
  • If planted in rows, the furrows should be 30-33cm apart and the plants should be thinned to 5cm apart within the rows.

Fertilizer Application

  • Sulphate of ammonia at the rate of 125kg/ha is recommended for topdressing finger millet.

Weed Control

  • Clean seedbed preparation
  • Uprooting

Pest Control:

  • Birds are controlled through scaring.

Disease Control

Head blast:

  • Cause: Fungus
  • Symptoms: Brown spots with grey centres on the leaves and stems below the inflorescence.
  • Control: Use of resistant varieties.

     Harvesting

  • Individual heads are cut with knives.
  • Heads are dried, threshed and winnowed.
  • Yields  1650kg/ha with good management.

 

Sorghum

  • It is grown in Western, northern, Rift Valley, Eastern and some parts of Central Province.

Ecological Requirements

  • Altitude: 0-1500m above sea level.
  • Rainfall: 420-630mm. It is drought resistant.
  • Soils: Fairly fertile and well drained soils.

  Varieties

  • Dobbs variety.
  • Serena variety.

Field Operations

  Planting

  • Broadcasting the seeds on the firmly prepared seedbed.
  • Intercropped with other crops especially maize and beans.
  • Can be planted in pure stands at a spacing of 60cm x 15cm

  Fertilizer Application

  • Responds well to farmyard manure (FYM).
  • Inorganic fertilizers are not commonly used in growing sorghum.

 Pest Control

  • Bird pests: They are the most common sorghum pests.
  • They include
  • quelea,
  • aethiopica (Sudan Dioch),
  • weaver birds,
  • starling bird
  • bishop’s bird.
  • They are controlled through;
  • killing them using explosives,
  • poison spraying in their breeding places
  • use of flame throwers.
  • Sorghum shoot-fly controlled by early planting, closed season and application of insecticides.
  • Stem borer – control by use of insecticides and field hygiene.

 

Disease Control

       Common sorghum diseases include:

  • Leaf blight
  • Anthracnose.
  • Sooty stripe.
  • Loose smut
  • Head smut

       Smuts are controlled by seed dressing-while the other diseases are controlled by growing resistant varieties.

Harvesting

  • Sorghum is ready for harvesting 3-4 months after planting.
  • Heads are cut off using a sharp knife after which they are sun-dried, threshed, winnowed and stored.
  • Up to 3000kg/hectare can be obtained with good management.

 

Beans

  • Grown in all provinces where maize is grown.

Ecological Requirements

  • Altitude:10.00-2100 metres above sea level.
  • Rainfall: Average of 62Smm per annum.
  • Soils: Well drained loamy soils rich in organic matter.

Varieties

Varieties for dry beans:

  • Rose Coco,
  • Mwezi Moja,
  • Canadian Wonder,
  • Wairimu,
  • Haricot,

Variety for canning: Mexican 142.

Varieties for French Beans:

  • Primeur,
  • Long Tom,
  • Saza,
  • Master Piece
  • Monel.

Seedbed Preparation

  • Land should be prepared early.
  • Primary and secondary cultivation done to control perennial weeds.

Seed Selection and Treatment

  • Select wholesome seeds free from damage and wrinkles.
  • Seeds are dressed against bean fly.
  • Seeds should be inoculated with appropriate bacteria (none dressed seeds)

Planting

  • Planted at the onset of the rains.
  • Spacing 30-45cm x 15cm.
  • Apply phosphatic fertilizer during planting time.
  • Plant 2-4 seeds per hole.

Field Maintenance

  • Provide sticks for the climbing varieties.
  • Control of weeds through shallow cultivation.
  • Top-dress with nitrogenous fertilizer for example CAN.

PestControl

  • Bean-Fly
  • Nature of damage: Feeds on the stems causing swelling at the roots.
  • This results in wilting and death.
  • Control: Dressing of seeds, early planting and spraying with insecticides.
  • Bean Bruchid(Storage Pest)
  • Nature of damage: Make dark circular windows on the grains.
  • Control: Clean stores, fumigation, and seed dressing.

 

Diseases Control

  • Bean Anthracnose
  • Cause’Fungus
  • Symptoms: Brown or black lesions on the underside of the leaves, pods and stems.
  • Control: Growing resistant varieties, crop rotation, destruction of crop residues and spraying with fungicides.
  • Bean Rust
  • Cause: Fungus
  • Symptoms: Red brown pustules on the leaves.
  • Control: Planting resistant varieties and spraying copper fungicides.

Harvesting

  • Done during the dry season for dry beans and when the pods are dry.
  • Threshing and winnowing done.
  • Sorting of rotten, off types and damaged ones.
  • Sold to National Cereals and Produce Board when dry.
  • For French beans, pick the pods when soft and green.
  • Market immediately to avoid shrivelling.

 

Rice Production

Areas where grown;

  • Mwea Tabere Irrigation Scheme
  • Ahero Pilot Scheme in Kano plains.
  • Bunyala in Busia.
  • Bura in Tana River.

Land Preparation

  • Plots of 0.4 hectare are made with bunds constructed around them.
  • Plots are flooded for four days.
  • Rotavators/jembes are used to work the flooded fields on the fifth day.
  • The land is then levelled and allowed to drain.

Water Control

  • During land preparation, water level should be about 7.5-10cm.
  • During levelling water level should be  5cm
  • Water is drained off completely for direct sowing.
  • For transplanted rice, water level should be 5cm at transplanting.
  • Water level should be maintained at 1/3 the height of plant until maturity.
  • Water should be allowed to flow slowly through the fields.
  • Old water should be changed every 2- 3 weeks if the flow of water is not possible.
  • Water introduced should always be warm to ensure pollination.

Fertilizer Application

  • S.A applied in the nursery.
  • Rate of 25kg SA for every nursery unit of 18.5m x 18.5m.
  • Phosphatic fertilizers broadcasted in the field.
  • Rate of 120kg ha DSP before planting.
  • S.A applied in the field in two splits before and after transplanting at a rate of 250kg/ha

Flooding in Rice

Flood water in rice production is important for the following reasons;

  • It provides good conditions for growth such as high humidity.
  • Kills soil organisms.
  • Prevents denitrification.

Weed Control

  • Controlled through flooding.
  • Appropriate herbicides such as propanil and butachlor are also used.

Harvesting of Industrial Crops

  • cotton, pyrethrum, sugarcane, coffee and tea.

Harvesting of Cotton

Stage of harvesting

  • Takes 4 months to mature.
  • Harvest when bolls are dry and fully opened.

Method and Procedure

  • In Kenya cotton is picked manually.
  • Sort out grade AR (safi) from grade BR
  • (fifi) into separate containers.

Precautions

  • Harvest during dry conditions to prevent dirtifying the lint.
  • Avoid use of gunny bags to prevent contamination.
  • Avoid picking leaves.
  • Harvest on weekly basis.

Harvesting of Pyrethrum

Stage of harvesting

  • Takes 3-4 months to mature.
  • Harvest the flowers with disc florets which have assumed a horizontal position.

Methods and Procedure

  • Pyrethrum is picked manually.
  • Flowers are picked by twisting the heads so that no stem is attached.

Precaution

  • Clean harvesting should be done.
  • Avoid picking leaves.
  • Flowers are placed in woven baskets.
  • Overblown flowers are picked and thrown off.
  • Pick the flowers when the dew is dry.
  • Harvested flowers should be taken to the factory the same day.
  • Avoid compaction of flowers in the basket.
  • Harvesting interval, once in two weeks during the wet season and once in a month during the dry season.

Harvesting Sugarcane

Stage of harvesting;

  • Take 14-20 months for the plant crop to mature and 12-16 months for the ratoon crop.
  • Sampling of cane is done before harvesting to ascertain the correct sugar content.

Methods and Procedures

  • Cut the cane at the ground level to avoid yield loss.
  • The green tops are removed from the canes.
  • Harvesting matchet is used for cutting the cane.

Precaution

  • Cane should be harvested immediately at maturity to avoid lowering quality.
  • The green tops should be removed immediately after cutting to avoid reduction of sugar content by enzyme invertase.
  • Burnt cane should be harvested immediately after burning to prevent rapid inversion to monosaccharides.
  • The cane should be processed within 48 hours.

Harvesting of Coffee

Stage of harvesting;

  • Takes 2-4 years depending on the pruning system.
  • Harvest only ripe berries.

Methods and Procedures;

  • Hand picking is done so that ripe berries can be selected.
  • During picking hooked sticks can be used to bend the tall trees.

Precautions

  • Only the uniformly ripe berries should be picked.
  • Over-ripe and under-ripe berries should be dried and sold as buni.
  • Ripe cherries should be processed on the same day they are picked.

Harvesting Tea

Stage of harvesting

  • It takes 2-4 years for tea to mature depending on the method of bringing young tea into bearing.

Method and Procedures

  • Tea harvesting is known as plucking.
  • Fine plucking – 2 leaves and a bud are removed.
  • Coarse plucking – 3 leaves and a bud are removed.
  • A straight fitto(straight stick) is used to guide the plucker on the plucking table.
  • Tipping is done by cutting off shoots that appear above the fitto.

Precautions

  • Plucked tea is placed in woven (well ventilated) baskets to prevent fermenting before it reaches the factory.
  • The plucked tea should be kept in a cool place awaiting transport.
  • It should be processed within the same day of harvesting.
  • Harvesting is done on a weekly basis under wet conditions and once after every two weeks under dry conditions.

Forage Crops

 

 

Introduction

  • These are plants which either grow naturally or are cultivated by man to be used for feeding livestock.
  • The term forage crops include pasture and fodder crops.
  • Fodder crops are purposely grown for feeding livestock.
  • They are cut or uprooted when ready
  • Pasture is a ground cover of grass or a mixture of grass and legumes grazed directly or cut and fed to livestock.

 

Classification of Pastures

  • According to type of stand.
  • Either pure
  • Mixed stands.
  • According to ecological zones .
    • Low altitude,
    • Medium altitude,
    • High altitude pastures
  • According to the establishment .
  • Natural
  • Artificial pastures.

Examples of grasses

  • Napier,
  • Rhodes,
  • Setaria,
  • Molasses,
  • Congo signal,
  • kikuyu,
  • star,
  • Guatemala,
  • Sudan

Examples of legumes;

  • Lucern,
  • Clover,
  • Desmodium,
  • Glycine,
  • Stylo,
  • Centrio,

 

Pasture Establishment

 

Seedbed Preparation

 

  • This involves clearing the land, primary and secondary cultivation to a fine tilth because the seeds are small.
  • This is done during the dry season.

 

Selection of planting materials

  • Select seeds of high germination percentage,
  • Free from impurities or buy certified seeds.
  • If vegetative materials are used, select from high yielding, vigorous-growing and healthy plants.

 

Treatment of legume seeds

  • Legume seeds are inoculated with the correct strain of bacteria which fix nitrogen for the crop.

Planting

  • This is done at the beginning of the rains

Methods of sowing are;

  • Direct sowing,
  • Under sowing,
  • Over-sowing

 

Oversowing

This is introduction of a pasture legume in an existing grass pasture.

Undersowing

The establishment of a pasture in an already existing crop which acts as a cover crop.

Seeds  rate depend;

  • On purity of seeds,
  • Pasture species
  • Whether pure or mixed stand.

Apply phosphatic fertilizer when planting and later top-dress  with nitrogenous fertilizer.

 

Pasture management

  • Re-seeding or gapping; Re-seeding is done if the grass is completely denudated.
  • But if partially, gapping can be done
  • Control of weeds by slashing, uprooting and mowing
  • Fertilization of pastures-done by use of manures and nitrogenous fertilizer.
  • Topping;This is the removal of stemmy fibrous material left behind after grazing.It allows new growth  after the rains
  • Control of pests-done by trapping of moles, use of pesticides and biological means.

Pasture Utilization

  • Pastures should be utilized at maturity when nutritive value is high.

It is utilized through the following methods:

  • Direct grazing– this can be done through rotational grazing or herding.
  • Zero grazing – this is where the pasture is cut and fed to the animals in the stalls.

 

Common fodder Crops

Edible Cana

  • Altitude:1500 – 2000m above sea level.
  • Establishment:Young tubers or bulbs are used.
  • Spacing:1m x 1m.
  • Management:Does well with application of farmyard manure and requires fertile land.
  • Utilization:Tops and tubers are sliced and fed to livestock.
  • Conservation: Bulbs or tubers are sliced and stored.

Napier Grass

  • Altitude:0 – 2000m above sea level.
  • Establishment:Stem cuttings or splits.
  • Spacing:1 m x 50cm.

Management:

  • Apply phosphatic fertilizers during planting time.
  • Top-dress with nitrogenous fertilizers in split application.
  • Clean weeding when young.
  • Cut when 6-8 weeks or 1m-1.5m in height.
  • Utilization:Cut stem is fed to livestock.
  • Conservation:Ensiled when in plenty.

Types of Napier Grass:

  • Bana grass (broad-leaved with hairy leaves)
  • Clone (thin-stemmed and hairless)
  • French Cameroon(thin-stemmed and not hairy).
  • Pakistan hybrid(thin-leaved with hairy leaves).
  • Used for silage making.

Lucerne

  • Altitude:1500 – 2500m above sea level.
  • Soil: Deep red soil are ideal.
  • Establishment:Inoculated seeds are planted 30-50cm apart in the rows.
  • Management:Weeding and fertilizer application.
  • Utilization: Cut wilted and fed to livestock before flowering stage.
  • Conservation:Hay, silage, dried materials such as cubes or pencils.

Mangolds

  • Is a root crop.
  • Root is utilized as livestock feed.
  • Ripe ones are used.

Kales

  • Leaves used as livestock feeds.

Guatemala Grass

  • Leaves and stems used as livestock feed.

Sorghum Grass

Two varieties:

  • Columbus grass
  • Sudan gras
  • Establishedfrom seeds which are drilled or broadcasted.
  • Columbus grass should be dried before feeding to animals to avoid hydrocyanic and prussic acid poisoning.

Desmodium (Desmodium spp)

Two varieties ;

  • Green leaf
  • Silver leaf.
  • Established from seeds on thoroughly prepared clean beds.
  • Can also be inter-planted with Napier grass.
  • Cut and wilted before feeding to livestock.

Agroforestry, trees used as fodder crops include:

  • Leucaenia
  • Calliandra
  • Atriplex
  • Sesba

Forage Conservation

Forage can be conserved as;

  • Hay,
  • Silage
  • Standing forage.

Importance of forage conservation:

  • To reserve excess forage for use during time of shortag
  • To avoid unnecessary wastage of f
  • Conserved forage can be sold.
  • To have sustained supply of feed for livestock throughout the year.

Methods

Hay Making

  • This is the dehydration of green pastures to a moisture content of 16-20 per cent:

Steps in hay making:

  • Cut the crop when the sun is shining.
  • Dry the materials for 1-2 days.
  • Windrow the dry material to allow for further drying.
  • Bale the dry materials for storage.
  • Store under shed or shelter.

Factors Determining Quality of Hay

  • Stage of growth at which forage is harvested.
  • Leaf content of the forage material.
  • Method of handling and curing the hay.
  • Form in which material is fed to livestock.
  • Species of forage used.
  • Amount of foreign materials in forage.

Silage Making

  • This is a feed produced by conserving forage in succulent form through the process of fermentation by anaerobic bacteria.

Steps in silage making:

  • Cut the crop and transport it to the silo,
  • Material with a high moisture content is wilted in the sun for 4-48 hours before ensiling .
  • Material is chopped to reasonable size pieces before filling in the silo.
  • Spread the chopped material evenly.
  • Check temperature if below 31°C, needs further filling; if above 31 °C compaction is necessary.
  • Filling should be complete by the end of the third or fourth day.
  • The silo is coveredwith 15cm of straw, sawdust then 15cm of soil to make it air and water tight.
  • A trench is dug round the silo to keep off surface water.

Factors Affecting the Quality of Silage

  • Maturity stage of the crop when cut.
  • Type of crop.
  • Moisture content of the material
  • Additives such as molasses.
  • Degree of compaction.
  • Size of pieces ensiled.
  • Amount of foreign materials included in the silage.
  • Amount of leaf of the ensiled material.

Standing Forage

  • This is forage left in the field to be used during the dry season.

Livestock Health III: (Diseases)

 

Introduction

Livestock diseases are classified according to causative agents as follows:

  • Protozoan diseases -caused by protozoans.
  • Bacterial diseases – caused by bacteria:
  • VIral diseases – cause by virus.
  • Nutritional diseases – brought about by nutritional disorders.

Protozoan Diseases

  • East coast Fever (ECF).
  • Anaplasmosis (gall sickness)
  • Coccidiosis
  • Trypanosomiasis (Nagana)

East coast Fever

  • Animals attacked: Cattle
  • Cause: Protozoan. (Theileria parva)
  • It is a tick-borne disease transmitted by red-legged tick and brown ear tick.

Symptoms

  • Rise in body temperature.
  • Swelling of lymph glands below the ear.
  • Difficulties in breathing.
  • Dullness.

Control and Prevention

  • Control of vectors through dipping and fencing.
  • Treatment by use of clexon in the early stages.

 

Anaplasmosis (gall sickness)

 

Animals attacked:

  • Cattle between 2 months and 2 years.
  • Poult
  • Lambs and kids.
  • Rabbits.

 

Cause: Protozoan (Anaplasma marginale)

  • Transmitted by the blue tick
  • contaminated surgical instruments and hypodermic needles.

Symptoms

  • Fever/rise in body temperature.
  • Constipation or hard dung.
  • Paleness in the gums, eyes and lips.
  • Drop in milk production.

Control

  • Tick control.
  • Intramuscular injection of antibiotics and iron giving injections.
  • Coccidiosis

 

Coccidiosis of Poultry

  • Cause: Protozoan (Eimeria spp.)

Symptoms

  • Sudden death of chicks.
  • Whitish, yellow and blood stained diarrhoea.
  • Ruffled feathers.
  • Chicks become paralysed before dying.
  • Chicks become anaemic and dull.

Control

  • Disinfection of chick house.
  • Prevention of contamination of food and water with droppi
  • Use of prophylatic drugs for example, Coccidiostats.

Trypanosomiasis (Nagana)

  • Animals attacked: cattle, sheep and goats.
  • Cause: Protozoan of the trypanosome species,
  • Vector-tsetse flies.

Symptoms

  • Fever.
  • Dullness.
  • Anorexia/loss of appetite.
  • Loss of body condition/emaciation.
  • Swollen lymph nodes.
  • Lachrimation which leads to blindness.
  • Diarrhoea
  • Rough coat and sometimes without hair and may be cracked.
  • Swelling in parts of the belly.
  • Drop in milk production in lactating cows.
    • /’
  • Loss of hair at tail end.
  • Anaemia.
  • Abortion may occur in pregnant females.

Control

  • Treating animals with trypanocidal drugs.
  • Effective  vector (Tsetse flies)control
  • Confinement of wild animals in game parks.

 

Bacterial Diseases

  • Fowl typhoid
  • Foot rot.
  • Contagious abortion.
  • Scours.
  • Blackquarter.
  • Mastitis.
  • Anthrax.
  • Pneumonia.

Fowl Typhoid

  • Animals attacked: All domestic birds which include chicken, turkey and ducks.
  • Causes: Bacteria (Salmonella gallinarum}

Symptoms

  • Depression/appearing very sick.
  • Respiratory distress.
  • Dullness.
  • Drooping wings.
  • Sleepy eyes.
  • Anaemia resulting in pale and shrunken
  • combs and wattles.
  • Greenish yellow diarrhoea.

Control

  • Killing all affected birds and proper disposal of the carcasses.
  • Maintaining hygiene in the poultry house.
  • Ensuring that the house is dry and well ventilated.
  • Obtaining chicks from reliable sources.
  • Treatment using sulphur drugs which are mixed in drinking water or mash.
  • For example: application of Furazolidone (Furazol) at the rate of 0.04% in mash for 10 continuous days treats the disease effectively.

Foot Rot

  • It is also referred to as foul-in-the foot.
  • Animals attacked: cattle, sheep and goats.
  • However, it is most serious in sheep.
  • Cause: Bacteria (Fusiformis necrophorusand Fusiformis nodosus).

Symptoms

  • Animal’s foot becomes swollen.
  • Lameness is observed.
  • Pus and rotten smell come out of the hoof.
  • Sheep are found kneeling while grazing when the front feet are affected.
  • Animals spend most of their time lying down when the hind feet are affected.
  • Emaciation due to lack of feeding.

 

Control

  • Hygiene in the living places.
  • Regular foot examination and hoof trimming.
  • Use of a foot bath of copper sulphate solution at 5-10% solution or formalin at 2-5% solution.
  • Treating wounds on the feet with antiseptics.
  • Affected animals should be given antibiotic injections.
  • Isolation of sick animals from healthy ones.
  • Avoid dampness and muddy conditions.

Contagious Abortion (Brucellosis/ Bangs Disease)

  • Animals attacked: cattle, sheep, goats and pigs.
  • It also affects ma
  • Cause: Bacteria
  • Brucella abortusin cattle,
  • Brucella suisin pigs
  • Brucella malitensisin goats and sheep.

Symptoms

  • Spontaneous abortion or premature birth.
  • Retained placenta if abortion occurs during the later stages of pregnancy.
  • Infertility in cows while bulls have low libido and inflamed testis also known as orchitis.
  • A yellowish brown, slimy, odourless discharge from the vulva may occur after the abortion.

Control

  • Use of artificial insemination.
  • Slaughtering affected animals followed by proper disposal of their carcasses.
  • The attendant to the animals should avoid contact with the aborted foetus.
  • A blood test should be carried out for all breeding animals to detect the infected ones.
  • Hygiene in the animals’ houses.

Scours (white Scours)

  • Animals atacked: calves, piglets, lambs and kids.
  • Cause: A bacterium which attacks young animals in the first week of life.

Symptoms

  • White or yellowish diarrhoea.
  • Pungent smelling faeces.
  • Fever.
  • Anorexia/loss of appetite.
  • Listlessness.
  • Sunken eyes.
  • Undigested milk and mucus with blood spots observed in the faeces.
  • Faecal matter sticks to the hind quarters.
  • Sudden death if no treatment is given.

Control

  • Maintaining hygiene in the young animal housing units.
  • Avoiding dampness on the floor of the house.
  • Fingers of the attendant training calves to drink milk from a bucket must be disinfected.
  • Calving should be carried out in a clean area.
  • Have separate attendants for the infected calves to prevent disease spread.
  • Replacing milk with warm water mixture.
  • Treating affected animals with antibiotics.

Black Quarter

  • It is also known as black leg.
  • Animals attacked: All ruminants aged between 8 – 18 months.
  • Cause: Bacteria (Clostridium chauveiand Chauvei septicum)

Symptoms

  • Lameness.
  • Fever.
  • Fast and heavy breathing.
  • Cracking on the swollen parts if touched.
  • Swelling of the affected parts usually the hindquarters, shoulders and chest or back.
  • Dullness.
  • Anorexia.
  • Grunting and grinding of teeth.
  • Animal stops chewing cud.

Control

  • Treating with recommended antibiotics.
  • Vaccinating using black quarter vaccine known as blanthax.
  • Burying the carcass deep or burning it completely.

Mastitis

  • Is an inflammation of the udder.
  • Animals attacked: Goats, cows, pigs and human beings.
  • Cause: Bacteria (Streptococcus spp. or Staphylococcus spp.)

Predisposing Factors:

  • Incomplete milking.
  • Injuries on the udder and teats.
  • Weak sphincter muscles of the teats allowing free flow of milk.

Symptoms

  • Milk is watery, blood stained or clotted.
  • Swollen udder

Control

  • Proper milking techniques.
  • Treatment by use of antibiotics.
  • Culling of animals which are often attacked.

Anthrax

  • Attacks all domestic animals.
  • Cause: Bacteria (Bacillus anthracis)

Symptoms

  • Sudden death.
  • High fever.
  • Grinding of the teeth.

Pneumonia

  • It is an inflammation of the lungs.
  • Animals attacked: Calves, kids, lambs, piglets and poultry.

Cause:

  • Bacteria (Mycoplasma mycoides)
  • dust
  • worms in the lungs.

Symptoms

  • Dullness.
  • Anorexia/loss of appetite.
  • Staring coat.
  • Emaciation.
  • Breathing rapidly.
  • Abnormal lung sounds when breathing.
  • Coughing if the chest is pressed.
  • Fluctuating body temperature.
  • Nasal discharge.

Control

  • Keeping young animals in warm pens.
  • Proper sanitation.
  • Isolation of the affected animals.
  • Treating using antibiotics.

 

Viral Diseases

  • Rinderpest.
  • Foot and mouth disease (FMD).
  • New Castle
  • Fowl pox
  • Gumboro
  • African swine fever

Rinderpest

  • Animal attacked: Cattle and wild game.
  • Cause: virus.

Symptoms

  • Harsh staring coat.
  • Rise in temperature.
  • Eye discharge (Lachrimation)
  • Diarrhoea and dysentery.
  • Ulcers in the mouth.

Foot and Mouth Disease

  • Animals attacked: Cattle, sheep, goats and pigs.
  • Cause: Virus .

Symptoms

  • Sharp rise in temperature.
  • Blisters in the mouth, hooves, udder and teats.
  • Loss of appetite.

Control

  • Vaccination.
  • Quarantine
  • nursing wounds with disinfectant.

New Castle

  • Animals attacked: Poultry.
  • Cause: Virus.

Symptoms

  • Difficulties in breathing.
  • Beaks remain wide open and necks are strained.
  • Birds become dull.
  • The birds stand with eyes closed all the time.
  • Anorexia/loss of appetite.
  • Nasal discharges which force the birds to shake their heads to clear it.
  • Birds walk with a staggering motion.
  • Paralysis of wings and legs may occur.
  • Birds have their beaks and wings down.
  • Birds produce watery greenish diarrhoea.
  • Birds lay soft shelled eggs.

Control

  • Killing all birds and burning them followed by cleaning and disinfecting the houses before bringing in new stock.
  • Vaccination should be done during the first 6 weeks and then 2-3 months later.
  • Quarantine.

FowlPox

  • Animals affected: Poultry.
  • Cause: A virus known as avian fox.

Symptoms

Two types of fowl pox with different symptoms.

  • Cutaneous type
  • Diptheritic type

The cutaneous type affects the skin and has the following signs:

  • Injuries on the combs and wattles, legs, vent and under the wings.
  • Loss appetite.

The diptheritic type affects internal membranes and has the following symptoms:

  • Injuries in the inside of the throat and mouth membranes resulting in difficult breathing and swallowing.
  • Eyes and nose produces a watery liquid.
  • Loss of appetite.
  • Dullness.
  • Emaciation.

Control

  • Killing all affected birds followed by proper disposal of their carcasses.
  • Vaccinating remaining healthy birds.

Gumboro

  • It is also referred to as poultry AIDS.
  • Animals attacked: Poultry.
  • Cause: A virus known as Birma virus.

Symptoms

  • The glands above the vent (bursa) become swollen.
  • Drop in egg production.
  • Birds develop respiratory distress.
  • Loss of appetite.
  • Low water intake by birds.
  • Loss of immunity making the birds more susceptible to opportunistic diseases.

Control

  • Vaccination.
  • Administering vitamins and especially B12.

African Swine Fever

  • Animals attacked: All domesticated pigs.
  • Cause: A virus known as Irido virus.

Symptoms

  • Fever.
  • Loss of appetite.
  • Depression/dullness.
  • Emaciation.
  • Coughing.
  • Nasal discharge.
  • Diarrhoea in serious conditions.

Control

  • Vaccination.
  • Quarantine.
  • Killing all affected animals and proper disposal of their carcasses.
  • Double fencing to keep wild animals away.

Nutritional Diseases/Disorders

Milk Fever

  • It is a non-infectious disease brought about by calcium deficiency in animals which have recently given birth.
  • Animals attacked: Cows, goats and pigs that have recently given birth.

Causes:

  • Due to low calcium levels in the blood.
  • Which leads to an increase in the magnesium and sugar level in the blood.
  • Mostly occurs in high producing cows in the first few months of lactation.
  • This is because these animals loose more calcium through milk secretion than they are getting from the diet.

Symptoms

  • Dullness.
  • Muscular twitching causing the animal to tremble.
  • Staggering as the animals move.
  • Animal falls down ands becomes unconscious.
  • The animal lies down on its side and the whole body stiffens.
  • Body functions such as urination, defecation and milk secretion stops.
  • Stomach contents are drawn into the mouth which later cause lung fever when breathing in.
  • Loss of appetite.

Treatment

  • Intravenous injection of soluble calcium salt in form of calcium boro-gluconate ,60gms dissolved in 500cc of water.
  • Keeping the animal in a comfortable position on its sternum.
  • Giving fresh water.

Note: The animals suffering from milk fever should not be given medicine orally for the following reasons:

  • It will not be able to swallow medicine.
  • The medicine may get into the lungs thereby promoting lung fever.

Control

  • Partial milking for the first 10 days.
  • High yielding cows should be given rations containing phosphorus and calcium.
  • Giving high doses of Vitamin D.

Bloat

  • Animals attacked: Cattle and sheep.
  • Cause: Accumulation of gases as a result of fermentation in the rumen.

Symptoms

  • The left side is blown up.
  • Sudden death.

Control

  • Relieve by use of trocar and cannula.
  • Chasing the animal around if noticed early.
  • Drenching by use of stop bloat.

Feeding ruminants with dry roughages during the wet season before grazing on lush

Best Agriculture Notes Form 3 Free (Editable)

Livestock Production III…

(Selection and Breeding)

 

Introduction

  • The breeding of animals is under human control, and the breeders decide which individuals shall produce the next generation.
  • The breeder makes a choice.
  • The breeding of animals is based upon the fact that certain qualities are genetic ,hence valuable qualities are passed on from parents to off -springs.
  • The qualities can be maintained or improved in the next generation.

 

The performance of an animal is influenced by two major factors; 

  • Genetic potential
  • The environment, which includes:
  • Feeding,
  • Health,
  • Care
  • The ecological conditions.
  • The genetic potential of an animal is inherited from its parents.
  • In selection and breeding animals with superior characteristics are selected and allowed to mate.
  • In the process they transmit the superior characteristics to their offspring.
  • When this is done over a long period of time, it results in livestock improvement.

 

Reproduction and Reproductive Systems

 

  • Reproduction is the process by which off-springs are produced.
  • All farm animals multiply by means of sexual reproduction.
  • It begins with fertilization which is the fusion of male and female gametes to form a zygote.
  • Fertilization takes place internally in the body of the female.
  • The embryo(zygote) formed develops inside body of mother, fed and protected until end of gestation period.
  • In poultry, the process is different in that eggs are fertilized internally but laid and development of the chick takes place outside during incubation.
  • In both male and female, certain organs are specialized for the process of reproduction.
  • Some of these organs secret fluids which are necessary for the movement and survival of the gametes(reproductive cells.)

Reproduction in Cattle

  • The male reproductive organs produce the male gametes,the spermatozoans.
  • These are introduced into female reproductive system, where they fuse with the sperm to form zygote.

 

 

  • The testis:
  • There are two testes hanging loosely between hind legs.
  • Enclosed by loose skin (scrotum)scrotum regulate temperature of testis for optimum production of sperms.
  • Produce spermatozoa(sperms)which are stored in coiled tube called epididymis.
  • Epididymis: Storage of spermatozoa.
  • Sperm ducts:
  • Conveys sperm from the testis and urine through the penis.
  • sphincter muscles contract to allow each to pass separetly.
  • Seminal vesicles produce fluid called semem.
  • semen carries sperms out of penis in fluid form.

 

  • Prostate gland -produce fluid that neutralize the acidic effects of urine in the urethra preventing death of sperms.
  • Accessory glands: Include seminal vesicles cowpers gland and prostate gland.
  • Urethra: Conveys urine and semen.
  • Penis:
  • Surrounded by a sheath which is an extension of skin.
  • It introduces sperms into the vagina of a cow through the vulva during mating.
  • It is a copulatory organ, also used for urination.

 

 

Ovaries and fallopian tubes(oviduct)

  • Two ovaries located in abdomen, left and right.
  • Produce ova/eggs and hormones which control sexual cycle.
  • Oestrogen produced by graafian follicle inside ovary induces oestrus
  • ie. Heat period so that the cow shows signs of heat
  • After every 21 days the ovary releases a mature ovum and the cow comes on heat.
  • The ovum travels through the fallopian tubes to the uterus.
  • The release and movement of the ovum down to the uterus is called ovulation.
  • If mating is done at this time, fertilization will take place.
  • The fertilized egg implants itself onto the endometrium(walls of uterus)and  develops into foetus.

 

Fallopian tubes:

  • Fertilization takes place here.
  • Also a passage for the egg from the ovary to the uterus.

The uterus:

  • Embryo develops h
  • The cervix: Closes the uterus.

The vagina and Vulva:

  • Vulva is the external opening of female reproductive system.
  • It allows mating to take place so that sperms are deposited into the vagina.
  • The foetus and urine are removed through the vulva.

 

Pregnancy

 

  • Is period between fertilization of ova and the expulsion of the foetus through the vulva.
  • Also called gestation period.
  • In cattle gestation period is 270-285 days.
  • Ends with the birth of a calf.
  • The reproductive tract undergoes a period of rest during which it is repaired and returns to normal.
  • During pregnancy, hormone called progesterone is produced by the placenta to maintain the foetus in the uterus.

 

Parturition(giving birth)

  • Act of giving birth called parturition.
  • This time the foetus expelled through the birth canal.

 

When an animal is about to give birth, it shows signs;-

  • Distended udder which produces thick milky fluid called colostrums.
  • Swollen vulva producing thick mucus.
  • Loose and slackened pelvic girdle.
  • Visible pin bones.
  • General restlessness.
  • Animal parturates within 2-3 hours after this signs.
  • The correct presentation is with the front feet first ,and the head outstretched and resting in between the fee.
  • Any other presentation called mal-presentation or breech presentation and requires assistance.

 

 

Reproduction in Poultry

 

  • The cock has no penis but a small opening near the vent through which sperms are emitted.
  • Cock has testes within the body.
  • The hen has elongated oviduct for formation of an egg.
  • Fertilization occurs internally.
  • During mating the cloaca of the hen and the vent of the cock fit into each other and then semen is poured into the cloaca ,then  sucked to the oviducts.

 

The Reproductive System of a Hen

                                                                             

Ovary

  • Hen has two ovaries but one functional.
  • Ova formed in ovaries.
  • 3500-4000 ova present inside ovary held by follicle.
  • Mature ovum released via rapture of follicle.
  • It moves into oviduct received by the funnel.

 

Funnel(infundibulum)

  • Fertilization occurs here.
  • Chalazae also added to yolk.
  • Time here is 15 minutes.
  • It is 11.6cm long.

 

Magnum

  • Thick albumen is added.
  • Stays for 3hrs.its 33cm long.

 

 Isthmus

  • Its 10.6cm long.
  • Shell membranes added.
  • Determines shape of egg.
  • Water, mineral salts and vitamins added.
  • Takes 15 minutes.

 

Uterus(shell gland)

  • Calcium deposited 9ie.shell added around the egg.
  • Pigments added.
  • Addition of albumin finished.
  • Stays here for 18-22hours.

Vagina

  • Short, 6.9cm long.
  • For temporal storage of egg before laying

Cloaca

  • Egg moves out of cloaca through the vent.
  • The cloaca extents out to prevent the egg from breaking.

 

NB;

  • Egg formation not depended on fertilization.
  • Egg formation takes 24-26hours.
  • The components of egg are obtained from body reserves of the hens body.

 

 

Selection of a Breeding Stock

 

  • Selection is used as a tool for livestock improvement.
  • A breeding stock is a group of males and females which act as parents of future generations.
  • Selection is the process of allowing certain animals to be parents of future generations while culling others.
  • Culling is the removal of animals which do not perform to the desired level, from the herd.
  • The animals retained have certain desirable characteristics which make them produce more.
  • Selected animals make up the breeding stock.
  • The breeding stock should pass the good qualities to their offsprings for better performance, to improve the livestock.
  • Selection process repeated for many generations increases chances of formation of desirable qualities in an animal.
  • Genetically termed as gene frequency(occurrence of the genes that carry desirable characteristics.)
  • Selection increases occurrence of desirable genes and decreases occurance of undesirable genes.
  • During selection, the characteristics to be selected for are first studied closely to ascertain that it is not influenced by the environment, but mainly by the genetic make-up.
  • Selection helps improve characteristics which are highly heritable.
  • Heritability means the likelihood of a particular trait to be transmitted to the offspring and they are strongly inherited.
  • A character like milk yield is lowly heritable, i.e. it is weakly inherited and a bigger percentage of the character is affected by the environment.

 

The degree to which selection affects a character depends on the following factors;

  • The heritability of the character
  • The intensity with which the selection is done
  • The interval between generations and kind of selection being practiced.

 

 

 

Factors To Consider When Selecting A Breeding Stock.

 

  • Age
  • Level of performance
  • Physical Fitness
  • Health
  • Body Conformation
  • Temperament or Behaviour
  • Quality of products
  • Mothering Ability
  • Adaptability
  • Proliferation

 

  • Age
  • Young animals,
  • Those that have not parturated for more than 3-times, should be selected.
  • They have a longer productive life.
  • Old animals are poor breeders and low producers.
  • Production and breeding efficiency decline with age.
  • Level of performance
  • Animals with highest production level selected.
  • Performance best indicated by records.

Good performance of animal indicated by;

  • High milk, wool and egg production,
  • Good mothering ability
  • High prepotency which is the ability of a parent to pass good qualities to their offsprings.
  • The animals with poor performance should be culled.
  • Good records kept and used by the farmer for this purpose.
  • Physical Fitness

Animals selected should be free from any physical defect

e.g.

  • mono-eyed,
  • limping,
  • irregular number of teats,
  • scrotal hernia,
  • defective and weak backline

 

  • Health
  • Sick animals do not breed well and are expensive to keep.
  • Animals that are resistant to diseases pass these characteristics to their offsprings

 

  • Body Conformation

 

  • Animals for breeding to be selected according to proper body conformation.
  • A dairy cow should be wedge-shaped with a large udder, thin legs, long neck.
    • Temperament or Behaviour
  • Animals with bad behaviors should be culled.eg
  • Cannibalism, egg eating, aggressiveness, kicking

 

  • Quality of products
    • Select animals that give products of high quality.
  • Mothering Ability
    • Animals selected should have a good mothering ability,
    • That is animals with good natural instinct towards their young ones.
    • This will enable them to rear the young ones up to weaning.

 

  • Adaptability
    • Animals selected should be well adapted to the prevailing climatic condition in the area.
    • Prolificacy
      • Animals selected should be highly prolific.
      • That is, animals with the ability to give birth to many offsprings at a time(larger litter).
      • This is a quality that should be considered when selecting pigs and rabbits.

 

Selection in cattle, and sheep,

 

Selection in cattle

Consider the following;

  • Level Of Performance Which Include;
  • Milk Yield Buter Content.
  • Length Of Lactation Period.
  • Calving Intervals.
  • Age Of The Animal,
  • Fertility,
  • Physical Fitness,
  • Health Of The Animal,
  • Body Conformation,
  • Suitability Of The Enterprise-Milk Or Beef

 

Selection in sheep

Consider the following;

  • Level of performance which includes;
  • Mothering ability
  • Growth rate
  • Wool quality
  • Carcass quality
  • Twining rate
  • Age
  • Suitability to the enterprise-wool or mutton
  • Flocking instinct
  • Health of the animal
  • Physical fitness
  • Inheritable defects
  • Fertility
  • Inheritable defects.
  • Fertility.

Selection in Goats

 Consider the following:

  • Fertility.
  • Mothering ability.
  • Growth rate.
  • Twining rate
  • Carcass quality/dressing percentage.
  • Growth rate.
  • Suitability to the enterprise – milk or mutton.
  • Health of the animal.
  • Age.

Selection in Pigs

  • Consider the following:
  • Carcass quality/dressing percentage.
  • Suitability to the enterprise (bacon or pork)
  • Growth rate.
  • Health of the animal.
  • Mothering ability.
  • Prolificacy.
  • Number of teats.
  • Temperament.
  • Body formation.
  • Age.
  • Heredity defects

Selection in Camels

  • Health of the animal.
  • Age.
  • Temperament.
  • Foraging ability.
  • Fertility.
  • Level of performance-milk, meat, fur and transport.

Method of Selection

These include:

  • Mass selection – Animals with superior characteristics are selected from a herd and then allowed to mate among each other.
  • Progeny testing – assessing on the breeding value of an animal on the basis of performance of its offsprings.
  • Contemporary comparison ­-comparison of performance between heifers of the same age and sexual maturity.

Breeding

  • Process of mating selected males and females to produce offspring with the desired characteristics.

Reasons:

  • To expand the inherited potential of the animal.
  • To improve production.
  • To overcome production problems created by the environment.
  • To satisfy consumers taste.
  • For economic reasons.

Terms Used in Breeding

 Inheritance

  • Genetic transmission of characteristics from parents to offsprings.
  • The mechanism of inheritance is carried by the sex cells (gametes) and is controlled by genes found in the chromos
  • Genes are very tiny units of inheritance carrying particular characteristics, such as colour, body shape and amount of milk production.
  • Chromosomes are  genetic materials which carry genes.
  • They exist in pairs paternal and maternal) in the nucleus f the body cells.
  • They are always constant in number.

 

 

Dominant and Recessive Characteristics

  • A dominant gene is one that suppresses the othe
  • It produces a dominant characteristi
  • A recessive gene is one that is suppressed by the other.
  • It produces a recessive characteristic.

Hybrid and Hybrid Vigour

  • A hybrid is an animal which is the product of crossing animals of two different breeds.
  • Hybrid vigour or heterosis is increased vigour and performance resulting from crossing two superior breed

Epistasis

  • This is the masking of the effect of one gene by another gene which is non-allelic, that is situated on different locus.

Breeding Systems

Inbreeding

  • Mating of animals which are related. Reasons:
  • To increase genetic uniformity in a herd.
  • Used to fix the required characteristics in new breeds.
  • To increase phenotypic u
  • To get proven si

Limitations

  • It can bring about loss of hybrid vigour.
  • It may lead to decline in fertility.
  • It may lead to high rate of pre-natal mortality.

Systems of Inbreeding

  • Close Breeding: mating between very closely related animals, for example sib-mating and parents sib-mating.
  • Line Breeding: mating of distantly related animals that had a common ancestor for example cousins.

Outbreeding

  • Mating of animals which are not related.

 

Reasons:

  • To introduce new genes in an existing breeding herd.
  • To exploit heterosis resulting from a cross between two breeds.
  • To develop a new breed or a grade animal.

Limitations

  • Lack of uniformity in animals that result from outbreeding.
  • Desirable characteristics may be lost due to variation.

Systems of Outbreeding

  • Cross-breeding

Mating of animals from two different pure breeds.

  • OutCrossing

Mating of unrelated animals from the same breed.

  • Upgrading/Grading up

Mating where the female of a cow grade stock (locals) is mated with a pure breed sire.

The resultant animal is referred to as a high grade.

Mating in Livestock

Mating in Cattle

  • Heat signs occur every 21 days.
  • The heat period last for 18-30 hours­ on average 24 hours.
  • Cow should be served 12-18 hours after showing the first heat signs.

      Heat Signs

  • Restlessness.
  • Mounting on others and when mounted on she stands still.
  • Rise in body temperature.
  • Drop in milk production in lactating cows.
  • Vulva swells and becomes reddish.
  • Clear or slimy mucus from the vulva.
  • Bellowing or mooing frequently.

Mating in Pigs

  • Heat signs in pigs occur after every 21 days.
  • The heat lasts about 72 hours.
  • Sows or gilts should be served in 18- 36 hours of the heat period.

Signs of Heat

  • Restlessness.
  • Frequent urination.
  • Swelling and reddening of the vulva.
  • Clear or slimy discharge from the vulva.
  • Frequent mounting on others.
  • It responds very well to the ‘riding test’.

Mating in Rabbits

  • Does are ready for mating 6-7 months of age.
  • Heat signs occur every 14 days.
  • The doe should be taken to the buck and not vice versa.

Signs of Heat

  • Restlessness.
  • Frequent urination.
  • Swollen vulva.
  • The doe throws herself on the side.
  • The doe rubs herself against the wall or any other solid object.
  • The doe tries to contact other rabbits in the next hutch by peeping.

Methods of Service in Livestock

 Natural Mating

Advantages:

  • It is more accurate.
  • It is less laborious.
  • Useful when heat signs of females cannot be easily detected.

Disadvantages

  • Inbreeding is not easily controlled.
  • Transmission of breeding diseases.
  • Extra feed for the male is required.
  • Large males can injure small females.
  •  Wastage of semen.
  • It is cumbersome and expensive to transport a bull to remote areas.

Artificial  insemination

  • Introduction of semen into the female reproductive tract by artificial means.

Advantages

  • There is economical use of semen.
  • It controls transmission of breeding diseases.
  • Sires that are unable to serve cows due to heavy weight or injury can produce semen to serve cows.
  • It prevents large bulls from injuring small cows.
  • It reduces the expenses of keeping a male animal.
  • A small scale farmer who cannot afford to buy a superior bull can have the cows served at a low cost.
  • Semen can be stored for long.
  • It helps to control inbreeding.
  • It eliminates the threat of keeping dangerous bulls from the farm.
  •  It makes research work easier.

Disadvantages

  • Harmful characteristics can be spread quickly by one bull to the offsprings.
  •  It requires skilled labour.
  • Low chance of conception due to death of semen during storage.
  • It is laborious:

Embryo Transplant

  • It is the implantation of an embryo (fertilized ova) from a high quality female (donor) in the uterus of a low grade female (recipient).

Advantages

  • Faster multiplication of an animal with superior characteristics .
  • It is easier to transport embryos than the whole animal.
  • Embryos can be stored for a long period awaiting the availability by recipient females.
  • It stimulates milk production in a female (recipient) that was not ready to produce milk.
  • Low grade animals can be used in production and rearing of high quality animals.
  • Offsprings of a superior female can spread quickly in an area.

Disadvantages

  • It is expensive.
  • It requires skilled personnel.
  • It requires special equipment for fertilization and storage of embryos.

Signs of Parturition in Livestock

  • Parturition is the act of giving birth in female animals.

Parturition in Cattle

  • The gestation period in cattle is 270-285 days averaging 280days.

     Signs of Parturition

  • Restlessness
  • Enlarged or swollen vulva.
  • Clear mucus discharge from the vulva.
  • Slackening of the pelvic muscles.
  • Full and distended udder.
  • Thick milky fluid from the teats.
  • A water bag appears and bursts just before calving.

Parturition in Pigs

  • The gestation period in pigs is about 4 months or 3 months, 3 weeks and 3 days.

     Signs of Parturition

  • Restlessness.
  • The vulva turns red and swells.
  • The udder becomes full with a milky fluid the sow starts to prepare a nest by collecting some beddings at one comer of the pen.

Parturition in Rabbits

  • The gestation period in rabbits is 28-32 days.

     Signs of Parturition

  • Preparing a nest by plucking off hair from her belly.
  • Goes off feeding
  • Restlessness.
  • The udder distends.

Livestock Production IV

(Livestock Rearing Practice)

 

Introduction

  • In the management of livestock there are many activities that are carried out on animals to enhance production.
  • They require care in feeding, health, breeding.
  • Specific management also important in bee and fish farming.

Routing livestock rearing practices.

  • A routine is a fixed/regular way of doing something.
  • done repeatedly after a certain period of time

Feeding Practice

  • Animals are fed to cater for both maintenance and production requirements.
  • These are special types of feeding carried out on certain animals to cater for specific needs.

These include:

Flushing

  • The practice of giving extra quality feed to an animal around service time.
  • In sheep it is done 2-3 weeks before tupping and 3 weeks after tupping.
  • In pigs it is done 3-4 weeks before service.

Importance of Flushing

  • It increases conception rates.
  • It enhances implantation of the zy
  • In sheep it increases twinning percentage by 15-20%.

Steaming Up

  • Giving extra quality feed to an animal during the last weeks of gestation.
  • In cattle it is done 6-8 weeks before calving.

Importance Steaming Up

  • It provides nutrients for maximum foetal growth.
  • It helps in the build up of energy for parturition.
  • It ensures the birth of a healthy animal.
  • It promotes good health of the mother.
  • It increases and maintains high milk yield after birth.

Creep Feeding

  • Feeding of young animals from birth to weaning.

Piglets

  • 10 days old – introduced to creep pellets.
  • 5 weeks old – creep pellets mixed with sow and weaner meals.
  • 8 weeks old – weaning.

Lambs

  • Run with their mothers for natural suckling.
  • Bucks – introduced to succulent feeds and concentrates.

Kids

  • Meat goats kids suckle naturally.
  • Dairy goats, fed on milk artificially,
  • Given 0.5-1.25 litres up to the third week.
  • Introduced to concentrates at 3-4 months.
  • Weaned at 6-8 weeks of age.

Parasite and Disease Control Practices

 

Vaccination

  • Introducing active disease organsms which are reduced in strength or virulent into the animals’ body to induce immunity.

Administration of Vaccination done through:

  • By injection.
  • Orally through the mouth.
  • By inhalation through the nose.
  • Eye drops.

Deworming

 

  • Practice of killing/removing internal parasites by administering drugs known as dewormers / antihelmitics.

 

Hoof Trimming

 

  • Cutting back overgrown hooves with the help of a hoof trimming knife, a hoof cutter or a hoof rasp.

     Importance

  • Facilitate easy movement.
  • Control of foot rot disease.
  • Facilitate mating – prevent the ram from injuring the ewe during tupping.

 

Docking /tailing

  • This is the removal (cutting oft) of tails in sheep during the first week after birth.

Importance

  • Even distribution of body fat.
  • Facilitate easy mating in adult life.
  • Minimise fouling of the wool with faeces.
  • Reduce incidences of blowfly infestation.

 

   Methods of Docking /tailing

  • Cutting with sharp knife or scalpel.
  •  Use of elastrator and rubber ring.

Dipping and Spraying

 

  • These are methods of applying acaricides on the animals to control external parasites.

 

Dusting

 

  • It is the application of chemical powders on the animal body or on the walls of the animal house to control external parasites.
  • It is used to control stick-fast parasites and fleas in poultry.

 

Breeding Practices

 

These are practices carried out to enhance successful breeding.

 

  • Crutching and Ringing

 

  • Crutching – cutting of wool around the external reproductive organs of female sheep.
  • Ringing – trimming wool around the sheath of the penis of the rams to facilitate mating.

 

  • Tupping and Serving

 

  • Tupping refers to mating in sheep and goats.
  • Serving refers to mating in cattle and pigs.

 

  • Raddling

 

  • This is the practice of fitting the rams with breeding chutes which are painted in different colours during mating
  • to identify mated ewes and to indicate the active rams hence help in culling of the weak rams.

 

Identification

 

The practice of putting identification marks on animal.

  • Branding – burning marks on the animals skin.
  • Ear tagging – placing marked plastic or metallic tags on the animals ears.

 

  • Ear notching – cutting different shapes bearing different values on the ear lobes.
  • Tattooing – use of permanent ink or dye to mark animals with light skin.
  • Neck strap or chain – Fixing of tags round the animals neck with a chain or a strap.

 

Importance/ purpose of Identification

  • record keeping
  • Setting disputes in case animals get mixed up in the pasture.

 

Debeaking

  • Cutting about 1/3 of the upper beak with a knife, scissors or hot iron.

 

  • Importance
  • Control egg eating.
  • Control cannibalism.

Tooth Clipping

  • The removal (clipping) of the needle (canine) teeth in piglets 24 hours after birth.

Culling

  • Removal of undesirable animals from a herd.

Dehorning

  • Removal of horns or horn buds from an animal.

       Importance

  • It prevents animals from injuring each other.
  • It makes the animal docile and therefore easy to han
  • For easy transportation and feeding.
  • Prevents destruction of farm structures.

Shearing

  • The practice of cutting wool from all over the body of a sheep.
  • It starts at the age of 8 months and then done once a year.
  • Should be done during the dry season.
  • Tools used: wool shears.
  • Care must be taken not to cut the skin, testicles, udder, vulva and penis.

Castration

  • It is the rendering unserviceable the testicles of a male animal.

    Importance

  • To control breeding diseases.
  • To control breeding.
  • For faster growth rates.
  • Increase quality of meat by removing unpleasant smell especially in goats.

Methods Used:

  • Closed/bloodless method
  • involves use of burdizzo or rubber ring and ela
  • Animals do not bleed but may not be 100% effecti
  • Open method
  • A surgical method used for castrating cocks, piglets and rabbits whose testes are internal.
  • Also used for lambs, kids and calves.
  • Animals bleed a lot.
  • However, it is 100% effective.
  • It is not recommended for mature adults.
    • Caponisation
  • It is the practice of making male birds lose their male characteristics by use of hormones.
  • Hormones used include stilboestrol which is injected into the birds when they are one day old and female hormones implanted beneath the skin at the neck.
  • Birds which have lost their male characteristics in this way are referred to as capons.

Management During Parturition

  • Parturition is the act of giving birth to fully grown foetus.

Parturition in Cattle

  • It is referred to as calving.
  • Gestation period lasts 270-285 days after conception.
  • When the signs of parturition are observed the cow should be separated from the rest of the herd.
  • Normal calving should take 2 hours and the normal presentation is the muzzle, face or fore head on top of the forelegs first.
  • In case of other presentations the mother should be assisted.
  • Provide the mother with plenty of water and feed after par
  • If the after birth does not come out within 48 hours a veterinarian should be called to remove it.

Parturition in Sheep

  • It is referred to as lambing.
  • Gestation lasts 21 weeks (150 days) after conception.
  • The ewe lamb naturally without any problem.
  • If complications arise the ewes should be assisted.

     Signs of Parturition in Sheep

  • Udder becomes full.
  • Teats are bright red in colour.
  • Restlessness and bleating.
  • Slackening of the hip muscles.

After these signs are seen the ewes should be separated from the others.

  • The normal presentation is forelegs and head first.
  • After birth the mother should be allowed to lick the lamb to ensure the coat is dry.

Parturition in Goats

  • It is referred to as kidding.
  • It takes place 150 days after conception.
  • Nannies carrying twins, kid a few days earlier.
  • Kidding nannies should be kept in a clean dry place which should be well sheltered.
  • Signs of parturition are similar to those of ewes.
  • Kidding nannies should be kept with another female for company.

Parturition in Pigs

  • It is referred to as farrowing.
  • Gestation period 113-117 days ( 4 months).

Signs of Farrowing

  • The sow becomes restless.
  • There is enlargement of the vulva .
  • Muscles on each side of the tail slacken.
  • There is loss of appetite.
  • The udder and the teats become enlarged.
  • The sow collects bedding material in one comer to build a nest.
  • Milk present in the teats 24 hours before farrowing.

After the signs are seen;

  • Farrowing takes about 2-6 hours under normal conditio
  • An attendant should be there to assist the mother and piglets.
  • Ensure the removal of the after birth to prevent the sow from eating it.
  • The sow should be fed well and given plenty of clean water.

Parturition in Rabbits

  • It is referred to as kindling.
  • It takes place 28-32 days after conception.
  • Provide a nesting box and plenty of dry soft beddings in the hutch towards the fourth week of gestation .

 Signs of Parturition

  • The doe plucks off the fur from her body.
  • Uses the fur to build a nest about 3-10 days earlier.

 

Bee Keeping (Apiculture)

  • Bees are insects which live in very well organised colonies.

Each colony consists of:

  • Queens – fertile females that breed to ensure the continuity of the species.
  • Drones – fertile males that mate with the queen for reproduction process.
  • Workers – non-fertile or sterile females that maintain the colony.

Duties of Workers

  • They rear and nurse the brood (eggs, larvae and pupae), queen and drones.
  • They collect nectar and make honey.
  • They make the honey combs.
  • They protect the hives.
  • They clean the hive.

Importance of Bees

  • Collect nectar from flowers.
  • Make honey – a nutritious product used by man as food.
  • Helps in crops pollination of plants.
  • Bees produce wax used to make candles.
  • They make propolis – a bee product which is medicinal.

Routine Management

Siting/locating of an Apiary

Factors to consider;

  • Nearness or accessibility to nectar or flower-producing vegetation.
  • Areas with shade. Bees are sensitive to the sun’s heat and require some shade to protect them.
  • Safe distance from human residence and other livestock.
  • Bees are stinging insects and can be a hazard to humans or other animals.
  • Nearness to a source of water for use in their nutrition.
  • A good distance from source of noise and other disturbances.
  • Safety from predators for example honey badgers, ants (safari ants), birds and other parasites such as wax moths.

    Feeding

  • Normally bees are self-sufficient in providing their food from the honey they make.
  • However, during the dry season, their feeding should be supplemented by providing a solution (syrup) of sugar water or giving molasses.
  • This should be placed strategically so that it is easily accessible to the bees.

Parasites

  • Ants
  • Wax moths
  • Bee louse
  • Honey badger

Control of Parasites

  • Use of physical barriers such as Vaseline/grease to control ants.
  • Smoke the hive to control bee louse.
  • Suspend the hive to control honey badgers.
  • Burn infected combs to control wax moths.

Diseases and Control

  • African bees are seldom attacked by diseases.

Harvesting Honey

Factors to consider;

  • Stage of ripening: Honey must be harvested when it is fully matu
  • Season of the year: Harvested at the end of the rainy season.

Procedure

  • Blow light smoke through the hole.
  • This makes bees suck honey and become engorged and docile.
  • Lower the hive to the ground.
  • Open the hive to expose honey combs.
  • Brush the bees off the honey combs.
  • Cut the honey combs, leaving a small margin on the bars and keep them in a closed container.

Honey Processing

  • Using heat in a water bath to melt the honey.
  • Crushing and straining.
  • Using a centrifugal extractor.

Precautions When Handling Bees

  • Avoid excessive smoking.
  • This kills the brood and lowers quality of the honey.
  • Use protective clothing to avoid sting.
  • Protect the hive from rain water.
  • Use clean equipment and containers to avoid contamination of the honey.
  • Use recommended method of extracting honey.
  • Use recommended type of hive such as Kenya top bar hive.

Fish Keeping (Aquaculture)

Introduction

  • The rearing or keeping of fish is called fish farming and is normally carried out in specially prepared ponds.

A good fishpond should have the following features:        

  • Site should be on a fairly level ground with a permanent supply or source of water.
  • The area should have clayey soil to avoid loss of water through seepage.
  • Water must be free from any pollutants such as chemicals and other wastes.

Construction should provide for:

  • an inlet for fresh supply of water,
  • a spill ­way channel to take off overflow or excess water,
  • an outlet to drain off the water when it is necessary to replace pond water,
  • a fence to keep off predators and other intruders.

Feeding Fish

  • Fish naturally feed on worms, insects and algae in the ponds.

These sources of food must be supplemented by throwing in the pond ;

  • kitchen wastes,
  • chopped vegetable materials such as cabbage leaves,
  • cereal brans
  • brewers’ grain .

Management Practices to Ensure Maximum Harvest of Fish

  • Control of stocking rate, that is to, have the recommended population of fish in a pond at anyone time.
  • Harvest at the correct maturity stage.
  • This is done by using the fishing net with correct mesh sizes to avoid catching the fingerlings.
  • Avoid water pollution in the ponds which may poison fish.
  • Ensure adequate supply of food in the pond.
  • Water in the ponds should be kept in motion to facilitate aeration.
  • Maintain appropriate depth (level) of water.
  • Control predators and/or thieves.
  • Drain and refill ponds with fresh water as necessary.

Harvesting Fish

  • Harvesting or extracting fish from the fish­ ponds for consumption

Two main methods:

  • Hookandline method:
  • This is slow, injures small fish and is inefficient.
  • It is only suitable for small-scale fishing.
  • Use of fishing nets:
  • This is the most efficient method as long as a net with the correct mesh sizes is used.
  • Harvesting may be done 6-8 months after the introduction of fingerlings into the fish pond.

Maintenance of the Fish Pond

  • Repairing the dyke or any structure on it.
  • Cleaning the pond and removing foreign materials.
  • Planting grass where necessary.
  • Removing un desirable vegetation.
  • Removing the silt.

Fish Preservation

Practices before preservation:

  • Clean the fish to remove mud and any worms.
  • Removing scales and slime.
  • Opening the fish on the side to remove the gut and the intestines referred to as gutting.             .
  • Cleaning the abdominal cavity thoroughly.
  • Keeping fish in open containers.

Methods of Preservation

  • Freezing
  • Salting
  • Sun drying
  • Smoking

 

 

Appropriate Handling of Livestock During Management

  • Physical beating should be avoided.
  • Structures which help in restraining animals should be used whenever applicable.
  • The correct methods of securing and casting animals should be used.
  • Use as little force as possible.
  • Equipment such as ropes, halters, lead stick and bull rings are used to handle animals appropriately.

Farm Structures

 

Introduction

  • Farm structures are physical constructions on the farm used to increase efficiency in production.

Construction of Farm Structures

 Involves:

Planning for farm structures ;

Consider;

  • Farm activities.
  • Size of the enterprise.
  • Future of the enterprise.
  • Accessibility.
  • Soil type.

Siting farm structures;

Consider:

  • The location of the homestead.
  • Accessibility.
  • Security.
  • Drainage/topography.
  • Wind direction.
  • Relationship between the structures.
  • Proximity to social amenities.
  • Farmer’s taste and preference.

 

Materials for Construction

       Structural Materials and Use

Factors which determine the type of materials to use are;

  • durability,
  • strength,
  • labour,
  • availability,
  • workability,
  • serviceability,
  • cost
  • sa

 

Stones and Bricks

 Advantages

  • Stones and bricks are durable, easy to disinfect, resistant to weather and insects decay and are easily available.

 

       Disadvantages

  • They are bulky and require skilled labour to make them.

Plastic and Synthetic Materials

These include;

  • glass,
  • asbestos fibre
  • polythene materials.

Advantages

  • Light,
  • cheep depending on quality,
  • easy to disinfect,
  • can be moulded into any shape,
  • are durable,
  • cannot be destroyed by insects and fungus
  • are water-proof.

Disadvantages

  • Are easily destroyed,
  • fragile,
  • very expensive
  • require skilled labour.

Wood (Timber)

Advantages

  • They are workable,
  • cheap,
  • can be re-used
  • are fairly strong.

Disadvantages

  • They can catch fire easily,
  • decay if exposed to water
  • are affected by fungus and insects.

 

Concrete

  • Is a mixture of cement, sand, aggregate and water
  • e.g. in making blocks the ratio is 1:2:3; one part cement, two parts sand and three parts aggregate.

 Uses

  • Making posts for fencing.
  • Making walls and floor of buildings.
  • Making gabions and water channels to prevent erosion.
  • Making water troughs.

 

Advantages

These materials are;

  • durable, workable,
  • easy to disinfect,
  • cheap to maintain,
  • fire resistant

Disadvantages

  • These materials are ;
  • expensive,
  • require skilled labour,
  • bulky,
  • cannot be reused

 

Animal handling structures

 

  • The crush –used when doing following activities;
  • Spraying livestock to control ticks,
  • milking,
  • examining sick animals,
  • artificial insemination,
  • treating animals, eg drenching, vaccination,
  • dong routine jobs such as dehorning, identification marks,
  • The spray race-used in the control of ticks by spraying livestock with acaricides
  • The dip- machakos type, and the pludge dip. This is used in the control of ticks by dipping livestock

 

Farm Buildings

Factors to be considered in site selection;

  • Security
  • Nearness to a source of water
  • Topography
  • Direction of the prevailing wind
  • Direction of the sun
  • Personal whims/tastes and preference
  • Nearness to means of communication.

 

 

 

Types of farm buildings

 

  • Houses for farm animals.
  • Stores for farm produce.
  • Stores for equipment, tools and supplies.
  • Buildings for growing crops e.g  green house.
  • Building for processing plant e.g  milk plant.

 

Parts of a building

  • The foundation,
  • The walls,
  • The roof

 

 

 

Include;

  • kingpost,
  • rafters,
  • struts,
  • tie beam,
  • rafter batten

 

 

 

Include;

  • concrete floor,
  • foundation wall,
  • PVC sheet (damp-proof course)
  • the compacted fill (hard core).

Fences

  • Importance of Fence in a Farm
  • Keep out intruders to the farm,
  • Define the boundary lines of the farm.
  • Paddocking of fields to make rotational grazing possible.
  • Live fences serve as windbreaks.
  • Fences are used in mixed farming to protect crops from. damage by livestock.
  • Fences add aesthetic values to the farm.
  • It is easy to control breeding.
  • It is easy to isolate sick animals from the rest of the herd.

Types of Fences

  • Dead fences.
  • Barbed wire fences.
  • Electric fence.
  • Concrete fence.
  • Chicken wire fence (mesh wire fence).
  • Woven wire fence (chain link).
  • Wooden fence.

Fencing Practice

  • Materials include;
  • wires,
  • staples,
  • nails,
  • posts,
  • droppers
  • concrete materials.
  • Size of posts:
  • General purpose 2.5m by 25cm in diameter
  • Strainer units and corner posts 3m by 30cm in diameter:
  • Distance between the posts:
  • 3m between posts, 10m if droppers are to be used.
  • 200m between strainer units.
  • Depth of holes – 60cm.

Gate Posts, Gates and Strainer Units

  • Gates should be hung on posts separate from the fence.
  • Mechanical implements for example tractors require 4.0-4.5m width of gate.
  • Entrance gates for pedestrians can be accommodated within the fence.

 

Steps in Fencing

  • Locate the corners
  • Clear the fencing area.
  • Mark gates, strainers, pass places and standards by pegging.
  • Dig holes to proper depths.
  • Fix the standard posts.
  • Firm around posts or apply concrete.
  • Fix wires on posts.
  • Fix the droppers.

 

 

 

Agricultural Economics II

(Land Tenure and Land Reforms)

Introduction

  • Land is an important factor of production.
  • Without land it is impossible to practice the agricultural business.
  • However the efficiency of utilization of land is influenced to a large extent by the condition of holding the land.

Land Tenure

  • Land tenure is defined as the possession of the legal rights to the use of land.
  • Various kinds of rights to the use of land give rise to different tenure systems.

Land Tenure System

  • All land tenure systems fall into two major classes, namely:

Collective Tenure Systems

This includes:

 Communal Tenure Systems

  • This involves the possession of rights over land by the whole community.
  • It works quite well under conditions of unlimited, land res

 Advantages of Communal Tenure

  • Landless problem does not exist.
  • Land is not fragmented.
  • Allows for free movement of animals in search of better pastures and water.
  • Promotes community spirit among the members.

Disadvantages of Communal Tenure

  • No incentive among the users to conserve the land resources.
  • Everybody strives to maximize returns from the land without the drive to invest, for example, in terms of soil conservation and maintenance of soil fertility.
  • There is a tendency of overstocking and continuous cropping; which leads to soil erosion and loss of land productivity.
  • As a result of communal grazing of livestock, it is impossible to improve livestock through;
    • controlled breeding,
    • proper feeding,
    • disease and parasite control.
  • Since there is no title deed, (certificate of ownership) it is virtually impossible to secure loans to develop the land.

Co-operative Tenure System

  • This category includes various collective arrangements under the government or other authorities.
  • Farmers voluntarily group together and buy land which they subsequently operate on co-operative basis.
  • Examples are co-operative ranches.

 

Advantages of Co-operative Tenure

  • No land disputes.
  • Labour is well utilized.
  • Profit is distributed according to the number of shares.
  • Resource use is enhanced for high production.

 

Disadvantages of co-operative tenure.

 

  • Incase of poor management everybody will loose.

 

  • No individual title deed hence cannot secure loans.

 

 

State ownership

  • Land is owned by the whole state and is refered to as government land.

Examples in Kenya;

  • Areas not allocated to individuals
  • Land under local county councils/cities and towns
  • Land under forest, game reserve and parks, land for infra-structure and public utility

 

Advantages of state ownership

  • Generation of income for the state
  • All the citizens benefit from whatever comes out of the land.

Disadvantages

  • Non-competitive in terms of production
  • No individual motivation when working on the land.

Individual Tenure system

The various forms of individual land tenure are;

  • Owner operator,
  • Plantation and Concestion,
  • Land-lordism/Tenancy

 

Owner operator

  • This category includes all persons who operate on land to which they have absolute individual rights.
  • Examples are the majority of individual land owners in areas where demarcation and registration of land has taken place and title deeds issued.

Advantages

  • The owner is free to make permanent production plans.
  • The owner can pledge the land title deed to secure loans(credit) from lending agencies for further development
  • An individual is motivated to work harder than when under communal arrangement
  • Managerial failures usually affect small units of production and are therefore negligible.
  • It is easy for the owner to get agricultural advice.

Disadvantages

  • Cost such as machinery for processing may be too high for the individual owner
  • Innovation may be inadequate due to low levels of education.
  • Lack of capital to invest.

Plantation and concession

  • In this form of land tenure, the individual is usually a company or a corporation.
  • Most of them engage in the production of only one commodity
  • They are rigid in their production plans and in most cases labour is hired on wage basis.
  • Example are coffee, tea, sugarcane, sisal estates in Kenya.

Advantages

  • High production from the land hence high economic gains
  • Allows foreigners to use and develop land
  • No land disputes
  • Create employment for the local people
  • Generate government revenue through taxation.

Disadvantages

  • Individuals own large pieces of land while others are landless
  • Large areas of land may be left underdeveloped.
  • Foreigners may repatriate profit to their countries.

Landlordism and tenancy

  • The arrangement here involves the ownership of land by one individual or group of individuals (landlord) who lease it to another individual (tenant).
  • A legal lease specifies the length of time during which the tenure is operative;

and that serves as a security of tenure to the tenant.

  • The efficiency of production in this arrangement is greatly affected by the length of lease, its legal backing and rent payable.

Advantages

  • A person without land can get a chance to use land.
  • A landlord who cannot operate the land, for any reason, can still earn income by leasing it to a needy tenant.
  • It is a flexible arrangement; that is, it allows room for change of production plans should need arise.
  • Security of tenure gives the tenant incentive to invest depending on the length of tenure.

Disadvantages

  • Poor land use and low production if the tenant does not have enough funds to improve on land.
  • Tenants cannot produce long term crops,
  • Landlords can exploit the tenants by overcharging.
  • Lack of incentives to improve land by the tenants since it does not belong to them.

Land Reforms

Definition

  • Land reform is any organized action designed to improve the structure of land tenure and land use.

Forms of Land Reform

Land Consolidation

  • This means bringing or putting together, into one piece; fragmented parcels or pieces of land scattered over a large area.

 

The objective of land consolidation are :

  • To save on time spent while moving from one piece of land to another.
  • To facilitate effective and efficient farm planning.
  • To create an incentive among land operators to invest on and develop land.
  • To facilitate mechanization and improve production through efficiency.
  • To improve level of production through effective supervision of the labour force and sound farming methods,

 

Land Fragmentation and Sub-division

  • This is the subdividing of a (large) piece of land into smaller portions.
  • Sometimes it becomes necessary to sub-divide land for the following reasons:
  • To sell part of the land.
  • The parent may wish to subdivide and distribute his land among the sons, daughters and other dependants.
  • The government may decide to subdivide large farms in order to settle landless citizens.

 

Land Adjudication and Registration

  • Land adjudication involves;
  • Establishing the legitimate ownership,
  • Measurements (to make permanent boundaries)
  • Recording of land details.
    • Once land has been adjudicated, and any disputes concerning the same land are settled,
    • It is then registered in the “Register of Land”.
    • And the owner is issued with a land title deed or certificate of legal ownership.

 

Importance of land title deed

 

  • The legal owner of the land has security of tenure and hence an incentive to invest and improve productivity.
  • A farmer can mortgage the land by offering land title certificate as a security to loaning agencies to secure capital to finance development projects.
  • If a farmer who cannot operate the farm, he can still earn income from it by leasing it.
  • Disputes concerning land boundaries and/or land ownership no longer arise.

 

 

Land Settlement and Resettlement

 

Definition

  • Land settlement means the occupation of land which was previously uninhabited.
  • Land resettlement, on the other hand, is the transfer of people from an already densely populated area to a sparsely populated one.

Objectives

  • To settle the landless citizens.
  • To relieve population pressure in densely populated areas.
  • To increase or promote agricultural productivity by farming on land that was previously unused or lying idle.
  • To create self-employment thus improving the living standards.
  • Land reclamation, especially by creating tsetse fly-barriers.

Soil and Water Conservation

 

   Introduction

  • Soil and water are two very important natural resources in farming.
  • They should therefore be well maintained and used without wastage to sustain continuous production.
  • Water loss during the rainy season should be prevented and excess water conserved for use during scarcity.
  • Soil erosion must be controlled at whatever cost if soil is to be conserved.

Soil Erosion

  • It is the removal and carrying away of the top soil by the action of water or wind.

Factors Influencing Soil Erosion

  • Amount and intensity of rainfall.
  • The steeper the land the higher the velocity of surface runof
  • The higher the velocity of surface runoff the greater is its erosive power/effect.
  • Type of soil for example sandy soils are more easily detached and carried away than clayey soil
  • Soil depth;
  • The deeper the soil, the longer it takes to be saturated with
  • Land use:
  • Overstocking leads to bareness of the land and looseness of the soil.
  • Deforestation – indiscriminate removal of trees leads to exposure of soil to heavy rainfall and high te
  • Indiscriminate burning of vegetation exposes the soil to erosive agents.
  • Clean weeding leaves the soil bare.
  • Ploughing along the slope.
  • Monoculture or continuous cultivation.
  • Ground cover
  • Trees act as windbreakers.
  • Roots of vegetation cover hold the soil particles together.
  • Leaf fall act as mulch which reduces erosion.
  • Leaves of vegetation cover intercepts raindrops reducing their erosive power.

Agents of Erosion

  • Water – moving water has erosive power.
  • Wind – wind carries away soil.
  • Human beings – through man’s activities such as cultivation and mining.
  • Animals – through overgrazing and creating footpaths where soil erosion takes place.

 

 

Types of Erosion

  • Raindrop (splash) – displacement of the soil caused by raindrops.
  • Sheet – uniform removal of soil in thin layers from flat or gently sloping areas.
  • Rill – removal of soil from small bur well defined channels or rills.
  • Gulley – removal of soil from channels which become progressively deeper and wide
  • Riverbank Erosion – removal of soil along river banks by the river water.
  • Solifluction – gravitational flow of soil saturated with wa
  • Land slides – mass movement of rock debris and soil down a slope,

For example;

  • Slip movement of earth or rock masses for a short distance.
  • Debris slide – materials move at a greater speed.
  • Debris fall – movement of materials/debris along vertical cliff.
  • Rock fall – movement of rock down a very steep slope.
  • Rock slides – mass of rock materials that slide along a bedding plate, a joint or a fault face.

 

Soil Erosion Control Measures

Soil conservation measures can be classified into:

  • Biological or cultural control
  • Physical or structural control

Biological or Cultural Control Measures

These measures are applicable where land slope is between 2-12%.

  • Grass strips/filter strips;
    • These are narrow uncultivated strips along the contour left between cultivated strips.
  • Cover cropping ;
  • The establishment of a crop that spreads out over the surface of the soil to provide it with a cover.
  • Contour farming ;
  • Carrying out all land operations along the contour.
  • Mulching ;
  • Covering of the soil with either organic or synthetic materials.
  • Proper cropping systems such as:
  • Crop rotation
  • Correct spacing
  • Inter-cropping
  • Ridging/furrowing
  • Strip cropping
  • Controlled grazing;
  • Proper stocking rate, rotational grazing.
  • Strip cropping;
  • Growing crops which give little ground cover in alternate strips with crops such as beans which have a good ground cover.
  • Afforestation/re-afforestation.
  • Afforestation – growing of trees where non-existed.
  • Re-afforestation – growing of trees where they have been cut down.
  • Agroforestry – land use that involves the growing of trees in combination with crops and pastures on the same piece of land.

 

Physical or Structural Control Measures

  • These are soil and water conservation measures which involve mechanical constructions on the earth.
  • They are used in areas of moderate slope between 13-55%.

They include:

  • Trash or stone lines;
  • These are rows of heaped crop’ residues or stones made along the
  • Filter strips;
  • It involves the growing of an open crop in the upper side of the slope followed by a dense crop to reduce speed of wate
  • This increases infiltration.
  • Terraces;
  • Are structures constructed across a slope to reduce the length of a slope thus reducing run-off.
  • Bench terraces;
  • Are constructed where the slope is 35-55%.
  • Tree crops are suitable for such areas.

 

Importance of a Bench Terrace: –       

  • Reduces slope of the land.
  • Conserves soil moisture.
  • Better retention of soil fertility.
  • Narrow based terraces Cannot allow cultivation by machines.
  • Broad based terraces – Is wide enough to allow cultivation by machines.
  • Graded terraces:
  • Have a drainage channel to lead off excess water to a vegetated plac
  • They should be about 100m in length.
  • Level terraces:
  • Have no outlet channels,
  • The aim is to have water infiltrating,
  • Hence no water can flow from the ends of the terr
  • Fanya juu:
  • A ridge made by digging a channel and throwing the soil uphill.
  • Fanya chini:
  • In this case the soil is heaped on the lower side of the channel.
  • Bunds: heaps of soil (earth) made along the contour.
  • Cutoff drains:
  • An open trench with an embankment on the lower side into which water from the farm dra

Water from the trench should be discharged into;

  • Natural waterways,
  • Artificial waterways,
  • Rocky ground
  • Grassland
  • Gabion/Porous dams:
  • Galvanized wire mesh boxes filled with stones which are built across slopes and gullie
  • Dams and reservoirs ;
  • Dams – barriers built across a river/waterway to hold and store water. It reduces speed of runoff.
  • Reservoirs – these are large storage ta
  • Ridging heaps of soil to reduce the speed of water,

They retain the water for some time.

 

Water Harvesting Methods

 

  • Water harvesting and storage should be done during the rainy seasons to avoid wastage.

This should be done using the following methods:

  • Roof catchment – trapping and collection of rain water from roof tops.
  • Rock catchment – water is harvested by constructing a barrier on the lower side of a large impervious rock to trap surface runoff from the rock.
  • Weirs and dams.

 

  • Dam – a barrier constructed across a river or a dry valley so that it can hold water.
  • Weirs – barriers constructed across a river or a stream to raise the water level and still allow water to flow over it.
  • Ponds – water retention excavations’ made to hold excess surface water.
  • Retention ditches/level terraces.-These are terraces constructed with blocked ends to retain water.

 

            Micro-Catchments

  • A system of harvesting limited rainfall and storing the water in the ground for use by the planted crops.

              Types of Microcatchments;

  • Triangular/Vshaped/Negarims;
  • V­-shaped bunds measuring 25cm
  • Are built with soil from the excavated planting holes to direct runoff water towards the basin area around the base of each plant
  • Semicircular bunds;
  • Formed around the growing plant to hold water around the plant.
  • Trapezoidal bunds;
  • Trapezoidal shaped bunds, which enclose a large area where the crops are grown.
  • Contour bunds/furrows ;
  • These are furrows made along the contours between the rows of crops where agro­forestry trees are intercropped with annual cro
  • Planting holes/pits ;
  • These are extra large planting holes made and filled with dry plant materials before filling in with soil.

 

Use of Micro-Catchments

  • Slow down the speed of surface runoff.
  • Used during landscaping of the compound, parks and roadside nest areas.
  • Reclamation of land for food crop in dry areas.
  • Water collected and stored can be used for irrigation
  • Afforestation in dry areas.

Weeds and Weed Control

Introduction

  • Weeds cause heavy crop losses if not controlled.
  • Their control is important so as to maintain high quality and quantity produce.

Definition:

  • A weed is any plant growing where it is not required.
  • And whose economic disadvantages outweigh the advantages.

Harmful Effects of Weeds

  • Weeds compete with crops for nutrients, space, light and soil moisture.
  • Some weeds, for example, Striga spp are parasitic to cultivated crops such as maize.
  • Some weeds lower the quality of agricultural produce for example:
  • Mexican marigold gives undesirable flavour to milk if dairy cows feed on it.
  • Devils horsewhip, black jack, bristly fox-tail and others get attached to sheep wool thus lowering its quality.
  • Some weeds are poisonous to human beings and livestock for example:
  • Thorn apple (Datura stramonium)
  • Sodom apple (Solanum incanum)
  • Some weeds have allelopathic effects to cultivated crops.
  • Water weeds block irrigation channels.
  • Aquatic weeds such as Salvinia in Lake Naivasha and water hyacinth in Lake Victoria affect fishing.
  • Some weeds are alternate hosts for insects, pests and disease causing organisms for example:
  • Wild oat (avena fatua) is an alternate host for rusts.
  • Mallow (malva verticillata) is an alternate host for cotton stainers.
  • Weeds lower the quality of pasture for example:
  • Tickberry (Lantana camara)
  • Nut grass (Cyperus rotundus),
  • Manyatta grass (Eleusine jaegeri)
  • Some weeds irritate workers thus reducing the efficiency in which they are controlled for example:
  • Double thorn (Oxygonum sinuatum),
  • Stinging nettle (Urtica massaica) ,
  • Devil’s horse whip (Achyranthes aspera).

Factors Contributing to the Competitive Ability of Weeds

  • They produce large quantities of seeds for example pigweed and black jack.
  • Their seeds remain viable in the soil for a long time awaiting conducive germination conditions.
  • They have effective seed dispersal mechanisms.
  • Some weeds propagate by means of elaborate underground storage structures.
  • They are efficient in utilizing little moisture, nutrients and sunlight.
  • Some have short life cycles.
  • They have elaborate root systems for supporting the plant and absorbing nutrients and water.

Weed Classification

 It is based on:

  • Life cycles for example:
  • Annuals – complete their life cycle in only one season.
  • Biennuals complete their life cycles in two seasons o
  • Perennials – complete their life cycle in more than two seasons.
  •  Morphology – leaf formation such as size, shape and venation.
  • Broad leaved weeds for example black jack, lantana, pig weed, oxalis and others.
  • Narrow leaved weeds for example couch grass, setaria, nut-grass, manyatta grass and others.
  • Habitat some weeds are terrestrial (grow on land) while others are aquatic (grow on aquatic/marine conditions).

Weed Identification

  • Weeds are identified by their common (individual) names and botanical names.
  • They are named according to specific features or according to person who identified them.

 

Common Name                               Botanical Name

  • Black Jack  ………………………Bidens pilosa
  • Mexican marigold ………………Tagetes minuta
  • 0xalislsorrel ……………………..Oxalis spp.
  • Double thorn ……………………Oxygonum sinuatum
  • Thorn apple ……………………..Datura stramonium
  • Couch grass ……………………..Digitaria scalarum
  • Nut grass ………………………..Cyperus rotundus
  • Wandering Jew …………………Commelina bengalensis
  • Sow thistle ………………………Sonchus ole race us
  • Devil’s horsewhip ……………….Achyranthes aspera
  • Macdonald’s eye/ Gallant soldier. Gallinsoga parviflora
  • Sodom apple …………………….Solanum incanum
  • Black night shade ………………..Solanum nigrum
  • Chinese lantern…………………. Nicandra physalodes
  • Bracken fern ……………………..Pteridium aquillium
  • Love grass/ Bristly foxtail ……….Setaria verticillata
  • Cleavers …………………………Gallium spurium
  • Stinging Nettle …………………..Urtica massaica
  • Fat hen/Goose foot ………………Chenopodium spp.
  • Rape weed ………………………Brassica nap us
  • Wild oats …………………………Avena fatua
  • Lantana/Tick berry ………………Lantana camara
  • Water hyacinth ………………….Eichhornia crassipes
  • Striga/Witch weed ………………Striga hermontheca
  • Creeping indigo ………………….Indigofera spicata

Weed Control Methods

     The methods of weed control determined by:

  • The weed being controlled.
  • Weather conditions.
  • Capital availability.
  • Effect on environment.

 

METHODS OF WEED CONTROL INCLUDE:

 

Chemical Weed Control

  • The use of chemicals known as herbicides to control weed

Classification of Herbicides

Based on:

  • Formulation – the physical form of the herbicides for example:
  • Liquids
  • Wettable powders
  • Emulsion
  • Dust
  • Time of Application
  • Pre-emergence – applied before the planted crop germinates.
  • Post emergence – applied after the planted crop germinates.
  • Selectivity
  • Selectiv
  • Non selective.
  • Mode of Action
  • Contact – herbicides that kill only the parts of the plant which it comes into contact.
  • Translocated systemic herbicides that will kill the whole plant even if it comes into contact with only a small part of it.

Methods of Herbicide Application

  • Spraying – application of solutions.
  • Dusting – application of dusts.
  • Fumigation – application of fumigants into the soil.

Safety Measures in the Use of Chemicals

  • Read manufacturer’s instructions and follow them.
  • Wear protective clothing such as overalls, breathing mask, gloves and boots.
  • Avoid inhaling the herbicides.
  • Wash thoroughly after handling chemicals.
  • Do not blow or such blocked nozzles.
  • Avoid herbicide drift to unintended crops and other plants.
  • Avoid herbicide drift to livestock feed and water.
  • Avoid spilling herbicides in pastures and fodder crops.
  • Dispose off the empty containers properly for example burying them in the soil.
  • Do not wash spraying equipment in water sources used by animals and human beings.
  • Store chemicals in a safe place.
  • Wash the spraying equipment thoroughly.
  • Sink left over chemicals into the soil after the day’s work.

 

Advantages of Chemical Weed Control

  •  It is less laborious.
  • Effective in the control of difficult weeds such as couch grass and sedges.
  • It does not disturb crop roots and other underground structures.
  • It makes the control of weeds in certain crop easier.
  • It is efficient in both wet and dry conditions.
  • It does not destroy soil structure.
  • Cheaper in large scale production than the use of manual or mechanical cultivation.

Disadvantages of Chemical Weed Control

  • It requires skilled labour in mixing and application.
  • Cause environmental pollution.
  • Herbicides have long residual effects which may interfere with future crops.
  • It is very expensive.

 

Mechanical Weed Control

  • It involves the following operations:

  

Tillage/Cultivation

  • This is the opening and loosening up of the soil.
  • It can be done by hand tools or tractor drawn implements.

Advantages

  • Cheap in small scale production.
  • Increases water and air infiltration into the soil.
  • Incorporates crops residues into the soil.
  • The earthing-up done during tillage encourages root growth.

Disadvantages

  • If done repeatedly it destroys soil structure.
  • It is laborious and expensive in large scale production.
  • It may not effectively control weeds.
  • It may lead to soil erosion and loss of soil moisture.
  • Damage crop roots.

Slashing/Mowing

  • Mechanical removal of shoots from weeds.
  • It is effective in the control of annual weeds.

Uprooting

  • It is done when the crops are too close
  • To allow mechanical cultivation or where weeds are scattered.

Cultural Weed Control

It involves the following practices:

  • Mulching.
  • Cover cropping.
  • Crop rotation.
  • Timely planting.
  • Use of clean seed/planting materials.
  • Proper spacing.
  • Proper seedbed preparation.
  • Flooding.

Biological Weed Control

  • The use of living organisms to control weeds.

     Examples are:

  • Use of livestock to graze and control growth of weeds especially in plantations.
  • Use of weed eating fish to control aquatic weeds.
  • Use of moths to control cactus.
  • Limitations: the method is not reliable.

 

Legislative Weed Control/ Quarantine

  • It involves government laws and regulations which prevent the introduction and spread of foreign weeds in a country or an area. Done by KEPHIS.
  • Limitations: Only samples are checked while the bulk of the materials may have some weed seeds.

Crop Pests and Diseases

 

Introduction

  • Crop pests and diseases lead to high losses in crop production hence efficient control measures are
  • Proper control measures require the farmers to be able to;
  • Identify these organisms,
  • Know their life cycles, feeding habits
  • The damage they cause to crops.

Crop Pests

Definition of a Pest:

  • It is a living organism that destroys crops/ trees either directly or indirectly by introducing pathogens (disease causing germs).

 

Classification of Pests

Pests are classified according to the following:

  • Mode of Feeding
  • Pests with biting and chewing mouth parts – they cause physical damage and reduce the photosynthetic area of the plant.
  • Pests with piercing and sucking mouth parts – they suck out the nutritious plant sap and in the process may introduce disease causing organisms.
  • Crops Attacked
  • Some crop pests attack specific crops for example, stem borers prefer cereal crops.
  • Stage of Growth of Crops Attacked
  • There are pests of seedlings attack when the crop is young, for example cutworms.
  • Pests of fruits – attack the crops at fruiting stage.
  • Pests of grains attack the crops when the grains are formed.
  • Field and Storage Pests
  • Some pests attack the crops while in the f
  • Other pests attack the produce after it has been harvested and stored.

 

Identification of Common Pests

Name of Pest Crop Attacked Damage Done Control Measures
Armyworms (i) Cereal crops Defoliate the (i) Early planting
(Spodoptera (ii) Sugar cane whole plant (ii) Use of effective insecticides
exempta) (iii) Grasses      
Cut worms Young seedlings Cut the seedlings (i) Early planting
(Agrotis Spp.)     at the stem base (ii) Use of soil applied insecticides
          (fumigants)
        (iii) Flood/irrigation
Boll worms Cotton, tomatoes, Eat and destroy (i) Crop rotation
(Heliathis migera) citrus, maize, the fruits and (ii) Field hygiene
  beans, millet, other seeds (iii) Spraying with insecticides
  legumes   (iv) early planting
Maize stalk borer Maize sorghum Destruction of the (i) Early planting
(Busseola fusca)     stem and young (ii) Field hygiene
and     growing tissues (iii) Crop rotation
(Chilo partellus)       (iv) Use of stalk borer dust.
Loopers Coffee Make windows in (i) Use of effective insecticides.
(Ascotis selena ria)     crop leaves (ii) Use of parasitic wasps, birds
          and chameleons
Leaf Miner Coffee Make mines in (i) Use of parasitic wasps (natural
( Leucoptera     the leaves   enemies)
meyricki and L.     reducing (ii) Use of effective insecticides.
caffeina)     photosynthetic    
      area.    
Stainers Cotton Stain the cotton (i) Use of parasitic tachinid flies
(Dysdercus spp.)     lint reducing (ii) Spraying with insecticides.
      quality (iii) Control alternate hosts.
        (iv) Crop rotation
Aphids Several crops such (i) Transmit (i) Natural enemies for example,
(Aphis spp.) as citrus, maize, viral diseases.   lady birds
  cotton, beans. (ii) Suck out (ii) Overhead irrigation
  cabbages and sap leading (iii) Use of insecticides
  others to stunted    
      growth.    

 

Other Crop Pests Include:

  • Mealy bugs – coffee
  • Thrips – coffee
  • Beetles – field and storage pests.
  • Birds – field pests – cereals and fru
  • Rodents – field and storage pests ,cereals and t
  • Nematodes – soil borne pests – tomatoes, potatoes, sunflower, beans.

Harmful Effects of Crop Pests

  • Pests such as squirrels and rodents, unearth planted seeds, resulting in poor
  • Some pests like nematodes, termites and moles damage crop roots causing wilting and death of the crops.
  • They lower the quality and quantity of farm produce.
  • They increase the cost of production since farmers will incur expenses in purchasing chemicals to control them.
  • They transmit diseases to crops for example, aphids transmit streak virus disease in maize.
  • Chemicals used to control the pests cause pollution to the environment.
  • They exterminate the crop by feeding on them for example eating embryo of the seed.

Control of Pests

  • If pest population causes damage beyond tolerance then it is said to have reached economic injury level (EIL) hence control measures should be effected before this level.

Before any control measure is effected ,the following should be considered:

  • Know the life cycle of the pest.
  • Correct identification of the pest.
  • Correct assessment of the damage.
  • The weather conditions.
  • The value of the crop in question.
  • The cost factor of the control method.

Methods of Controlling the Pests

  • Cultural methods.
  • Physical/mechanical measures
  • Biological methods.
  • Chemical methods.
  • Integrated pest management.

Cultural Methods:

  • These are farming practices which aim at reducing the pest population by destroying the life cycle of the pests either by exposing them to adverse conditions or denying them food.

These include:

  • Timely planting to escape pest attack.
  • Timely harvesting.
  • Proper tillage.
  • Close season: this is the period when a susceptible crop is not grown in order to control a certain pest.
  • Trap cropping: These are crops which attract pests diverting them from the main crop. The trap crop is grown together with the main crop.
  • Crop rotation: It breaks the life cycle of the pest.
  • Planting resistant varieties: These are plants with natural protective mechanisms against pest for example hairy cotton against jassid bugs, goose necked sorghum against birds, high tillering in sorghum against shoot fly.
  • Field hygiene: This includes rogueing and removal of crop residues which harbour pests from field.
  • Alterations of environmental conditions, such as, creating a micro­climate which is not conducive to pests for example open pruning in coffee.
  • Crop nutrition: application of fertilizers and manures to make the crop strong and able to escape pest attacks.
  • Destruction of alternate hosts, for example, weeds like mallow which harbour cotton stainers.
  • Use of clean planting materials. This helps to prevent introduction of crop pests.
  • Proper spacing: if well spaced some pests find it difficult to move from one plant to another.
  • Use of organic manure, for example, farmyard manure discourages eel worms (nematodes).

Chemical Control

  • Chemicals used to control pests are known as pesticides.
  • Pesticides are administered through dusting, spraying or fumigating.

Classification of Pesticides:

Pesticides are classified on the basis of:

 

Mode of Entry

  • Stomach – ingested by the pest together with the crop materials.
  • Contact – absorbed through the body tissues.
  • Fumigants – through the breathing mechanism.
  • Systemic – translocated to all parts.

Mode of Action

  • Respiratory poisons – interfere with breathing mechanisms.
  • Coagulants – cause the blood of the pest to coagulate.
  • Neurotoxins – act on the nervous system.
  • Protoplasmic poisons – cause the cells to disintegrate.

Target Pests

  • Insecticides – kill insect pests
  • Molluscicides – kill snails and slugs.
  • Rodenticides – kill rodents.
  • Nematocides – kill nematodes.

Formulation .

  • Dusts, granules and powders
  • Emulsifiable concentrates.
  • Miscible liquids.
  • Wettable powders.
  • Fumigants.

Factors That Affect the Efficiency of Pesticides

  • Concentration of the pesticides.
  • Weather conditions at the time of application.
  • Timing of application – efficiency is high if applied when the pest is most susceptible.
  • Persistence of the pesticide having long residual effect in the soil.
  • Resistance of the pests.

Advantages of Chemical Pest Control

  • Faster
  • Immediate results are achieved.
  • Low labour requirements.

Disadvantages of Chemical Pest Control

  • Expensive to buy.
  • Cause pollution to the environment.
  • Require skilled labour to apply.
  • Some pesticides may kill beneficial organisms and predators.
  • Some target pests may build up resistance.

Mechanical Pest Control/Physical

  • This involves the killing of the pests using physical methods.
  • Or creating physical barriers to prevent pests from getting into contact with the crops .

   Example:

  • Flooding/irrigation; for example, moles are suffocated through flooding.
  • Use of lethal temperatures: either too cold or too hot.
  • Suffocation; commonly used in grain storage bins by being made air tight.
  • Trapping and killing, for example, rats.
  • Creation of physical barriers, such as, rat bafflers, sticky materials on tree trunks.
  • Proper drying: this makes them too hard to be destroyed by pests.
  • Scaring devices especially in rice plantations to control birds.
  • Use of explosives thrown at breeding places of birds to kill or scare them away.

Biological Pest Control

  • It involves the use of living organisms to reduce the pest population.

Predator                            Target Pest

  • Parasitic wasp——————-White fly in citrus, boll worms, stalk borers
  • Birds——————————— Crickets, locusts, caterpillar llars.
  • Lady Bird ————————–Aphids
  • Trachnid flies ——————-cotton stainer
  • Praying mantis—————–giant loppers
  • Majimoto ants —————–scales
  • Cats ———————————-moles,rats,mice
  • Brachonid wasps————-mealy bugs
  • Chicken —————cotton stainer, larvae of beetles, grasshoppers, crickets

 

Advantages

  • Cheap
  • No environmental pollution
  • Saves on labour.

Disadvantages

  • Takes too long to get the correct agent
  • Difficult to control the pest effectively.

 

Integrated Pest Management

  • It is a new method which involves the combination of the methods  mentioned above.
  • The aim is to have least hazards to the user and to the environment.
  • Example, attractant-pheromones are used to attract pests to one place where they are sprayed and eradicated.

 

Legislative Method/Quarantine

  • Legislative mearsures of pest control are effected  by the Kenya Plant Health Inspectorate Service(KEPHIS) through seed inspection.

Crop Disease And Their Control

  • A disease is any deviation from the normal performance or functions.
  • A plant disease is any harmful physiological disorder in a plant caused by pathogenic agents such as virus, bacteria, fungi.
  • The study of plant disease is called plant pathology.

Economic importance of crop diseases

  • They lower crop yield
  • They reduce the quality of the produce thus reducing their market value
  • They cause food poisoning. E.g ergot in wheat, afflatoxin in grain crops by fungus.
  • They reduce photosynthetic area of the plant.

 

Classification  and identification of plant disease

 

  • Plant disease are classified according to their causal agents;

Fungal diseases;

  • Fungi are non-green plant-like.
  • Some are parasitic and others are saprophytic.

        Parasitic fungi divided into;

  • Obligate parasites- those that depend on other living organisms for food.
  • Falcultative parasites-those that are able to live on both the living and dead tissues.

    Examples of fungal disease

  • Panama disease(Fusarium oxysperium—bananas)
  • Cigar-end rot(Verticilium theobromae)-bananas
  • Die back –attack the tips of shoots and roots
  • Mildews-foliar disease of several crops
  • Armillaria root rot(Armillaria mellea)-coffee and tea
  • Damping off-disease of seedlings in the nursery
  • Anthracnose (Colletotrichum spp)-coffee,beans,tomatoes.

 

  • Fungus also cause damage to stored grains which are not properly dried or if the store is damp.
  • Fungus cause food poisoning and lower seed viability for example Aspergillus flavus which produces a highly toxic compound called afflatoxin.

 

  Examples of fungal disease

 

Disease/cause Crops attacked Symptoms of attack Control measures
Late blight

(Phytopthora

infestans)

Members of

Solanaceae family

(potatoes, tomatos)

Dry patches on the leaves and fruits (necrotic lesions) -Crop rotation

-effective fungicides

-treated seeds

-resistant varieties

 

Rusts (Pucinia spp) Rice, wheat , sorghum, maize Red and brown pistules on the leaves, shriveled grains -resistant varieties

-Recommended fungicides

-Early planting

Smuts(Ustilago spp) Wheat, maize ,

sugarcane

Black powder mass on the spikes and the ear -Field hygiene,

-certified seeds,

-resistant varieties,

-crop rotation

Blasts(Piricularia oryzae) Rice -Small blue sports on leaves with grey centre.

-Attack inflorescence to cause ‘’empty heads’’

-Seed dressing

-Resistant varieties eg        sindano

-Destruction of affected plants

-fungicides

Coffee Berry Disease(CBD) (Colletotrichum coffeanum) Coffee -Dark blotches spots on   the flowers

-Brown concentric rings on the leaves

-Dark sunken wounds on the berries.

-Resistant varieties eg Ruiru 11

-Proper pruning

-Effective fungicides

-strippung

 

 

Bacterial Diseases

  • Bacteria are microscopic single-celled organisms which reproduce by binary fission
  • Transmission; Through irrigation water, seeds, fertilizers, manures, wind ,
  • raindrop splash, insects, soil and mechanical means.

Symptoms of Bacterial Diseases

  • Wilting
  • Cankers(necrotic tissues)localized necrosis
  • Gall formation in infected tissues.

 

 

Examples of bacterial diseases

 

Disease/Cause Crops Attacked Symptoms of Attack Control Measures  
Halo blight Beans i. Irregular dark lesions on 1. Use of resistant varieties  
(Pseudomonas     leaves and pods.   for example Wairimu. ,
phaseolicola)   ii. Yellow band round the ii. Effective fungicide.  
      lesions called “halo”. iii. Crop rotation  
    iii. Water soaked lesions      
Fusarium wilt Tomatoes l. Stunted growth. i. Use of resistant varieties.  
(Fusarium   ii. Yellowing and shedding      
oxysporum)     of leaves.      
    iii. Wilting of the plant.      
Black arm Cotton i. Small round spots on the i. Field hygiene.  
(Anthomonas     cotyledons of young ii. Use of certified seeds.  
malvacearum)     seedlings.      
    ii. The spots elongate to      
      form black lesions on the      
      stem.      
Bacterial wilt Tomatoes and Uniform. wilting of the whole i. Use of certified seeds.  
(Pseudomonas potatoes plant even with enough ii. Crop rotation.  
solanacearum)   water.      

 

 

Viral Diseases

  • Viruses are small living organisms which can only be seen under a very powerful electronic microscope.
  • Viruses interfere with photosynthesis, respiration, transpiration and nitrogen utilization

Symptoms of Viral Infection

  • Leaf chlorosis.
  • Leaf curling.
  • Mosaic(light green or yellow patches).
  • Malformation(distortion)of plant parts.
  • Rosettes; Development of abnormally short internode.

Transmission

  • Through the use of infected vegetative materials and insect vectors like aphids, mealybugs and leafhoppers.

Viral diseases

 

Disease/Cause crops Attacked Symptoms of Attack Control Measures
Ratton stunting Sugar cane Red discoloration on the vascular I. Use of clean materials.
    bundles. 11. Treatment of seed
          canes.
Maize streak Maize Yellow stripes alternating with i. Control leaf hopper.
    green, parallel to the midrib. ii. Use if certified seeds.
        iii. Field sanitation.
Greening Citrus i. Yellow mottling of the leaves. i, Use of clean tools when
disease   ii. Die back.   budding.
    iii. Premature leaf fall. 11. Control of insect vectors.
Leaf mosaic Suzgar cane, i. Yellow mottling. i. Control of aphids.
  cassava. sweet II. Necrosis of stem. ii. Use of clean materials.
  potatoes.     iii. Seed treatment.
Tristeza Citrus I. Dwarfing of plants. i. Stripping affected fruits.
    ii. Die back. ii. Use of clean equipment
          of budding.

 

Other Causes of Crop Diseases

  • Flooding forming ammonia which is poisonous to the crops causing a burning effect on leaves.
  • Chemicals: some may be toxic.
  • Poor weather: Extremes of day and night temperatures.
  • Stress: such as irregular watering as in tomato blossom end rot.

Control of Crop Diseases

  • Cultural method: This involves use of
  • Healthy planting materials.
  • Practicing field hygiene.
  • Proper seedbed preparation.
  • Proper spacing.
  • Heat treatment of the planting materials for example sugar cane.
  • Proper drying of cereals and pulses to 13%M.C.
  • Growing disease resistant varieties.

Legislative Method

  • Involves the imposing of regulations and laws especially in case of disease outbreaks to prevent the introduction and spread of diseases.

Chemical Control

  • Used as a last resort.

Chemical control measures include:

  • Seed dressing before planting.
  • Soil fumigation to control soil borne diseases.
  • Spraying: application of fungicides.

 

 

Crop Production VI

(Field Practices II)

 

Introduction

  • There are many crops cultivated in Kenya.
  • These crops are grown for various uses and require different ecological conditions.

Definitions:

  • Hybrids These are crop varieties developed by crossing two pure lines.
  • Composites – These are crop varieties developed through repeated mass selection.
  • Cultivars – these are varieties of crops which are cultivated in a given area.

Maize

  • Main growing areas: Trans-Nzoia, Nakuru, Uasin Gishu, Laikipia districts and others.
  • Ecological Requirements
  • Altitude: Upto 2000m above sea level.
  • Temperature: About 25°C
  • Soils: Freely draining, fertile loam soils.
  • Rainfall: 750-12S0rnm critical at silking and pollination stage.
  • Varieties
  • High altitude areas: Hybrids 611, 613 and 614C.
  • Medium altitude areas: 511,512,622 and 632.
  • Marginal rainfall areas: Katumani composite and Makueni composite.
  • Coast regions: Coast composite and Katumani composite.

Seedbed Preparation

  • Ploughing should be deep and done during the dry season to eradicate weeds.
  • Require medium tilth.
  • Plant spacing 75-90cm x 20-30cm.
  • Planting done at the onset of the rains. This helps to reduce pest attack.
  • Dry planting in areas with inadequate rainfall is necessary.

Field Maintenance:

  • Apply phosphatic fertilizer during planting at a rate of 120kg/ha P2O5
  • Also nitrogenous fertilizers as top dress at the rate of 200kg of ASN or CAN.
  • Control weeds by cultivation, use of appropriate herbicides, uprooting, slashing and mulching.

 

 

Pest Control

  • Maize Stalk Borer:
  • Nature of damage: Boring the leaves causing windowing effect, boring the stems and cobs.
  • Control: Destruction of previous years crop residue, closed season and apply chemicals
  • Maize Weevils:
  • it is a storage pest.
  • Damage: Bores holes into the maize grains, eating the contents.
  • Control: Proper hygiene and sanitation in the stores.
  • Use of chemicals such as Actellic Super.

Disease Control:

  • Rust
  • Cause:
  • Symptoms: Red or brown pustules on the. leaves.
  • Control: Plant resistant varieties and crop rotation.
  • Smuts
  • Cause: Fungus
  • Symptoms: Black sooty mass of spores on maize heads or cobs(ear).
  • Control: Crop rotation, growing resistant varieties and destruction of affected plant parts.
  • Maize Streak Virus
  • Cause: Virus
  • Symptoms: Yellow longitudinal stripes parallel to the midrib.
  • Control: Certified seed, early planting and rogueing.

Harvesting

  • Harvest the crop 3-9 months after planting depending on variety.
  • Maize stalks are cut and stocked in the field.
  • Cobs removed by hand.
  • For large scale harvesting, combined harvesters are used.
  • Yields about 3,OOOkg and 4500kg/ha.

Bulrush Millet

Areas where grown:

  • Lower areas of Kirinyaga,
  • Embu,
  • Meru,
  • Parts of Machakos
  • Kerio Valley.

Ecological Requirements

  • Altitude: Does well in areas below 1200m.
  • Rainfall: 500-600mrn per annum.
  • Soils: Light sandy soils.
  • Varieties: Serere 2A, 3A, 6A, 17, 16/9

Seed Bed Preparations

  • Ploughing of land during the dry season.
  • Soil should be of fine tilth since the seeds are small.

Planting:

  • Done at the onset of the rains.
  • Planted by broadcasting and row planting at a spacing of 60cm x 15cm.

Field Maintenance:

  • Weeding is done until tillering.
  • Top-dressing is done by use of sulphate of ammonia.

Pest Control

      Birds

  • Nature of Damage: Eats the seeds at milky stage.
  • Control: Bird scaring devices.

Disease Control

Ergot

  • Cause: Fungus.
  • Symptoms: Heads become sticky.
  • Control: Use of certified seeds, crop rotation and destruction of affected crops.

Downy Mildew

  • Cause: Fungus.
  • Symptoms: Long, whitish lines on the leaves.
  • Control: Crop rotation and field hygiene.

Harvesting

  • Done by cutting off the heads.
  • Drying of the heads.
  • Threshing and winnowing of the grains.
  • Stored under well ventilated dry conditions.
  • Yields about 1000kg/ha with good management.

Finger Millet

  • Areas where grown: Western Kenya and Uganda.

Ecological Requirements

  • Altitude: 0-2400m above sea level.
  • Rainfall: 900mm, drought resistant in the early stages.
  • Soils: Free draining fertile soils.

Varieties:

  • Serere varieties developed at Serere in Uganda.
  • Ultra lupin
  • 5.18 oats.

 

Land Preparations

  • The seedbed should be thoroughly prepared to a fine tilth due to the small size of the seeds.
  • It also helps to control weeds.

Field Operations

Planting

  • Finger millet should be planted as early as possible in the season.
  • It is usually broadcasted by hand.
  • If planted in rows, the furrows should be 30-33cm apart and the plants should be thinned to 5cm apart within the rows.

Fertilizer Application

  • Sulphate of ammonia at the rate of 125kg/ha is recommended for topdressing finger millet.

Weed Control

  • Clean seedbed preparation
  • Uprooting

Pest Control:

  •  Birds are controlled through scaring.

Disease Control

Head blast:

  • Cause: Fungus
  • Symptoms: Brown spots with grey centres on the leaves and stems below the inflorescence.
  • Control: Use of resistant varieties.

     Harvesting

  • Individual heads are cut with knives.
  • Heads are dried, threshed and winnowed.
  • Yields  1650kg/ha with good management.

 

Sorghum

  • It is grown in Western, northern, Rift Valley, Eastern and some parts of Central Province.

    Ecological Requirements

  • Altitude: 0-1500m above sea level.
  • Rainfall: 420-630mm. It is drought resistant.
  • Soils: Fairly fertile and well drained soils.

  Varieties

  • Dobbs variety.
  • Serena variety.

  Field Operations

  Planting

  • Broadcasting the seeds on the firmly prepared seedbed.
  • Intercropped with other crops especially maize and beans.
  • Can be planted in pure stands at a spacing of 60cm x 15cm

  Fertilizer Application

  • Responds well to farmyard manure (FYM).
  • Inorganic fertilizers are not commonly used in growing sorghum.

 Pest Control

  • Bird pests: They are the most common sorghum pests.
  • They include
  • quelea,
  • aethiopica (Sudan Dioch),
  • weaver birds,
  • starling bird
  • bishop’s bird.
  • They are controlled through;
  • killing them using explosives,
  • poison spraying in their breeding places
  • use of flame throwers.
  • Sorghum shoot-fly controlled by early planting, closed season and application of insecticides.
  • Stem borer – control by use of insecticides and field hygiene.

 

Disease Control

       Common sorghum diseases include:

  • Leaf blight
  • Anthracnose.
  • Sooty stripe.
  • Loose smut
  • Head smut

       Smuts are controlled by seed dressing-while the other diseases are controlled by growing resistant varieties.

Harvesting

  • Sorghum is ready for harvesting 3-4 months after planting.
  • Heads are cut off using a sharp knife after which they are sun-dried, threshed, winnowed and stored.
  • Up to 3000kg/hectare can be obtained with good management.

 

Beans

  • Grown in all provinces where maize is grown.

Ecological Requirements

  • Altitude: 10.00-2100 metres above sea level.
  • Rainfall: Average of 62Smm per annum.
  • Soils: Well drained loamy soils rich in organic matter.

Varieties

  Varieties for dry beans:

  • Rose Coco,
  • Mwezi Moja,
  • Canadian Wonder,
  • Wairimu,
  • Haricot,

   Variety for canning: Mexican 142.

   Varieties for French Beans:

  • Primeur,
  • Long Tom,
  • Saza,
  • Master Piece
  • Monel.

Seedbed Preparation

  • Land should be prepared early.
  • Primary and secondary cultivation done to control perennial weeds.

Seed Selection and Treatment

  • Select wholesome seeds free from damage and wrinkles.
  • Seeds are dressed against bean fly.
  • Seeds should be inoculated with appropriate bacteria (none dressed seeds)

Planting

  • Planted at the onset of the rains.
  • Spacing 30-45cm x 15cm.
  • Apply phosphatic fertilizer during planting time.
  • Plant 2-4 seeds per hole.

Field Maintenance

  • Provide sticks for the climbing varieties.
  • Control of weeds through shallow cultivation.
  • Top-dress with nitrogenous fertilizer for example CAN.

PestControl

  • Bean-Fly
  • Nature of damage: Feeds on the stems causing swelling at the roots.
  • This results in wilting and death.
  • Control: Dressing of seeds, early planting and spraying with insecticides.
  • Bean Bruchid (Storage Pest)
  • Nature of damage: Make dark circular windows on the grains.
  • Control: Clean stores, fumigation, and seed dressing.

 

Diseases Control

  • Bean Anthracnose
  • Cause’ Fungus
  • Symptoms: Brown or black lesions on the underside of the leaves, pods and stems.
  • Control: Growing resistant varieties, crop rotation, destruction of crop residues and spraying with fungicides.
  • Bean Rust
  • Cause: Fungus
  • Symptoms: Red brown pustules on the leaves.
  • Control: Planting resistant varieties and spraying copper fungicides.

Harvesting

  • Done during the dry season for dry beans and when the pods are dry.
  • Threshing and winnowing done.
  • Sorting of rotten, off types and damaged ones.
  • Sold to National Cereals and Produce Board when dry.
  • For French beans, pick the pods when soft and green.
  • Market immediately to avoid shrivelling.

 

Rice Production

     Areas where grown;

  • Mwea Tabere Irrigation Scheme
  • Ahero Pilot Scheme in Kano plains.
  • Bunyala in Busia.
  • Bura in Tana River.

Land Preparation

  • Plots of 0.4 hectare are made with bunds constructed around them.
  • Plots are flooded for four days.
  • Rotavators/jembes are used to work the flooded fields on the fifth day.
  • The land is then levelled and allowed to drain.

Water Control

  • During land preparation, water level should be about 7.5-10cm.
  • During levelling water level should be  5cm
  • Water is drained off completely for direct sowing.
  • For transplanted rice, water level should be 5cm at transplanting.
  • Water level should be maintained at 1/3 the height of plant until maturity.
  • Water should be allowed to flow slowly through the fields.
  • Old water should be changed every 2- 3 weeks if the flow of water is not possible.
  • Water introduced should always be warm to ensure pollination.

Fertilizer Application

  • S.A applied in the nursery.
  • Rate of 25kg SA for every nursery unit of 18.5m x 18.5m.
  • Phosphatic fertilizers broadcasted in the field.
  • Rate of 120kg ha DSP before planting.
  • S.A applied in the field in two splits before and after transplanting at a rate of 250kg/ha

Flooding in Rice

Flood water in rice production is important for the following reasons;

  • It provides good conditions for growth such as high humidity.
  • Kills soil organisms.
  • Prevents denitrification.

Weed Control

  • Controlled through flooding.
  • Appropriate herbicides such as propanil and butachlor are also used.

Harvesting of Industrial Crops

  • cotton, pyrethrum, sugarcane, coffee and tea.

Harvesting of Cotton

Stage of harvesting

  • Takes 4 months to mature.
  • Harvest when bolls are dry and fully opened.

Method and Procedure

  • In Kenya cotton is picked manually.
  • Sort out grade AR (safi) from grade BR
  • (fifi) into separate containers.

Precautions

  • Harvest during dry conditions to prevent dirtifying the lint.
  • Avoid use of gunny bags to prevent contamination.
  • Avoid picking leaves.
  • Harvest on weekly basis.

Harvesting of Pyrethrum

Stage of harvesting

  • Takes 3-4 months to mature.
  • Harvest the flowers with disc florets which have assumed a horizontal position.

Methods and Procedure

  • Pyrethrum is picked manually.
  • Flowers are picked by twisting the heads so that no stem is attached.

Precaution

  • Clean harvesting should be done.
  • Avoid picking leaves.
  • Flowers are placed in woven baskets.
  • Overblown flowers are picked and thrown off.
  • Pick the flowers when the dew is dry.
  • Harvested flowers should be taken to the factory the same day.
  • Avoid compaction of flowers in the basket.
  • Harvesting interval, once in two weeks during the wet season and once in a month during the dry season.

Harvesting Sugarcane

Stage of harvesting;

  • Take 14-20 months for the plant crop to mature and 12-16 months for the ratoon crop.
  • Sampling of cane is done before harvesting to ascertain the correct sugar content.

Methods and Procedures

  • Cut the cane at the ground level to avoid yield loss.
  • The green tops are removed from the canes.
  • Harvesting matchet is used for cutting the cane.

Precaution

  • Cane should be harvested immediately at maturity to avoid lowering quality.
  • The green tops should be removed immediately after cutting to avoid reduction of sugar content by enzyme invertase.
  • Burnt cane should be harvested immediately after burning to prevent rapid inversion to monosaccharides.
  • The cane should be processed within 48 hours.

Harvesting of Coffee

Stage of harvesting;

  • Takes 2-4 years depending on the pruning system.
  • Harvest only ripe berries.

Methods and Procedures;

  • Hand picking is done so that ripe berries can be selected.
  • During picking hooked sticks can be used to bend the tall trees.

Precautions

  • Only the uniformly ripe berries should be picked.
  • Over-ripe and under-ripe berries should be dried and sold as buni.
  • Ripe cherries should be processed on the same day they are picked.

Harvesting Tea

Stage of harvesting

  • It takes 2-4 years for tea to mature depending on the method of bringing young tea into bearing.

Method and Procedures

  • Tea harvesting is known as plucking.
  • Fine plucking – 2 leaves and a bud are removed.
  • Coarse plucking – 3 leaves and a bud are removed.
  • A straight fitto(straight stick) is used to guide the plucker on the plucking table.
  • Tipping is done by cutting off shoots that appear above the fitto.

Precautions

  • Plucked tea is placed in woven (well ventilated) baskets to prevent fermenting before it reaches the factory.
  • The plucked tea should be kept in a cool place awaiting transport.
  • It should be processed within the same day of harvesting.
  • Harvesting is done on a weekly basis under wet conditions and once after every two weeks under dry conditions.

Forage Crops

 

 

Introduction

  • These are plants which either grow naturally or are cultivated by man to be used for feeding livestock.
  • The term forage crops include pasture and fodder crops.
  • Fodder crops are purposely grown for feeding livestock.
  • They are cut or uprooted when ready
  • Pasture is a ground cover of grass or a mixture of grass and legumes grazed directly or cut and fed to livestock.

 

Classification of Pastures

  • According to type of stand.
  • Either pure
  • Mixed stands.
  • According to ecological zones .
    • Low altitude,
    • Medium altitude,
    • High altitude pastures
  • According to the establishment .
  • Natural
  • Artificial pastures.

Examples of grasses

  • Napier,
  • Rhodes,
  • Setaria,
  • Molasses,
  • Congo signal,
  • kikuyu,
  • star,
  • Guatemala,
  • Sudan

Examples of legumes;

  • Lucern,
  • Clover,
  • Desmodium,
  • Glycine,
  • Stylo,
  • Centrio,

 

Pasture Establishment

 

     Seedbed Preparation

 

  • This involves clearing the land, primary and secondary cultivation to a fine tilth because the seeds are small.
  • This is done during the dry season.

 

     Selection of planting materials

  • Select seeds of high germination percentage,
  • Free from impurities or buy certified seeds.
  • If vegetative materials are used, select from high yielding, vigorous-growing and healthy plants.

 

    Treatment of legume seeds

  • Legume seeds are inoculated with the correct strain of bacteria which fix nitrogen for the crop.

    Planting

  • This is done at the beginning of the rains

     Methods of sowing are;

  • Direct sowing,
  • Under sowing,
  • Over-sowing

 

Oversowing

This is introduction of a pasture legume in an existing grass pasture.

Undersowing

The establishment of a pasture in an already existing crop which acts as a cover crop.

     Seeds  rate depend;

  • On purity of seeds,
  • Pasture species
  • Whether pure or mixed stand.

Apply phosphatic fertilizer when planting and later top-dress  with nitrogenous fertilizer.

 

Pasture management

  • Re-seeding or gapping; Re-seeding is done if the grass is completely denudated.
  • But if partially, gapping can be done
  • Control of weeds by slashing, uprooting and mowing
  • Fertilization of pastures-done by use of manures and nitrogenous fertilizer.
  • Topping;This is the removal of stemmy fibrous material left behind after grazing.It allows new growth  after the rains
  • Control of pests-done by trapping of moles, use of pesticides and biological means.

Pasture Utilization

  • Pastures should be utilized at maturity when nutritive value is high.

       It is utilized through the following methods:

  • Direct grazing – this can be done through rotational grazing or herding.
  • Zero grazing – this is where the pasture is cut and fed to the animals in the stalls.

 

Common fodder Crops

Edible Cana

  • Altitude: 1500 – 2000m above sea level.
  • Establishment: Young tubers or bulbs are used.
  • Spacing: 1m x 1m.
  • Management: Does well with application of farmyard manure and requires fertile land.
  • Utilization: Tops and tubers are sliced and fed to livestock.
  • Conservation: Bulbs or tubers are sliced and stored.

   Napier Grass

  • Altitude: 0 – 2000m above sea level.
  • Establishment: Stem cuttings or splits.
  • Spacing: 1 m x 50cm.

Management:

  • Apply phosphatic fertilizers during planting time.
  • Top-dress with nitrogenous fertilizers in split application.
  • Clean weeding when young.
  • Cut when 6-8 weeks or 1m-1.5m in height.
  • Utilization: Cut stem is fed to livestock.
  • Conservation: Ensiled when in plenty.

Types of Napier Grass:

  • Bana grass (broad-leaved with hairy leaves)
  • Clone (thin-stemmed and hairless)
  • French Cameroon (thin-stemmed and not hairy).
  • Pakistan hybrid (thin-leaved with hairy leaves).
  • Used for silage making.

Lucerne

  • Altitude: 1500 – 2500m above sea level.
  • Soil: Deep red soil are ideal.
  • Establishment: Inoculated seeds are planted 30-50cm apart in the rows.
  • Management: Weeding and fertilizer application.
  • Utilization: Cut wilted and fed to livestock before flowering stage.
  • Conservation: Hay, silage, dried materials such as cubes or pencils.

 Mangolds

  • Is a root crop.
  • Root is utilized as livestock feed.
  • Ripe ones are used.

 Kales

  • Leaves used as livestock feeds.

 Guatemala Grass

  • Leaves and stems used as livestock feed.

  Sorghum Grass

Two varieties:

  • Columbus grass
  • Sudan gras
  • Established from seeds which are drilled or broadcasted.
  • Columbus grass should be dried before feeding to animals to avoid hydrocyanic and prussic acid poisoning.

Desmodium (Desmodium spp)

Two varieties ;

  • Green leaf
  • Silver leaf.
  • Established from seeds on thoroughly prepared clean beds.
  • Can also be inter-planted with Napier grass.
  • Cut and wilted before feeding to livestock.

Agroforestry, trees used as fodder crops include:

  • Leucaenia
  • Calliandra
  • Atriplex
  • Sesba

Forage Conservation

Forage can be conserved as;

  • Hay,
  • Silage
  • Standing forage.

Importance of forage conservation:

  • To reserve excess forage for use during time of shortag
  • To avoid unnecessary wastage of f
  • Conserved forage can be sold.
  • To have sustained supply of feed for livestock throughout the year.

Methods

Hay Making

  • This is the dehydration of green pastures to a moisture content of 16-20 per cent:

Steps in hay making:

  • Cut the crop when the sun is shining.
  • Dry the materials for 1-2 days.
  • Windrow the dry material to allow for further drying.
  • Bale the dry materials for storage.
  • Store under shed or shelter.

Factors Determining Quality of Hay

  • Stage of growth at which forage is harvested.
  • Leaf content of the forage material.
  • Method of handling and curing the hay.
  • Form in which material is fed to livestock.
  • Species of forage used.
  • Amount of foreign materials in forage.

 Silage Making

  • This is a feed produced by conserving forage in succulent form through the process of fermentation by anaerobic bacteria.

Steps in silage making:

  • Cut the crop and transport it to the silo,
  • Material with a high moisture content is wilted in the sun for 4-48 hours before ensiling .
  • Material is chopped to reasonable size pieces before filling in the silo.
  • Spread the chopped material evenly.
  • Check temperature if below 31°C, needs further filling; if above 31 °C compaction is necessary.
  • Filling should be complete by the end of the third or fourth day.
  • The silo is covered with 15cm of straw, sawdust then 15cm of soil to make it air and water tight.
  • A trench is dug round the silo to keep off surface water.

Factors Affecting the Quality of Silage

  • Maturity stage of the crop when cut.
  • Type of crop.
  • Moisture content of the material
  • Additives such as molasses.
  • Degree of compaction.
  • Size of pieces ensiled.
  • Amount of foreign materials included in the silage.
  • Amount of leaf of the ensiled material.

Standing Forage

  • This is forage left in the field to be used during the dry season.

Livestock Health III: (Diseases)

 

Introduction

Livestock diseases are classified according to causative agents as follows:

  • Protozoan diseases -caused by protozoans.
  • Bacterial diseases – caused by bacteria:
  • VIral diseases – cause by virus.
  • Nutritional diseases – brought about by nutritional disorders.

Protozoan Diseases

  • East coast Fever (ECF).
  • Anaplasmosis (gall sickness)
  • Coccidiosis
  • Trypanosomiasis (Nagana)

East coast Fever

  • Animals attacked: Cattle
  • Cause: Protozoan. (Theileria parva)
  • It is a tick-borne disease transmitted by red-­legged tick and brown ear tick.

Symptoms

  • Rise in body temperature.
  • Swelling of lymph glands below the ear.
  • Difficulties in breathing.
  • Dullness.

Control and Prevention

  • Control of vectors through dipping and fencing.
  • Treatment by use of clexon in the early stages.

 

Anaplasmosis (gall sickness)

 

Animals attacked:

  • Cattle between 2 months and 2 years.
  • Poult
  • Lambs and kids.
  • Rabbits.

 

Cause: Protozoan (Anaplasma marginale)

  • Transmitted by the blue tick
  • contaminated surgical instruments and hypodermic needles.

Symptoms

  • Fever/rise in body temperature.
  • Constipation or hard dung.
  • Paleness in the gums, eyes and lips.
  • Drop in milk production.

Control

  • Tick control.
  • Intramuscular injection of antibiotics and iron giving injections.
  • Coccidiosis

 

Coccidiosis of Poultry

  • Cause: Protozoan (Eimeria spp.)

Symptoms

  • Sudden death of chicks.
  • Whitish, yellow and blood stained diarrhoea.
  • Ruffled feathers.
  • Chicks become paralysed before dying.
  • Chicks become anaemic and dull.

Control

  • Disinfection of chick house.
  • Prevention of contamination of food and water with droppi
  • Use of prophylatic drugs for example, Coccidiostats.

Trypanosomiasis (Nagana)

  • Animals attacked: cattle, sheep and goats.
  • Cause: Protozoan of the trypanosome species,
  • Vector-tsetse flies.

Symptoms

  • Fever.
  • Dullness.
  • Anorexia/loss of appetite.
  • Loss of body condition/emaciation.
  • Swollen lymph nodes.
  • Lachrimation which leads to blindness.
  • Diarrhoea
  • Rough coat and sometimes without hair and may be cracked.
  • Swelling in parts of the belly.
  • Drop in milk production in lactating cows.
    • /’
  • Loss of hair at tail end.
  • Anaemia.
  • Abortion may occur in pregnant females.

Control

  • Treating animals with trypanocidal drugs.
  • Effective  vector (Tsetse flies)control
  • Confinement of wild animals in game parks.

 

Bacterial Diseases

  • Fowl typhoid
  • Foot rot.
  • Contagious abortion.
  • Scours.
  • Blackquarter.
  • Mastitis.
  • Anthrax.
  • Pneumonia.

Fowl Typhoid

  • Animals attacked: All domestic birds which include chicken, turkey and ducks.
  • Causes: Bacteria (Salmonella gallinarum}

Symptoms

  • Depression/appearing very sick.
  • Respiratory distress.
  • Dullness.
  • Drooping wings.
  • Sleepy eyes.
  • Anaemia resulting in pale and shrunken
  • combs and wattles.
  • Greenish yellow diarrhoea.

Control

  • Killing all affected birds and proper disposal of the carcasses.
  • Maintaining hygiene in the poultry house.
  • Ensuring that the house is dry and well ventilated.
  • Obtaining chicks from reliable sources.
  • Treatment using sulphur drugs which are mixed in drinking water or mash.
  • For example: application of Furazolidone (Furazol) at the rate of 0.04% in mash for 10 continuous days treats the disease effectively.

Foot Rot

  • It is also referred to as foul-in-the foot.
  • Animals attacked: cattle, sheep and goats.
  • However, it is most serious in sheep.
  • Cause: Bacteria (Fusiformis necrophorus and Fusiformis nodosus).

Symptoms

  • Animal’s foot becomes swollen.
  • Lameness is observed.
  • Pus and rotten smell come out of the hoof.
  • Sheep are found kneeling while grazing when the front feet are affected.
  • Animals spend most of their time lying down when the hind feet are affected.
  • Emaciation due to lack of feeding.

 

Control

  • Hygiene in the living places.
  • Regular foot examination and hoof trimming.
  • Use of a foot bath of copper sulphate solution at 5-10% solution or formalin at 2-5% solution.
  • Treating wounds on the feet with antiseptics.
  • Affected animals should be given antibiotic injections.
  • Isolation of sick animals from healthy ones.
  • Avoid dampness and muddy conditions.

Contagious Abortion (Brucellosis/ Bangs Disease)

  • Animals attacked: cattle, sheep, goats and pigs.
  • It also affects ma
  • Cause: Bacteria
  • Brucella abortus in cattle,
  • Brucella suis in pigs
  • Brucella malitensis in goats and sheep.

Symptoms

  • Spontaneous abortion or premature birth.
  • Retained placenta if abortion occurs during the later stages of pregnancy.
  • Infertility in cows while bulls have low libido and inflamed testis also known as orchitis.
  • A yellowish brown, slimy, odourless discharge from the vulva may occur after the abortion.

Control

  • Use of artificial insemination.
  • Slaughtering affected animals followed by proper disposal of their carcasses.
  • The attendant to the animals should avoid contact with the aborted foetus.
  • A blood test should be carried out for all breeding animals to detect the infected ones.
  • Hygiene in the animals’ houses.

Scours (white Scours)

  • Animals atacked: calves, piglets, lambs and kids.
  • Cause: A bacterium which attacks young animals in the first week of life.

Symptoms

  • White or yellowish diarrhoea.
  • Pungent smelling faeces.
  • Fever.
  • Anorexia/loss of appetite.
  • Listlessness.
  • Sunken eyes.
  • Undigested milk and mucus with blood spots observed in the faeces.
  • Faecal matter sticks to the hind quarters.
  • Sudden death if no treatment is given.

Control

  • Maintaining hygiene in the young animal housing units.
  • Avoiding dampness on the floor of the house.
  • Fingers of the attendant training calves to drink milk from a bucket must be disinfected.
  • Calving should be carried out in a clean area.
  • Have separate attendants for the infected calves to prevent disease spread.
  • Replacing milk with warm water mixture.
  • Treating affected animals with antibiotics.

Black Quarter

  • It is also known as black leg.
  • Animals attacked: All ruminants aged between 8 – 18 months.
  • Cause: Bacteria (Clostridium chauvei and Chauvei septicum)

Symptoms

  • Lameness.
  • Fever.
  • Fast and heavy breathing.
  • Cracking on the swollen parts if touched.
  • Swelling of the affected parts usually the hindquarters, shoulders and chest or back.
  • Dullness.
  • Anorexia.
  • Grunting and grinding of teeth.
  • Animal stops chewing cud.

Control

  • Treating with recommended antibiotics.
  • Vaccinating using black quarter vaccine known as blanthax.
  • Burying the carcass deep or burning it completely.

Mastitis

  • Is an inflammation of the udder.
  • Animals attacked: Goats, cows, pigs and human beings.
  • Cause: Bacteria (Streptococcus spp. or Staphylococcus spp.)

Predisposing Factors:

  • Incomplete milking.
  • Injuries on the udder and teats.
  • Weak sphincter muscles of the teats allowing free flow of milk.

Symptoms

  • Milk is watery, blood stained or clotted.
  • Swollen udder

Control

  • Proper milking techniques.
  • Treatment by use of antibiotics.
  • Culling of animals which are often attacked.

Anthrax

  • Attacks all domestic animals.
  • Cause: Bacteria (Bacillus anthracis)

Symptoms

  • Sudden death.
  • High fever.
  • Grinding of the teeth.

Pneumonia

  • It is an inflammation of the lungs.
  • Animals attacked: Calves, kids, lambs, piglets and poultry.

Cause:

  • Bacteria (Mycoplasma mycoides)
  • dust
  • worms in the lungs.

Symptoms

  • Dullness.
  • Anorexia/loss of appetite.
  • Staring coat.
  • Emaciation.
  • Breathing rapidly.
  • Abnormal lung sounds when breathing.
  • Coughing if the chest is pressed.
  • Fluctuating body temperature.
  • Nasal discharge.

Control

  • Keeping young animals in warm pens.
  • Proper sanitation.
  • Isolation of the affected animals.
  • Treating using antibiotics.

 

Viral Diseases

  • Rinderpest.
  • Foot and mouth disease (FMD).
  • New Castle
  • Fowl pox
  • Gumboro
  • African swine fever

Rinderpest

  • Animal attacked: Cattle and wild game.
  • Cause: virus.

Symptoms

  • Harsh staring coat.
  • Rise in temperature.
  • Eye discharge (Lachrimation)
  • Diarrhoea and dysentery.
  • Ulcers in the mouth.

Foot and Mouth Disease

  • Animals attacked: Cattle, sheep, goats and pigs.
  • Cause: Virus .

Symptoms

  • Sharp rise in temperature.
  • Blisters in the mouth, hooves, udder and teats.
  • Loss of appetite.

Control

  • Vaccination.
  • Quarantine
  • nursing wounds with disinfectant.

New Castle

  • Animals attacked: Poultry.
  • Cause: Virus.

Symptoms

  • Difficulties in breathing.
  • Beaks remain wide open and necks are strained.
  • Birds become dull.
  • The birds stand with eyes closed all the time.
  • Anorexia/loss of appetite.
  • Nasal discharges which force the birds to shake their heads to clear it.
  • Birds walk with a staggering motion.
  • Paralysis of wings and legs may occur.
  • Birds have their beaks and wings down.
  • Birds produce watery greenish diarrhoea.
  • Birds lay soft shelled eggs.

Control

  • Killing all birds and burning them followed by cleaning and disinfecting the houses before bringing in new stock.
  • Vaccination should be done during the first 6 weeks and then 2-3 months later.
  • Quarantine.

FowlPox

  • Animals affected: Poultry.
  • Cause: A virus known as avian fox.

Symptoms

Two types of fowl pox with different symptoms.

  • Cutaneous type
  • Diptheritic type

The cutaneous type affects the skin and has the following signs:

  • Injuries on the combs and wattles, legs, vent and under the wings.
  • Loss appetite.

The diptheritic type affects internal membranes and has the following symptoms:

  • Injuries in the inside of the throat and mouth membranes resulting in difficult breathing and swallowing.
  • Eyes and nose produces a watery liquid.
  • Loss of appetite.
  • Dullness.
  • Emaciation.

Control

  • Killing all affected birds followed by proper disposal of their carcasses.
  • Vaccinating remaining healthy birds.

Gumboro

  • It is also referred to as poultry AIDS.
  • Animals attacked: Poultry.
  • Cause: A virus known as Birma virus.

Symptoms

  • The glands above the vent (bursa) become swollen.
  • Drop in egg production.
  • Birds develop respiratory distress.
  • Loss of appetite.
  • Low water intake by birds.
  • Loss of immunity making the birds more susceptible to opportunistic diseases.

Control

  • Vaccination.
  • Administering vitamins and especially

African Swine Fever

  • Animals attacked: All domesticated pigs.
  • Cause: A virus known as Irido virus.

Symptoms

  • Fever.
  • Loss of appetite.
  • Depression/dullness.
  • Emaciation.
  • Coughing.
  • Nasal discharge.
  • Diarrhoea in serious conditions.

Control

  • Vaccination.
  • Quarantine.
  • Killing all affected animals and proper disposal of their carcasses.
  • Double fencing to keep wild animals away.

Nutritional Diseases/Disorders

Milk Fever

  • It is a non-infectious disease brought about by calcium deficiency in animals which have recently given birth.
  • Animals attacked: Cows, goats and pigs that have recently given birth.

Causes:

  • Due to low calcium levels in the blood.
  • Which leads to an increase in the magnesium and sugar level in the blood.
  • Mostly occurs in high producing cows in the first few months of lactation.
  • This is because these animals loose more calcium through milk secretion than they are getting from the diet.

Symptoms

  • Dullness.
  • Muscular twitching causing the animal to tremble.
  • Staggering as the animals move.
  • Animal falls down ands becomes unconscious.
  • The animal lies down on its side and the whole body stiffens.
  • Body functions such as urination, defecation and milk secretion stops.
  •  Stomach contents are drawn into the mouth which later cause lung fever when breathing in.
  • Loss of appetite.

Treatment

  • Intravenous injection of soluble calcium salt in form of calcium boro-gluconate ,60gms dissolved in 500cc of water.
  • Keeping the animal in a comfortable position on its sternum.
  • Giving fresh water.

Note: The animals suffering from milk fever should not be given medicine orally for   the following reasons:

  • It will not be able to swallow medicine.
  • The medicine may get into the lungs thereby promoting lung fever.

Control

  • Partial milking for the first 10 days.
  • High yielding cows should be given rations containing phosphorus and calcium.
  • Giving high doses of Vitamin D.

Bloat

  • Animals attacked: Cattle and sheep.
  • Cause: Accumulation of gases as a result of fermentation in the rumen.

Symptoms

  • The left side is blown up.
  • Sudden death.

Control

  • Relieve by use of trocar and cannula.
  • Chasing the animal around if noticed early.
  • Drenching by use of stop bloat.
  • Feeding ruminants with dry roughages during the wet season before grazing on lush pastures.

 

Form 3 Maths paper 1 Exams and Marking Schemes Free

NAME…………………………………………………………………………

 

ADM NO………………………………………………………………………

 

SCHOOL………………………………….………………………………………..

 

DATE……………………………

121/1

MATHEMATICS

PAPER 1

2 HOURS

FORM THREE

121/1

MATHEMATICS

PAPER1

INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES

  1. Write your name and index number in the spaces provided at the top of this page.
  2. This paper consists of two sections: Section I and Section II.
  3. Answer all questions in section I and any five questions from Section II.
  4. Show all the steps in your calculations, giving your answers at each stage in the spaces below each question.
  5. Marks may be given for correct working even if the answer is wrong.

 

Non- programmable silent electronic calculators and KNEC Mathematical tables may be used

FOR EXAMINER’S USE ONLY

SECTION I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Total
 

 

                               

 

SECTION II

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Total
               

 

GRAND

             TOTAL

This paper consists of 13 pages.  Candidates should check the question paper to ensure that all the pages are printed as indicated and no questions are missing.

 

 

 

SECTION A (50 MARKS)

Attempt all the questions

 

  1. Without using mathematical tables or calculators, evaluate the following leaving your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.             (3mks)

 

 

 

  1. Two boys and a girl shared some money .The elder boy got of it, the younger boy got of the remainder and the girl got the rest. Find the percentage share of the younger boy to the girl’s share. (4mks)

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Solve for t in the equation

9t+1 +32t=30     (3mks)

 

 

 

  1. The exterior angle of a regular polygon is (c – 50)° and the interior angle is (2c + 20)°. Find the number of sides of the polygon.                                (3 mks)

 

 

 

  1. A salesman is paid a salary of Sh. 10,000 per month. He is also paid a commission on sales above Sh. 100,000. In one month he sold goods worth Sh. 500,000. If his total earning that month was Sh. 56,000. Calculate the rate of commission. (3 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. In a book store, books packed in cartons are arranged in rows such that there are 50 cartons in the first row, 48 cartons in the next row, 46 in the next and so on.
  • How many cartons will there be in the 8th row? (2 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • If there are 20 rows in total, find the total number of cartons in the book store

(2 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. A rectangle whose area is 96m2 is such that its length is 4metres longer than its width.

Find

  • It dimensions (2 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Its perimeter (1 mk)

 

 

 

 

  1. (a) Find the gradient of a straight line joining the points P(2,3) and Q(8,-6) (1mk)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. b) Hence find the equation of the line through P perpendicular to line PQ. [3mks]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Given that OP = 2i + 3j and 𝑂𝑄⃗= 3i – 2j. Find the magnitude of PQ correct to three decimal spaces.

(3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Solve the following inequality and state the integral solutions.             (2mks)

 

 

 

  1. Given that is a perfect square. Find the value of k.       (3 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Two matrices A and B are such that A= and B =  given that the determinant of AB = 10, find the value of k.                                                 (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Omwando borrows sh. 90,000 for 5 years at 6 ½ % simple interest p.a.What amount does he have to pay at the end of that time? (3mks)

 

 

 

 

  1. Given that log a = 0.30 and log b = 0.48 find the value of . (3mks)

 

 

 

 

  1. Find the value of x in the equation.

Cos(3x -1800) =    For the range  x 1800         (3 mks)

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Given that the dimensions of a rectangle are 20.0cm and 25.0. Find the percentage error in calculating  the                                                                     (3 marks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION B (50 MARKS)

Attempt  5 questions only

 

  • Water flows through a circular pipe of cross-sectional area of 6.16cm2 at a uniform speed of 10cm per second. At 6.00 a.m. water starts flowing through the pipe into an empty tank of base area are 3m2.
  1. What will be the depth of the water at 8.30 a.m.?                                  (5 marks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. If the tank is 1.2m high and a hole at the bottom through which water leaks at a rate of 11.6cm3 per second. Determine the time at which the tank will be filled.                                                                                                                               (5 marks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Using a ruler and a pair of compass only, construct a triangle ABC such that AB = 8cm, BC = 6cm and <ABC = 300 (2mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Measure the length AC (1mk)

 

 

  1. Construct a circle that touches sides AB, BC and AC (2mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Measure the radius of the circle. (1mk)

 

 

 

 

  1. Hence or otherwise calculate the area of the triangle not in the circle. (4mks)

 

 

 

 

 

  • A field was surveyed and its measurements recorded in a field book as shown below.
 

 

E 40

 

C 40

F

100

80

60

40

20

A

 

 

 

D 50

 

B 30

 

(a)Using a scale of 1cm to represent 10m, draw a map of the field.                        (4mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)       Calculate the area of the field.

(i) In square metres.                                                                           (4mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii) In hectares.                                                                                   (2mks)

 

 

 

  1. . The table below shows the income tax rates in a certain year.
Total income in

k£per annum

Rate in shs

per pound

1-3900

3901-7800

7801-11,700

11701-15600

15601-19500

Over 19500

2

3

4

5

7

7.5

 

Mrs.Masau earned a basic salary of ksh18600 per month and allowances amounting to ksh 7800 per month. She claimed a personal relief of ksh 1080 per month.

Calculate:

  1. Total taxable income in k£ p.a                      (2 marks)

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) the tax payable in ksh per month without relief (4marks)

 

 

 

 

ii)the tax payable in ksh per month after  relief                                                     (2marks)

 

 

 

 

  1. Musau’s net monthly income                                                                   (2marks)

 

 

21 An arithmetic progression of 41 terms is such that the sum of the first five terms is 560 and the sum of the last five terms is -250. Find:

(a) The first term and the common difference                                              (5mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b) The last term                                                                                                   (2mks)

 

 

 

(c) The sum of the progression                                                                      (3mks)

 

 

 

  • Three towns P, Q and R are such that P is on a bearing of 1200 and 20 km from Q, town R is on a bearing of 2200 and 12km from P.
  • Using a scale of 1cm to represent 2km draw and locate the position of the three towns (3 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b) Measure

  1. The distances between Q and R  in kilometres                                                 (2mks)

 

 

 

 

  1. The bearing of P from R (1mk)

 

 

  • The bearing of R from Q (2mks)

 

 

(c) Calculate the area of the figure bounded by PQR                       (2mks)

 

 

  1. 23.
500
8cm
2.82cm
7cm
B
C
D
A
6cm

In the figure below (not drawn to scale). AB = 8cm, AC = 6cm, AD = 7cm, CD = 2.82cm and angle CAB = 500

 

 

 

 

Calculate (to 2 decimal places)

(a) The length BC,                                                                                         (2mks)

 

 

 

(b) The size of angle ABC                                                                             (3mks)

 

 

 

(c) The size of angle CAD                                                                             (3mks)

 

(d) The area of triangle ACD.                                                                              (2mks)

 

 

 

 

 

  • The figure below shows a tumbler with diameters 6cm and 10cm and height 15cm.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • If it is filled with water, what area is in contact with water? (7 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Find the volume of the tumbler. (3 mks)

 

 

__________________________________________________________________

F3 MATHS PP1 TERM 3 MARKING SCHEME

 

  1. Share of elder boy =

Share of younger boy=

=

Girls share =

% share of younger boy to girls share

 

 

 

  1. 32(t+1)+32t=30

32t . 32+32t =30

32t(32+1)=30

32t×10=30

32t=31

2t=1

t= ½

 

 

 

  1. 2x + 20 + x-50=180

3x – 30 = 180

3x = 210

3        3

x = 70

Each exterior angle = 70 – 50

= 200

No. of sides = 360

20

= 18

 

5.

Commission = 56,000 – 10 000

= Ksh. 46,000

 

Sales above 100 000 = 500 000 – 100 000

=  Ksh. 400 000

 

Rate of commission = 46000 x 100%

400 000

 

= 11.5%

 

M1

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

 

A1

 

 

 

 

  1. 50,48,46,……………

= 50 + 7x (-2)

= 36

=  (2 x 50 + (20 – 1) (x – 2)

= 620

 

 

  1. (a) x(x + 4) = 96

+ 4x – 96 = 0

(x-8) (x + 12) = 0

x = 8

Length = 12

Width = 8

 

(b) Perimeter = 2 (8 + 12) = 40m

 

 

  1. M1 = y

x

= 3 + 6

2 – 8

= 9 = -3

-6     2

M1 x M2 = -1

–  x m2 = -1

M2 =

Taking (x,y) and P(2,3)

y-3 = 2

x- 2   5

3y – 9 = 2x -4

3y = 2x + 5

y = 2x + 5

3       3

 

  1. PQ = q – p

~   ~

= (3ɩ -2j)- (2ɩ +3j)

= 3ɩ – 2j – 2ɩ- 3j

= I – 5j

/PQ/=

=

= 5.099

 

 

  1. 12 – 2x ˃ 18x – 8

= 20x ˃ – 20

x ˂ 1

18x – 8 ≥ -28 – 2x

20x ≥ – 20

X ≥ -1

-1 ≤ x ˂ 1

 

Integral solutions: 01, 0.

 

 

 

  • b2 = a.c

2

 

 

-202 = 25k

2

100 = 25 k

K = 100

25

= 4

 

 

12

 

            AB=

-2(K+12) -9 (2K-16)=10

-2K-24-18K+144=10

-20K = -110

∵K=5.5

 

 

13 I=

90,000 x 6.5 x 5

100 x 2

= sh.29,250

A =(90,000+29,250)

=SH. 119,250

 

14

 =

2(0.48) – 0.30

0.96 – 0.30

= 0.66

 

  1. 3x – 180 = 30 or 330

3x – 180 = 30

3x = 210

x = 700

 

OR

3x – 180 = 330

3x = 510

x = 1700

16.      Min Area = (19.95( (24.95)

= 497.7525

Max. Area = (20.05)(25.05)

= 502.2525

 

502.2525 – 497.7525

2

 

2.25  x 100

  • = 0.45%

 

 

17. Time of = 2 ½ hrs

Flow

Volume in 2 ½ hrs = 6.16 x 10 x 2 ½ x 3600

= 554400 cm3

 

Volume of tank = 3h = 554400

10000

 

H =  554400 m

30000

 

= 18.48m

 

 

 

B1

 

M1

 

 

M1

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

 
 Volume in per sec. = 6.16 x 10 – 11.6

 

= 61.6 – 11.6 = 50cm3

 

Volume of tank = 1.2 x 30000 x 100

 

Time = 3600000  sec

50

= 72000

3600

= 20 hrs

 

M1

 

A1

 

M1

 

M1

 

 

 

A1                             (10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

Triangle ABC

AC = 4.1cm

Bisecting <S

Circle

Radius = 1.2cm

Area = ½ x 8 x 6 sin 300 – x 1.22

= 4 x 6 x 0.5 – 4.5257

= 12 – 4.5257

 

= 7.4743

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21 (a)

Sum of arithmetic progression

 

Last five terms     term is a + 40d

term is a + 39d

term is a + 38d

term is a + 37d

term is a + 36d

total

 

Solving (i) and (ii) simultenously;

 

 

(b)

Last term is  a + 40d

 

(c)

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

 

 

A1

 

M1

 

A1

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

 

M1

A1

 

 

Formation of each equation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solving two equations simultaneously

For common difference

 

For the first term

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.a)

 

  1. b) i)10.8 x2 = 21.6 km

ii)0400+ 1

iii) 1530+ 1

  1. c) A = ½ a b sin

= ½ x 12 x 20 sin 800

= 118.18 km2

 

 

 

 

23 (a)

cm

(b)

Let  be

(c)

Let  be

(d)

Area of ΔACD

 

M1

A1

 

 

M1

 

 

M1

A1

 

M1

M1

A1

 

M1

A1

 

 

 

 

Accept 47.940,47.960 depending on the method

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.890 is possible.

24

 

h    =     6

15 + h   10

 

10h = 90 + 6h

4h = 90

H = 22.5

 

H = h + 15

= 37.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

L = 2 + 9

= .25

= 22.70

 

L = 2 + 25

=

= 37.83

S.A = ( 2

 

= (3.142 x 5 x 37.83 – 3.142 x3 x 22.70) + (3.142.9)

= 380.3391 + 28.278

= 408.6111 cm2

  1. b) Volume = AH – Ah

= (  x 3.142 x 25 x37.5)- (3.142 x 9 x 22.5)

= 981.875 – 212.085

= 769.79 cm3

Agriculture Best Form Two Notes Free

 AGRICULTURE FORM 2

Soil Fertility II

(Inorganic Fertilizers)

 

Introduction

  • Plant nutrients occur in the soil in form of soluble substances.
  • These substances are taken in by the plants in different quantities depending on their roles in the plant tissues.

Essential Elements

  • These are nutrients needed by plants for various uses.
  • They are divided into two broad categories namely:
  • Macronutrients
  • micronutrients.

Macro-nutrients

  • These are also referred to as major nutrients.
  • They are required by the plant in large quantities.

They include;

  • carbon,
  • hydrogen,
  • oxygen,
  • nitrogen,
  • phophorus,
  • potassium,
  • sulphur,
  • calcium
  •  magnesium.

 

  • Nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium are referred to as fertilizer elements,
  • Calcium, magnesium and sulphur, are referred to as liming elements.

Role of Macronutrients in Plants

 Nitrogen (NO3,NH4++)

 

Sources:

  • Artificial fertilizers
  • Organic matter
  • Atmospheric fixation by lightning
  • Nitrogen fixing bacteria.

Role of Nitrogen in Plants

  • Vegetative growth
  • Chlorophyll formation
  • Build up of protoplasm.
  • Improves leaf quality in leafy crops such as tea and cabbages.

 

Deficiency Symptoms

  • Yellowing of the leaves/chlorosis.
  • Stunted growth.
  • Premature ripening.
  • Premature shedding of the leaves.
  • Light seeds.

Effect of Excess Nitrogen

  • Scorching of the leaves.
  • Delayed maturity.

Loss of Nitrogen From the Soil:

  • Soil erosion.
  • Leaching.
  • Volatilization.
  • Crop removal.
  • Used by microorganisms.

Phosphorus (H2 P04, HPO2-4 P2O5)

      Sources:

  • Organic manures
  • Commercial fertilizers
  • Phosphate rocks

Role of Phosphorus

  • Encourages fast growth of the roots.
  • Improves the quality of the plant.
  • Hastens maturity of the crops.
  • Influences cell division.
  • Stimulates nodule formation in legumes.

Deficiency symptoms

  • Growth of the plant is slow.
  •  Maturity is delayed.
  • Leaves become grey, purple in colour.
  • Yield of grains, fruits and seed is lowered.

 

Loss of Phosphorus From the Soil

  • Soil erosion.
  • Leaching
  • Crop removal
  • Fixation by iron and aluminium oxide.

 

Potasium (K+, K2O)

Sources;

  • Crop residue and organic manures.
  • Commercial fertilizers
  • Potassium bearing minerals e.g. feldspar and mica.

Role of Potassium in Plants

  • Increases plant vigour and disease resistance.
  • Increases the size of grains and seeds.
  • Reduces the ill-effects due to excess nitrogen.
  • Prevents too rapid maturation due to phosphorus.

Deficiency Symptoms

  • Plants have short joints and poor growth.
  • Plants lodge before maturing.
  • Leaves develop a burnt appearance on the margin.
  • Leaves at the lower end of the plant become mottled, spotted or streaked.
  • In maize, grains and grasses firing starts at the tip of the leaf and proceeds from the edge usually leaving the midrib green.

Loss of Potassium From the Soil

  • Crop removal.
  • Leaching.
  • Soil erosion.
  • Fixation in the soil.

 Calcium (Ca2+)

Source:

  • Crop residues and organic manures.
  • Commercial fertilizers.
  • weathering of soil minerals.
  • Agricultural limes for example dolomite, limestone.

Role of Calcium in Plants

  • Improves the vigour and stiffness of straw.
  • Neutralizes the poisonous secretions of the plants.
  • Helps in grain and seed formation.
  • Improves the soil structure.
  • Promotes bacterial activity in the soil.
  • Corrects the soil acidity.

Deficiency symptoms

  • Young leaves remain closed.
  • There are light green bands along the margins of the leaves.
  • Leaves in the terminal bud become hooked in appearance there is a die-­back at the tip and along the margins.

Loss of Calcium

  • Crop removal
  • Leaching
  • Soil erosion

Magnesium (Mg2+)

Sources:

  • Crop residues and organic manures
  • Commercial fertilizers
  • Weathering of soil minerals.
  • Agricultural limes.

Role of Magnesium in Plants

  • Forms part of chlorophyll.
  • Promotes the growth of the soil bacteria and enhances the nitrogen fixing power of the legumes.
  • Activates the production and transport of carbohydrates and proteins in the growing plant.

Deficiency symptoms

  • Loss in green colour which starts from the bottom leaves and gradually moves upwards.
  • The veins remain green.
  • Leaves curve upwards along the margins.
  • Stalks become weak and the plant develops long branched roots.
  • The leaves become streaked.

 

Sulphur (S04 2- ,SO2)

 

 Sources:

  • Commercial fertilizers.
  • Soil mineral containing sulphides
  • Atmospheric sulphur from industries.
  • Rain water

Role of Sulphur in Plants

  • Formation and activation of coenzyme-A.
  • Sulphur is a constituent of amino acids.
  • Influence plant physiological processes.

Deficiency Symptoms

  • Small plants/stunted growth.
  • Poor nodulation in legumes.
  • Light green to yellowish leaves/ chlorosis.
  • Delayed maturity.

 Micro-nutrients

  • Also referred to as trace or minor nutrients.
  • They are required in small quantities/traces.
  • They are essential for proper growth and development of plants.

They include;

  • Iron,
  •  Manganese,
  • Copper,
  • Boron,
  • Molybdenum
  • Chlorine.

Role of Micronutrients and Their Deficiency Symptoms

  • Copper
  • Role in oxidation-reduction reactions.
  • Respiration and utilization of iron
  • Deficiency symptoms-yellowing of young leaves.
  • Iron
  • Synthesis of proteins.
  • Takes part in oxidation-­reduction reactions.
  • Deficiency symptoms – leaf chlorosis
  • Molybdenum
  • Nitrogen transformation in plants.
  • Metabolization of nitrates to amino acids and proteins
  • Deficiency symptoms –leaf curl and scathing.
  • Manganese – Same as molybdenum.
  • Zinc
  • Formation of growth hormone.
  • Reproduction process
  • Deficiency symptoms – white bud formation.
  • Boron –
  • Absorption of water.
  • Translocation of sugar

Inorganic Fertilizers

  • These are chemically produced substances added to the soil to improve fertility.

Classification According to:

  • Nutrients contained
  • Straight contain only one macronutrient.
  • Compound fertilizers – contain more than one macronutrient
  • Time of application
  • Some applied when planting.
  • Top dressing after crop emergence
  • Effects on the soil pH.
  • Acidic fertilizers.
  • Neutral fertilizers.
  • Basic fertilizers.

 

 

Properties and Identification of Fertilizers

Nitrogenous Fertilizers

Characteristics

  • Highly soluble in water.
  • Highly mobile in the soil hence it is applied as a top dress.
  • Easily leached because of the high solubility hence does not have residual effect on the soil.
  • Has scorching effect on young crops during wet seasons.
  • Easy to volatilize during hot season.
  • They have a tendency to cake under moist conditions.
  • They are hygroscopic hence should be stored in dry conditions.

Examples:

  • Sulphate of Ammonia (NH4) 2 SO4·

Physical appearance:

  • white crystals,
  • Has acidic effect,
  • Contains 20% N.
  • Ammonium Sulphate Nitrate [(NH4)2 SO4+ NH4 NO3]
  • Colour: granules which appear yellow orange,
  • less acidic,
  • contains 26% N.
  • Calcium Ammonium Nitrate (CAN)
  • Colour: greyish granules,
  • neutral in nature,
  • contains 21 % N.
  • Urea
  • Colour: small whitish granules
  • Easily leached or volatilized,
  • contains 45- 46%N.

 

Phosphate Fertilizers

  • Has low solubility and immobile.
  • Non-scorching.
  • Has a high residual effect hence benefit the next season’s crop.
  • Easy to store because they are not hygroscopic.

Examples;

  • Single super-phosphate
  • Appearance: whitish, creamy white granules,
  • contains 20-21 % P2O5
  • Double super-phosphate
  • Appearance: dark greyish granules,
  • Contains 40-42% P2O5
  • Triple super-phosphate
  • Appearance: small greyish granules,
  • Contain 44-48% P2O5

 

 

Potassic Fertilizers

Characteristics:

  • Has moderate scorching effect.
  • Moderately soluble in water.
  • Most Kenyan soils have sufficient potassium.

Examples;

  • Muriate of Potash (KCl)
  • Contain 60 – 62% K2O
  • Slightly hygroscopic.
  • Appearance amorphous white.
  • Sulphate of Potash (50% K2O)

 

Compound or Mixed Fertilizers

  • These are fertilizers which supply 2 or more of the macronutrients.

Examples;

  • Mono ammonium phosphate.
  • Di-ammonium phosphate
  • 20:20:20, 23:23:23

Advantages of application of compound fertilizers

  • Saves time and money.
  • Mixture gives improved storage properties and better handling.

Disadvantages of compound fertilizers application

  • Expensive.
  • Wasteful.
  • Mixing may not be thorough.
  • Incompatibility of the individual fertilizers.

Methods of fertilizer application

  • Broadcasting – random scattering of the fertilizers on the ground.
  • Placement method – application of fertilizers in the planting holes.
  • Side dressing – fertilizer is placed at the side of the plant within the root zone, in bands or spot-rings.
  • Foliar spraying – specially formulated fertilizer solution applied on the foliage in spray form.
  • Drip method – applied through irrigation water.

 

 

 

Determination of Fertilizer Rates

Contents of fertilizers are expressed as fertilizer grade or fertilizer analysis.

  • Fertilizer grade indicate the guaranteed minimum of the active ingredients (N, P2O5, K 2O) in the mixture.
  • It is expressed as a percentage on a weight to weight basis or percentage by weigh

Example 10:20:0 means for every 10kg of the mixture there are 10kg of nitrogen, 20kg of P2O 5 and 0kg of K2O.

Example

A farmer was asked to apply fertilizers as follows:

  • 60 kg/ha nitrogen (top dressing)
  • 60 kg/ha P2O5 (in planting hole).
  • 60 kg/ha K2O.

How much sulphate of ammonia (20%) would be required per hectare?

How much double super-phosphate (40%) P2O5would be required per hectare?

How much muriate of potash (50% K2O) would be required per hectare?

Answer/Solution

  • Sulphate of ammonia (SA) which gives 60kg/ha N

= 60

20x 100 =300kg SA

  • Double super phosphate (40%  P2O5)which gives 60kg/ha P2O5

60

= 40x 100 =150kg DSP

  • Muriate of potash (60% K2O) which gives 60kg/hK2O

= 60 x 100=100kg muriate of potash

                 60

 

 

Example

A farmer was asked to apply fertilizers as follows:

  • 200kg/ha of DSP (40% P2O5
  • 150kg/ha of muriate of potash (60% K2O)
  • 150kg/ha of sulphate of ammonia (20% N)

How much P2O5 did the farmer apply per acre?

How much K2O did the farmer apply per hectare?

How much N did the farmer apply per hectare?

Solution/Answer

  • P2O5  applied per hectare from 200kg of DSP

40                            

= 100x 200= 80kg/ha P2O 5

  • K2O5   applied per hectare from 150kg of muriate of potash

60

= 100×150=90kg/ha    K2O

  • N  applied per hectare from 150kg/ha sulphate of ammonia

20

= 100 x 150= 30kg/ha N

Soil Sampling

  • Refers to obtaining of small quantity of soil that is representative in all aspects of the entire farm.

Soil Sampling Procedures

  • Clear the vegetation over the site.
  • Dig out soil at depths of 15-25cm.
  • Place the dug out soil in a clean container.
  • Mix thoroughly the soil in the container.
  • Take a sample and send it to National Agricultural Laboratory for analysis.
  • The container carrying the sample should be properly labeled as follows:
  • Name of the farmer,
  • Location,
  • District
  • Address of the farmer.

Sites to Avoid

  • Dead furrows, ditches.
  • Swamps
  • Near manure heaps.
  • Recently fertilized fields
  • Ant hills.
  • Under big trees.
  • Near fence lines or foot paths.
  • Do not put them in containers which are contaminated with fertilizers or other chemical containers.

Methods Of Soil Sampling:

  • Zigzag method
  • Traverse method

Soil Testing

  • Soil testing is the analyzing of the soil sample to determine certain qualities of the soil.

Importance of Soil testing:

  • To determine the value of the soil hence determine the crop to grow.
  • To determine the nutrient content hence find out the type of fertilizer to apply.
  • To determine whether it is necessary to modify the soil pH for a crop.

How Soil pH affects Crop Production

  • Influences the physical and chemical properties of the soil.
  • Affects the availability of nutrients.
  • Influences the incidences of soil borne diseases.
  • Determine the type of crop to be grown at a given area.

 

 

Methods of pH Testing

  • Universal indicator solution
  • pH meter

 

  • Know the course of action to be taken in the event of a disease and maintenance of good health.
  • Know the prevalent diseases.
  • Calculate the cost of treatment.
  • Marketing Records show commodities sold, quantities and value of all the sales.

Labour Records – show labour utilization and labour costs.

 

Crop production II (Planting)

 

  • Planting is the placement of the planting material in the soil for the purpose of regeneration in order to produce more of the plant species.

Types of planting materials

Seeds

  • Seeds are produced by flowering after pollination and fertilization. They contain the part of the plant that germinates and subsequently grows in to new plants.

Advantages of using seeds as planting materials.

  • Seeds are easily treated against soil borne pests and diseases.
  • They are not bulky therefore storage is easy.
  • They are easy to handle during planting making operation easy.
  • When planting seeds, it is easy to use machines like seed planters and drillers.
  • It is easy to apply manures and fertilizers together with seeds during planting.
  • Fertilizers and manures application can be easily mechanized.
  • It is possible to develop new crop varieties due to cross pollination.

 

 

Disantivantages of using seeds as planting materials.

  •  Some seeds have long dormancy and they may need special treatment in order to germinate.
  • Plants raised from seeds have variations from the mother plant due to cross pollination, This may introduce undesirable characteristics.
  • Soil borne pests may damage seeds if left for sometime in the soil before rain falls.
  • Some seeds may lose viability if stored for a long time. This leads to gaps in the farm.

  1. Vegetative materials.
    • These are plant parts which have the ability to produce roots, they grow and develop in to new plants.
    • Plant parts such as leaves, roots or stems can be used for planting as long as they are capable of rooting.

 Advantages of using vegetative materials for planting.

  • Crops originating from vegetative materials matures faster than those from seeds.
  • The crops shows uniformity in such qualities as disease resistance, seed size, colour, keeping or storing quality and chemical composition.
  • It is possible to produce many varieties of compatible crops on the same root stock.
  • Use of the vegetative materials is easier and faster, especially where seeds show prolonged dormancy.
  • The resulting plant has desired shape and size for ease of harvesting and spraying.
  • It facilitates the propagation of crops which are seedless or those that produce seeds which are not viable or have a long dormancy period.
  • Such crops include sugar-cane, bananas, Napier grass and others.

Disadvantages.

  • Vegetative propagation does not result in new crop varieties.
  • Keeping the materials free of diseases is difficult.
  • Materials cannot be stored for long.
  • The materials are bulky and there fore difficult to store and transport.

      Plant parts used for vegetative propagation.

    • These are tiny sisal plants produced in the inflorescence almost at the end of the plant growth cycle.
    • They resemble the mother plant except that they are smaller in size.
    • They are produced by the branches of the sisal pole.
    • When manure they mature they develop rudimentary roots and fall off to the ground just below the pole.
    • They are the collected and raised in the nurseries before they are transplanted t\o the main field.
    • One sisal pole may produce as many as 3,000 bulbils. They are usually 10cm long. They make good planting materials and are better than sucke
  1. Splits
  • These are plantlets divided from the existing mother plant with complete with complete leaves and rooting system.
  • They are used to propagate most pasture grasses and pyrethrum.
  • Pyrethrum splits are raised first in nursery and then transplanted to the field.
  • Crowns and slips
  • These are materials used to propagate pineapples
  • Crowns are born on top of the fruits and are broken off and prepared for planting.
  • They are more preferred to suckers because they give uniform growth and take two years to reach maturity.
  • Slips are borne to the base of the pineapple fruits.
  • They are cut and prepared for plantings.
  • Their growth rate is faster than for crowns giving average uniformity.
  • They take 22 months from planting to maturity.
  • Crowns and slips are planted in the nurseries first before transplanting to the main seed bed.

 

  1. Suckers
  • These are small plants that grow from the base of the main stem.
  • They have adventitious roots which grow quickly when planted to form a new plant.
  • They are used to propagate bananas, sisal, and pineapples.
  • When planted, suckers give uneven growth leading to maturity at different times. T
  • hey should be planted when they are young.

 

  1. Tubers
  • These are underground food storage organs which are short and thick.
  • They are used as vegetative propagation materials because they sprout and produce roots for growth.
  • There are mainly two types of tubers, the stem and root tubers.
  • Root tubers develop from the thickening of the adventitious roots.
  • Root tubers are not commonly used for propagation since they produce weak stems.
  • A good example of a root tuber is the sweet potato.
  • On the other hand stem tubers have some auxiliary buds which are sometimes referred to as ‘eyes’.
  • These eyes sprout to produce stems which grow into plants. Stem tubers are therefore swollen stems with scales leaves.
  • A good example of a stem tuber is Irish potato.
  • These are soft wood cuttings which produce roots easily upon planting to give rise to new plants.
  • They are cut from the mother plants and planted directly into the field.
  • Soft wood cuttings (vines) are taken from rapidly growing shoots.
  • The soft upper parts of the shoots are preferred.
  • When preparing the cuttings, some leaves and nodes are included.
  • Roots are produced from the nodes.

 

  • Cuttings and setts
    • Cuttings are portion of plants parts which are cut and then planted.
    • They may be from stems, roots or leaves.
    • A stem cutting must have a bud which develops into shoot.
    • The root cutting must have an eye. Cutting must have an eye.
    • Cuttings must produce leaves as soon as possible so that they can start making their own food.
    • Sometimes cuttings are induced to produce roots by use of rooting hormones.
    • Once the cuttings have developed roots, they give rise to new plants.
    • In some crops, the cuttings are big enough to be planted directly to the main seedbed whereas there are some plants whose cuttings are first raised in special nurseries before they are transplanted to the seedbed.
    • The cuttings of Napier grass and sugar-cane are planted directly on the seedbed but those of tea; have to be raised in special nursery before they are transferred to the seed bed.
    • Examples of crops which are propagated by use of stem cuttings include: tea, cassava, and sugar-cane and Napier grass.
    • The stem cuttings used to propagate sugar-cane are known as ‘setts’. Setts are stem cuttings which have 3-5 nodes are usually 30-45 cm long.

 

 

Factors affecting rooting of cuttings.

  • Temperature: for the cuttings to produce roots warm temperatures are required around the root zone while cool temperatures are important for the aerial part of the cuttings. For most species optimum day and light temperatures for rooting are 22 -27°c and 15-21° c respectively.
  1. Relative humidity: Proper rooting of cuttings requires high humidity which lower the transpiration rate. It also increases and maintains leaf turgidity all the time. As such, cuttings should be rooted in green houses or under shady conditions, where relative humidity can be regulated. Sometimes the propagation area can be sprayed with water to keep it moist.
  2. Light intensity: soft wood cuttings need high intensity light to produce roots. This is because light promotes the production of roots since it affects the rate of photosynthesis. Hard wood cuttings do well in dark conditions since they have high amount of stored carbohydrates and therefore rooting is excellent in darkness.
  3. Oxygen supply: plentiful supply of oxygen is required for root formation. The rooting medium used must therefore be capable of allowing proper aeration.
  4. Chemical treatment: these rooting hormones which promote the production of roots in cuttings. The common ones include IAA (Indoleacetic acid).
  5. Leaf area: Soft woods cuttings require a lot of leaves for photosynthesis while hardwood cuttings will produce roots better without leaves.

Selection of planting materials

When selecting materials for planting the following factors must be considered:

  • Suitability to the ecological conditions – the selected planting materials should be well adapted to the soil conditions, temperatures and amount of rainfall in the area. There are many varieties of maize, for example, which are suitable to different ecological conditions. Hybrid 622f or example is mainly for the high altitudes areas of Kenya 513 for the medium altitudes and the Katumani composites for the low rainfall areas while the coast composites are suitable for the coastal conditions each     variety will grow well and produce high yields if grown under the correct conditions
  • Purity of the materials – planting materials should be pure and not mixed with other off types the percentage purity of planting materials will affect the seed while higher seeds rates are used for impure seeds.
  • Germination percentage – This is a measure of the germination potential of seeds it is expressed as a percentage for example a germination percentage of 80 means that for every 10 seeds planted 80 of them are expected to germinate. Germination percentage helps to determine    the seed rates of crops lower seed rates are used for crops with higher germination percentage while higher seed rates are used for those with lower germination percentage.
  • Certified seeds –  These are seeds which have been tested and proven to have 100 germination potential  and free from diseases and pests they give high yields after the first planting but the subsequent yields decline if replaced therefore in this case it is always advisable to buy new seeds which are certified every time planting is done

In Kenya certified seeds are produced by the Kenya seed company (KSC) and distributed by Kenya Farmers Association (KFA) and other agents.

PREPARATION OF PLANTING MATERIALS.

After the planting materials are selected they are prepared in different ways before they are planted. Some of the methods used to prepare planting materials include the following:

 

       (a)Breaking the seed dormancy.

Some seeds undergo a dormancy period between maturity and the time they sprout. The dormancy period is the stage                 whereby a seed cannot germinate, the stage of inhibited growth of seed. It should be broken before the seed is planted.

Methods of breaking seed dormancy.

The following methods are used to break seed dormancy:

   (I) Mechanical method:  This is a method which aims at scratching the seed coat to make it permeable to water. Scarification is done by rubbing small sized seeds against hard surface such as sand paper, while filling or nicking the seed coat with a knife is done to large sized seeds such as croton seeds.

(ii) Heat treatment: this involves the use of hot water or burning the seeds lightly. It softens the seed coat making it permeable to water and thus is able to germinate. The seeds are soaked in hot water about 80’c for 3-4 minutes after which the water is allowed to drain off. Example of seeds treated in this way include:  leucean  calliadra and acacia.

Light burning also serves the same purpose as hot water treatment. In this case trash is spread over the seeds which are already covered with a thin layer of soil. The trash is burned, after which the seeds are retrieved and planted. Examples include acacia and wattle tree seeds. Overheating should be avoided as this will cook the seeds.

(iii)Chemical treatment: seeds are dipped in specific chemicals such as concentrated sulphuric acid, for two minutes and then removed. The chemical wears off the seed coat making it permeable to water. Care should be taken not to leave the seeds in the chemicals for too long as this will kill the embryo. Cotton seeds are normally treated with chemicals to remove the lint or fibres.

  1. iv) Soaking in water: seeds are soaked in water for a period of between 24 – 48 hours until they swell. They are then removed and planted immediately. The seeds treated thus germinate very fast. Pre-germinated seeds are used when raising rice in the nurseries.
  2. b) Seed dressing

This is the coating of seeds with fungicides or an insecticide or a combination of the two chemicals. This is particularly common with cereals, sugar-cane and legumes.

The chemicals protect the seedlings from soil-borne diseases and pests. Certified seeds which are sold by seed merchants in Kenya have been dressed with these chemicals. Farmers can also buy the chemicals and dress their own seeds.

  1. C) Seed inoculation

In areas where soils are deficient in nitrogen, legumes such as beans, clovers and peas should be coated with an inoculant. An innoculant is a preparation which contains the right strain of Rhizobium depending on the type of legume and encourages nodulation, hence nitrogen fixation. Below is a table showing different legume crops and their right strain of Rhizobium.

Crop inoculation group Rhizobium Species
Lucerne R. melioti
Clover R. trifoli
Pea R. leguminosarum
Bean R. phaseoli
Lupin R. lupini
soyabean R. japonicum

 

When handling inoculated seeds, care should be taken to prevent them from coming in contact with chemicals. This means that inoculated seeds should not be dressed with chemicals as these will kill the bacterium. They should also be planted when the soil is moist to avoid dehydration which kills the bacterium.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. d) Chitting

This practice is also referred to as sprouting. The selected seed potatoes ‘setts’ which are used as planting materials are sprouted before planting to break their dormancy. The setts of about 3-6 cm in diameter are arranged in layers of 2 or 3 tubers deep in a partially

 

 

 

 

 

darkened room. The setts should be arranged with the rose- end facing upwards and the heel-end downwards. Diffused light encourages the production of short, green and healthy sprouts. If Chitting is done in complete darkness, long, pale thin sprouts develop which break easily during planting. During Chitting potato aphids and tuber months should be controlled by dusting or spraying the sett with dimethoate. Sometimes a chemical known as Rendite is used to break dormancy, thus inducing sprouting. Chitting is done mainly to make sure that growth commences immediately the seed is planted so as to make maximum use of rains for high yields.

Time of planting

The timing of planting or sowing is influenced by the type of crop to be planted and the environmental conditions of the area.

Factors to consider in timing planting.

  • The rainfall pattern/moisture condition of the soil.
  • Type of crop to be planted.
  • Soil type.
  • Market demand.
  • Prevalence of pests and diseases.
  • Weed control.

Timely planting is necessary and should be done at the onset of rains. In some areas where rainfall is scare dry planting is recommended.

Advantages of timely planting.

  • Crops make maximum use of rainfall and suitable soil temperature, leading to vigorous growth.
  • Crops usually escape serious pests and diseases attack.
  • Crops benefit from nitrogen flush which is available at the beginning of the rain.
  • For horticultural crops, proper timing ensures that the produce is marketed when prices are high.
  • Crops establish earlier than the weeds, hence smothering them.

Methods of planting.

There are two main methods of planting :-

  • Row planting.

Broadcasting.

This method involves scattering the seeds all over the field in a random manner. It is commonly adapted for light tiny seeds such as those of pasture grasses. It is easier, quicker and cheaper than row planting. However, it uses more seeds than row planting and the seeds are spread unevenly leading to crowding of plants in some places. This results in poor performance due to competition. Broadcasting gives a good ground cover, but weeding cannot be mechanized. For good results, the seedbed should be weed-free, firm and have a fine tilth.

Row planting.

The seeds or other planting materials are placed in holes, drills or furrows in rows. The distance between one row to the other and from one hole to the other is known. In Kenya, both large and small – scale farmers practice row planting. It is practiced when planting many types of crops, especially perennial, annual and root crops.

Advantages of row planting.

  • Machines can be used easily between the rows.
  • It is easy to establish the correct plant population.
  • Lower seed rate is used than if broadcasting is adopted.
  • It is easy to carry out cultural practices such as weeding, spraying and harvesting.

Disadvantages of row planting.

  • It does not provide an ample foliage cover. Thus the soil is liable to being eroded by wind and water.
  • It is more expensive than broadcasting because of consuming a lot of labour and time.
  • It requires some skill in measuring the distances between and within the rows.

Seeds can also be planted by dibbling where the planting holes are dug by use of pangas or jembe, or by a dibbling stick (dibbler). Most of the dibbling is done randomly although  rows can also be used when using a planting line. Random dibbling is not popular in commercial farming due to low levels of production. It is only common among conservative farmers in planting of legumes such as beans, pigeon peas and cow peas.

Over-sowing.

This is the introduction of a pasture legume such as desmodium in an existing grass pasture. Some form of growth suppression of existing grass such as burning, slashing or hard grazing plus slight soil disturbance is recommended before over sowing. A heavy dose of superphosphate, preferably single supers at a rate of 200-400 kg/ha is applied. The grass must be kept short until the legume is fully established. Regardless of the method of establishment, the pastures and fodder stands should be ready for light grazing 4-5 months after planting if rainfall and soil fertility are not limiting.

Under-sowing.

This refers to the establishment of pasture under a cover crop, usually maize. Maize is planted as recommended and weeded 2-3 weeks after the onset of rains. Pasture seeds are then broadcasted with half the recommended basal fertilizer. No further weeding should be done and maize should be harvested early to expose the young pasture seedlings to sunlight. The benefits of under sowing include facilitating more intensive land utilization and encouraging an early establishment of pastures.

Fodder crops and vegetetively propagated pasture species may also be under sown as long as rainfall is adequate for their establishment. Timing is not very crucial in this case and planting can be done as late as 6-8 weeks after the onset of rains.

Plant population

This refers to the ideal number of plants that can be comfortably accommodated in any given area, without overcrowding or too few to waste space. Agricultural research has arrived at the optimum number of various crop plants to be recommended to farmers. Plant population is determined by dividing the planting area by spacing of the crop. This may be simplified thus:

Area of land

Plant population =

Pacing of crop

 

Example

 

Given that maize is planted at a spacing of 75 x25 cm, calculate the plant population in a plot of land measuring 4×3 m.

 

Working

Area of land

Plant population =

Pacing of crop

 

Area of land                                   =  400cm x 300 cm

 

Spacing of maize                        = 75 cm x 25 cm

 

Therefore, plant population    = 400 cm x 300 cm

75 cm x 25 cm

 

=   64 plants.

 

Spacing

It is the distance of plants between and within the rows. Correct spacing for each crop has been established as shown in table below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

crop spacing
Maize

(Kitale)

hybrids

75 – 90 cm x 23 – 30 cm
Coffee

(Arabica) tall varieties

2.75 cm x 2.75m
Tea 1.5 m by 0.75 m
Beans (erect type) 45 -60 m by 25 cm
Bananas 3.6 – 6.0 m by 3.6 – 4.5 m
Coconut 9 m x 9 m
Tomatoes (Money maker) 100 x 50 cm
kales 60 x 60 cm

 

Spacing determines plant population and the main aim of correct spacing is to obtain maximum number of plants per unit area which will make maximum use of environmental factors. Wider spacing leads to a reduced plant population which means lower yields, whereas closer spacing could lead to overcrowding of plants and competition for nutrients and other resources would occur. Correctly spaced crops produce yield of high quality that are acceptable in the market.

 

 

 

Spacing is determined by the following factors:

  • The type of machinery to be used.

The space between the rows should allow free passage of the machinery which can be used in the field. For example, the spacing between rows of coffee is supposed to allow movement of tractor drawn implements.

  • Soil fertility

A fertile soil can support high plant population. Therefore closer spacing is possible.

  • The size of plant

Tall crop varieties require wider spacing while short varieties require closer spacing, for example, Kitale hybrid maize is widely spaced than Katumani maize.

  • Moisture availability.

Areas with higher rainfall are capable of supporting a large number of plants hence closer spacing than areas of low rainfall.

  • Use of crop.

Crop grown for the supply of forage or silage material is planted at a closer spacing than for grain production.

  • Pest and diseases control.

When crops are properly spaced, pests might find it difficult to move from one place to the other, for example, aphids in groundnuts.

  • Growth habit.

Spreading and tillering crop varieties require wider spacing than erect type.

 

 

Seed rate.

Seed rate is the amount of seeds to be planted in a given unit area governed by ultimate crop stand which is desired. The objective of correct spacing of crop is to obtain the maximum yields from a unit area without sacrificing quality. Most crops are seeded at lighter rates under drier conditions than under wet or irrigated conditions. Seeds with low germination percentage are planted at higher rates than those which have about 100% germination percentage. There is an optimal seed rate for various crops. For example, the seed rate for maize is 22 kg per hectare, wheat is 110 kg per hectare and cotton is between 17 to 45 kg per hectare.

 

Factors to consider in choosing seed rates.

  • Seed purity.

When planting seed which is pure or with a high germination percentage, less seed is required. On the contrary, more seeds are required when using impure or mixed seeds.

  • Germination percentage.

Less seed is used when its germination percentage is higher. Seed of lower germination percentage is required in large amounts.

At closer spacing, more seeds are used than in a wider spacing.

  • Number of seeds per hole.

When two or more seeds are planted per hole, higher seed rate is required than when only one seed is planted per hole.

 

 

  • The purpose of the crop.

A crop to be used for silage making is spaced more closely than one meant for grain production. This would require use of more seeds. Maize to be used for silage making, for example, requires more seeds than that meant for production of grain.

 

Depth of planting.

This is the distance from the soil surface to where the seed is placed. The correct depth of planting is determined by:

  • Soil type: seeds will emerge from grater depths in sandy soil that are lighter than in clay soils.
  • Soil moisture content: It is recommended that one plants deep in dry soils in order to place the seeds in a zone with moist soil.
  • Size of the seed: Larger seeds are planted deeper in the soil because they have enough food reserves to make them shoot and emerge through the soil to the surface.
  • Type of germination: seeds with epigeal type of germination (carry cotyledons above the soil surface) such as beans, should be planted shallower than those with hypogeal type of germination (leave cotyledons under the soil) such as maize.

 

 

Suggested Activities.

  1. Learners to carry out planting using broadcasting method and planting rows.
  2. Learners to identify different vegetative propagation materials displayed by the teacher.
  3. Learners to determine the correct plant population for a given area by mathematical calculations.
  4. Learners to collect samples of different tree seeds and prepare them for planting by various methods of breaking seed dormancy.
  5. Learners to determine the germination percentage of different samples of cereals and legume seeds.

 

 

 

 

 

Crop Production III

(Nursery Practices)

 

Introduction

  • Planting materials are either planted directly in a seedbed or indirectly through a nursery bed.
  • A seedbed is a piece of land which could be small or large and prepared to receive planting materials.
  • A nursery bed on the other hand is a small plot of land specially prepared for raising seedlings or planting materials before transplanting.
  • It is usually 1m wide and any convenient length depending on the quantity of seedlings to be raised.
  • A seedling bed is a special type of nursery bed used for raising seedlings pricked out from the nursery bed due to overcrowding before they are ready for transplanting.
  • Pricking out refers to the removal of seedlings from a nursery bed to a seedling bed.
  • Nursery practices refer to all the activities carried out throughout a nursery life to raise seedlings. .

 

Importance of Nursery Bed in Crop Production

  • To facilitate the production of many seedlings in a small area.
  • It is easy to carry out management practices in a nursery than in the seedbed.
  • It facilitates the planting of small seeds which develop into strong seedlings that are easily transplanted.
  • It ensures transplanting of only healthy and vigorous growing seedlings.
  • It reduces the period taken by the crop in the field.
  • Excess seedlings from the nursery may be sold to earn income.

 

Selection of a Nursery Site

Factors to consider;

  • Nearness to the water source.
  • Type of soil.-should be well drained, deep and fertile, preferably loam soil.
  • Topography.-it should be situated on a gentle slope to prevent flooding and erosion through surface run-off.
  • Previous cropping.-to avoid build up of pests and diseases associated with particular plant families, consider the preceding crops.
  • Security.-select a site that is protected from theft and destruction by animals.
  • Protection against strong winds and heat of the sun.-select a sheltered place. i.e. to avoid excessive evapotranspiration and uprooting seedlings.

 

Types of Nurseries

Categories of nurseries:

  • Vegetable Nursery:
  • They are used for raising the seedlings of vegetable crops.
  • Tomatoes, cabbages, kale, onions, brinjals and peppers.
  • Vegetable Propagation Nurseries:
  • They are used for inducing root production in cuttings before they are transplanted,
  • The cuttings can be planted directly in the soil and hence called bare root nurseries.
  • Or planted into containers such as pots, polythene bags and others, hence called containerized nurseries.
  • Tree Nurseries:
  • These are used for raising tree seedlings.
  • The seedlings can be raised in bare root nurseries or in containerized nurseries.

Nursery Management Practices:

  • These are the practices carried out in the nursery while the planting materials are growing.

They include:

  • Mulching. –light mulch should be applied on thenursery bed.It be  should be removed on the 4th day
  • Weed control.
  • Shading.
  • Pricking out.
  • Pests and disease control.
  • Hardening off
  • Watering.

 

Preparation of vegetative materials for planting:

  • Cuttings -These are plant parts such as stems, leaves and roots induced to produce roots and used as planting materials.
  • Grafting
  • It is the practice of uniting two separate woody stems.
  • The part bearing the roots is referred to as root stock while the part which is grafted onto the rootstock is known as
  • The scion has buds which develop into the future plant.
  • The ability of the rootstock and the scion to form a successful union is termed as

Methods of Grafting

  • Whip or tongue grafting:
  • In this case the diameter of the rootstock and the scion are the same.
  • It is carried out when the diameter of the scion and the rootstock is ‘pencil’ thick.
  • Side grafting: In this case the diameter of the rootstock is bigger than that

                              of  the scion.

Other types of grafting include ;

  • Approach grafting,
  • Notch grafting
  • Bark grafting.

 

Budding:

  • It is the practice of uniting a vegetative bud to a seedling of another plant.
  • The scion has only one bud and some bark with or without wood.
  • The bud is inserted in a slit made on the bark of the stock.
  • It is held tightly on the stock by tying with a budding tape until it produces a shoot.

Methods of Budding:

  • T-budding
  • Top budding
  • Patch budding.

Importance of Budding and Grafting:

  • Plants with desirable root characteristics but with undesirable products may be used to produce desirable products for example lemon­-orange graft.
  • They facilitate the changing of the top of the tree from being undesirable to desirable
  • They make it possible to grow more than one type of fruit or flower on the same plant.
  • They help to propagate clones that cannot be propagated in any other way.
  • They help to shorten the maturity period.

Layering

  • It is the process by which a part of a plant is induced to produce roots while still attached to the mother plant.
  • Once the roots have been produced, the stem is then cut off and planted.

Types of layering;

  • Marcotting or aerial layering.
  • Tip layering.
  • Trench layering.
  • Compound or serpentine.

 

Tissue Culture for Crop Propagation

  • Tissue culture is a biotechnology used in cloning vegetatively propagated plants.
  • It is based on the ability of plant tissue (or cells) to regenerate other parts of the plant.
  • The tissues are derived from shoot tips where cells are undergoing rapid cell division and are not differentiated.
  • The cells are then provided with the right conditions which enable them to multiply and develop roots.

 

   

 

 The Right Conditions  for tissue culture:

  • Culture medium.
  • Correct temperature.
  • Correct light intensity and
  • Correct relative humidity.

Importance of Tissue Culture in Crop Propagation

  • It is used to recover and establish pathogen-free plants especially in the control of viral diseases.
  • It is used in mass production of plantlets or propagules.
  • It is fast and requires less space than the cultural methods of using cutting which requires a bigger space.

Transplanting Seedlings

  • Transplanting of vegetable and tree seedlings are generally the same.
  • Generally, vegetable seedlings are ready for transplanting when they are one month old or have 4 -6 leaves or are about 10-15cm in height.
  • Before transplanting, the nursery bed is adequately watered 3 – 4 hours before lifting the seedlings.
  • This ensures the seedlings are lifted easily with a ball of earth around the roots to minimize root damage.
  • Tree seedlings take a little longer to reach transplanting age compared to vegetable crop seedlings.
  • The roots are trimmed before lifting the seedlings.
  • Transplanting should be done at the onset of the long rains to give the young trees a good start.
  • After transplanting the young trees should be protected from damage by animals for a period of about one year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Crop production IV (Field Practices I)

 

Introduction

  • Field practices are activities carried out on the field to facilitate proper growth and maximum yield of the various crops grown.

They include the following:

  • Crop Rotation
  • Mulching
  • R0uting field practices
  • Crop protection
  • Harvesting

 

Crop Rotation

  • This is the growing of different types on the same piece of land in different seasons, in an orderly sequence.

Importance of Crop Rotation

  • Maximizes use of nutrients and moisture.
  • Breaks the life cycle of pests and disease agents.
  • Maintains good soil structure.
  • Reduces soil erosion due to adequate soil cover.
  • Controls weeds that are specific to certain crops e.g. striga on cereals
  • Improves soil fertility when legumes are included in crop rotation.

Factors Influencing Rotational Programme

  • Growth habits and nutrient req uirements.
  • Liability to soil erosion.
  • Crops attacked by the same pests and diseases should not follow one another in the programme.
  • Availability of capital and market for example beans or peas in legumes.

Mulching

  • This is the placement of materials such as banana leaves or polythene sheets on the ground next to the growing crop.
  • These materials should not come into contact with the base of the crop as they may encourage pest attack.

Importance of Mulching

  • Reduction of evaporation rate.
  • Smothers weeds.
  • Moderation of soil temperature.
  • Reduction of speed of run offs.

Types of Mulching Materials

  • Organic mulching materials such as;
  • Sawdust, wood shavings, coffee pulps, rice husks,
  • Dry grass, banana leaves, dry maize stalk, napier grass.
  • Inorganic or synthetic materials commonly used are either black or transparent polythene sheets.

Advantages of Mulching

  • Prevents water evaporation thus maintaining moisture in the soil for crop use.
  • Acts as an insulator thus modifying the soil temperature.
  • It helps to control soil erosion.
  • It controls weeds by suppressing them.
  • After decomposition organic mulch add nutrients to the soil thus improving its fertility.
  • Humus produced after the decomposition of organic mulch improves soil structure and the water holding capacity of the soil.

Disadvantages of Mulching

  • It is a fire risk.
  • Provides a breeding ground as well as a hiding place for pests that finally may attack the crops.
  • Traps the light showers of rainfall thus lowering the chances of rain drops reaching the soil.
  • It is expensive to acquire, transport and apply.

 

Routine Field Practices

Thinning

  • Removal of excess, weak, damaged or diseased seedlings.
  • Allows the remaining seedlings to get enough nutrients and moisture.
  • It is aimed at obtaining optimum plant population.

Gapping

  • Filling the gaps so as to maintain proper plant population.
  • Gaps occur as a result of failure of seeds to germinate or dying of seedlings.
  • It should be done early enough for the seedlings to catch up with the other plants

Rogueing

  • This is the removal and destruction of a diseased part of a plant or the whole plant.
  • The destruction can be achieved through burning of the uprooted plant.

Pruning

  • Removal of extra unwanted parts of the plant.

Reasons for pruning are:

  • To remove old, unproductive or diseased, damaged parts of the plant.
  • To train plants to take a desirable shape for example formative pruning in tea.
  • To control crop leave ratio hence avoiding overbearing.
  • To control diseases and pests for example antestia bugs in coffee.
  • To facilitate other operations such as spraying, picking and seeding.
  • To reduce wastage of chemicals applied on the crop.
  • To remove branches that  interfere with traffic, telephone lines and view.
  • Open up the plant to allow free air circulation and exposure of leaves to sunlight.

       Note: Tools used are secateur, pruning saw and pruning knife.

Earthing-up

  • This is the placement of soil in form of a heap around the base of the plant.
  • It is mostly carried out in tuber crops such as Irish and sweet potatoes to improve tuber formation.
  • It is also carried out in groundnuts and maize.
  • In groundnuts it promotes production of pods while in maize it provides support to prevent lodging.

Crop Protection

Weed Control

  • Weeds are plants growing where they are not wanted, that is a plant out of place.
  • Such plants include blackjack, couch grass, thorn apple and Mcdonald’s eye.
  • Such plants should be eradicated or controlled using recommended methods.

Pest Control

  • Crop pests are living organisms that are harmful to the crops.
  • They include; insects, nematodes, rodents, thrips and mites.
  • They cause great damage to crops in the field and stored produce.

Control of Crop Diseases

  • A disease is any alteration in the state of an organism and functions of a plant or its parts.
  • Disease causing organisms are known as pathogens.
  • They include fungi, viruses and bacteria.
  • Diseases caused by fungi are referred to as fungal diseases while those caused by viruses and bacteria are referred to as viral and bacterial respectively.

Harvesting

  • It is the gathering or of the farm produce after maturity.

    Time of harvesting depends on:

  • Stage of maturity of the crops.
  • Use of the crop.
  • Tastes and preferences of consumers.
  • Weather conditions, hence liability to spoilage.
  • Moisture.

Methods of harvesting is determined by:

  • Scale of farming for example large scale farming machines are used.
  • Type of crop for example pyrethrum is harvested by hand.
  • Uniformity in ripening of the crop for example wheat is harvested by use of combined harvester while coffee is harvested by hand.
  • Uniformity in height of the crop and size of seed, fruits and flowers.
  • Financial status of the farmer.
  • Part of the plant to be harvested.

Post-Harvest Practices

  • These are the preparations carried out on crop produce before it gets to the consumer.  They include;
  • Threshing/shelling.
  • Drying.
  • Cleaning.
  • Sorting and grading.
  • Dusting.
  • Processing.
  • Packaging.

Storage

     Purpose of storage is to;

  • Prevent spoilage
  • Make the produce available for future use
  • To await good market prices.

Requirements for proper store are:

  • It should be clean.
  • It should be well ventilated.
  • It should be raised from the ground to prevent damp conditions.
  • It should be dry.
  • It should be strong to hold crop produce.
  • It should be easy to clean.
  • It should be vermin-proof.
  • It should be secure from theft.
  • It should be treated against pests such as weevils.

 

Types of Storage

  • Traditional storage structures.
  • Modern storage structures.

Preparation of the Store

  • Cleaning the store.
  • Maintenance
  • Dusting the store with appropriate chemicals.
  • Clearing the vegetation around the store to keep off vermin.

 

Crop Production V: (Vegetables)

 

Introduction

  • A vegetable is any crop that is grown and eaten fresh.
  • Vegetables are important both for nutritional and commercial reasons.
  • They are categorized on the basis of the part used as food.
  • Such parts include;
  • Leaves,
  • Stems,
  • Roots,
  • Fruits,
  • Flowers,
  • Pods

Vegetables are grouped into the following categories:

  • Leaf vegetables for example kales and cabbages.
  • Root vegetables for example carrots, beets, radishes and turnips.
  • Fruit vegetables for example French beans and okra.
  • Stem vegetables for example asparagus, leeks and spring onions.
  • Bulb vegetables for example bulbed onions and garlic.

 

Tomatoes (Lycopersicon esculentum)

  • Tomatoes are fruit vegetables widely grown in Kenya.
  • The ripe fruit may be eaten raw cooked or processed to make tomato sauces, juices and pastes.

  Ecological Requirements

  • Altitude: 0-2100m above sea level.
  • Rainfall: 7S0-1300mm per annum.
  • Soils: deep, fertile and well drained.

Varieties

  • Fresh market varieties:
  • Money maker,
  • Marglobe, hundred fold,
  • Beef eater,
  • Hot set,
  • Super marmande
  • Processing varieties:
  • Kenya beauty,
  • San -marzano,
  • Roma,
  • Heinz 13S0,
  • Primabel,
  • Rutgers hybrid
  • Cal- J.

Nursery Practices

  • Choose a site which has not been grown Solanaceae crop in the last three years.
  • Nursery beds are raised about 15cm above the ground level.
  • Make drills of 20cm apart and 1cm deep drill and cover the seeds.
  • Provide shade or mulch material.
  • Water twice a day.
  • Apply phosphatic fertilizers during planting.

Seedbed Preparation

  • The land should be dug deeply to control weeds.

 

Transplanting

  • Seedlings are ready for transplanting when they are 10-15cmhigh after about one month.
  • Holes are made at a spacing of 60cm x 90cm.
  • Apply 20gm of DSP in the planting hole.
  • Transplant with a ball of soil around the roots.
  • Apply mulch around each seedling.
  • Transplanting is normally in the evening or on a cloudy day.

Field Maintenance

  • Early control of weeds is necessary.
  • Top dressing is done after crop establishes.
  • Pruning and staking are done to train the plants to grow vertically.

Pests Controls

  • American Bollworm
  • Nature of damage: boring holes on the fruits.
  • Control: spraying insecticides.
  • Tobacco White Fly
  • Nature of damage: suck plant sap from the underside of the leaf, hence may transmit viral diseases.
  • Control: Destroy infected plant and spray insecticides.

Disease Control

  • Late Blight
  • Cause: Fungus
  • Symptoms: dry patches on the leaves and fruits.
  • Control: use of fungicides, crop rotation and destruction of affected materials.
  • Blossom-end Rot

Caused by;

  • Too much nitrogen in early stages.
  • Irregular or infrequent watering.
  • Calcium deficiency.
  • Control: Apply calcium ammonium nitrate and correction of the above problems.

Harvesting

  • For canning, fruits should be fully ripe.
  • For fresh market, fruits should be partially ripe and packed in crates to avoid damage.
  • The fruits should be graded according to;
  • Size,
  • Colour,
  • Ripeness
  • Freedom from blemishes.

 

Cabbage

  • It is a leaf vegetable related to other brassica crops such as kales, cauliflower, Chinese cabbage and Brussels sprouts.
  • Cabbage leaves may be eaten raw in salads, steamed, boiled or cooked in a variety of ways.
  • The leaves can also be fed to livestock.

Ecological Requirements

  • Altitude:
  • Those with small heads: 900-1500m above sea level
  • Those with Large heads: 1800-2700m above sea level.
  • Temperature: require cool condition.
  • Rainfall:
  • 750-2000mm per annum.
  • Should be well distributed throughout the growing period.
  • Soils:
  • Deep,
  • Fertile
  • Well drained.

 

Varieties

  • Early maturing:
  • Brunswick,
  • Sugar loaf,
  • Early jersey,
  • Copenhagen market,
  • Chinese cabbage,
  • Celery cabbage,
  • Cafe splits kool
  • Gloria, mukuki,
  • Golden acre .
  • Late maturing:
  • Drumhead,
  • Savoy,
  • Perfection,

Nursery Practices

  • The beds should be raised, dimension 1 m wide and any convenient length (usually 2-3m in length).
  • Make drills of 15-20cm apart.
  • Sow seeds by drilling and cover to a depth of 1 cm.
  • Provide shade or mulch material.
  • Apply phosphatic fertilizers and mix thoroughly with soil during planting.
  •  Water twice a day.

Seedbed Preparation

  • Cultivation should be done during the dry season so that all the weeds are killed.
  • Dig holes at the spacing of 60cm x 60cm.
  • Incorporate farm yard manure in the soil.

Transplanting

  • Water the seedlings before uprooting.
  • Seedlings are ready for transplanting after one month that is when they are 1O-15cm in height.
  • Select healthy and vigorous seedlings.
  • Transplant the seedlings with balls of soil to prevent root damage.
  • Plant to the same depth as they were in the nursery.

Field Maintenance

  • Apply fertilizers during planting and top dress later.
  • Control weeds to reduce competition.

Pest Control

  • Diamond Black Moth
  • Damage: Eats the underside of the leaf making windows or holes in the leaf.
  • Control: Spray recommended insecticides.
  • Cutworms
  • Damage: Attacks the stem at the ground level causing he plant to fall.
  • Control: Spray recommended insecticides.

Disease Control

  • Black Rot
  • Cause: Bacteria
  • Symptoms: Leaves turn yellow and rotting of the stem giving an offensive odour,
  • Control: Closed season, crop rotation, use certified seeds and spray appropriate chemicals.
  • Black Leg
  • Cause: Fungus
  • Symptoms: Brown to black spots on seedlings and dark canker on the stem.
  • Control: crop rotation, destroy infected materials.

Harvesting

  • Cabbages are ready for harvesting 3-4 months after transplanting.
  • The heads are cut when they are solid and compact.
  • Harvested cabbages are sold immediately.

 

Carrots (Daucus carota)

  • It is a root vegetable grown in the cool areas of Kenya.
  • It is commonly eaten raw in salads but can also be cooked.

   

Ecological Requirements

  • Altitude: 0-2,900m above sea level.
  • Rainfall:
  • 750 – 1,000mm.
  • Well distributed throughout the growing period.
  • Soils:
  • It requires deep,
  • Fine tilth
  • Well drained soils that are free from obstacles to allow for root expansion.
  • Temperatures: it requires cool to warm temperatures as very high temperatures result in the production of pale and short roots.

Varieties

  • Fresh market varieties for example Chantenay and Nantes.
  • Canning varieties for example Nantes
  • Fodder varieties for example Oxhast.

Land Preparation

  • The field should be well dug to a depth of about 20cm.
  • The soil clods should be broken to give a fine tilth before planting.
  • Manure should not be applied as it induces forking which reduces the crop quality.

Planting

  • Carrots are planted directly into the main seedbed.
  • Seeds are drilled into rows made 20-30cm apart.
  • The seeds are then covered lightly and the soil pressed down.
  • 90kg/ha of DSP should be applied at planting time in the drills.
  • It should be mixed well with the soils before placing the seeds.

 

Field Practice

  • Thinning — it is done 2 weeks after germination.
  • Weed control– the field should be kept weed free.
  • Earthing up should be done while weeding to encourage root expansion ..
  • Topdressing: after weeding 60kg of nitrogen per hectare should be applied as top dress.
  • Irrigation – this should be carried out where or when there is not enough rainfall.

Pest Control

  • Carrots do not have many field pests except the green aphids.
  • These can be controlled by use of the appropriate pesticides.

Disease Control

  • Occasionally attached by the mildews especially in wet and humid environment.
  • Thinning can be done to reduce humid conditions.

Harvesting and Marketing

  • Carrots are ready for harvesting 3-5 months after planting depending on the variety.
  • They are lifted from the soil and sold fresh or canned.

 

Onions (Allium cepa)

  • Onions are bulb vegetables grown in the warm areas of Kenya.
  • They are used as a vegetable in salads and for flavouring foods, soups and stews.

    Ecological Requirements

  • Altitude: 0-2, 100m above sea level.
  • Rainfall:
  • 1,000mm of rain per year
  • Irrigation in dry areas .
  • Soils:
  • Requires well drained fertile soils
  • pH of 6.0 – 7.0 .
  • Temperatures:
  • Onions are a warm climate crops.
  • However, some varieties prefer cool conditions.
  • They require a fairly long dry period for ripening.

Varieties

  • Red creole,
  • Tropicana hybrid
  • White creole.

Land Preparation

  • The land should be well prepared leaving a fine tilth.
  • Farm yard manure at 40 – 50 tonnes per hectare should be applied and mixed well with the soil.

Planting

  • Direct: Seeds are drilled in rows 30cm apart and 8cm within the rows. 20kg/ha of DSP fertilizer is used.
  • Indirect: Seeds are established in the nurseries before transplanting them in rows 30cm apart and 8 cm within the rows.
  • Shallow planting is recommended for bulb expansion.

Field Management Practices

Thinning

  • It is carried out only in the crop that has been directly planted so as to achieve spacing of 8cm between two plants within the row.
  • The thinned plants referred to as spring onions are used as vegetables in salads.

 

Topdressing

  • Calcium ammonium nitrate at the rate of 250kg per hectare is recommended for topdressing onions.
  • This is done 3 months after planting.

Pest Control

Onion Thrips:

  • These cause silvering and withering of leaves from the tips downwards.
  • They are controlled by spraying with appropriate insecticides such as Diazinon or fenthion.

Disease Control

Purple Blotch and Downey Mildew

  • Purple blotch;
  • Characterized by oval greyish lesions with purple centres on leaves.
  • This causes leaf curling and die back.
  • Downey mildew;
  • Characterized by brown spores covering the leaves leading to death of the whole plant.
  • The two diseases are effectively controlled by crop rotation and application of appropriate fungicides.

Harvesting and Marketing

  • Onions are ready for harvesting 5 months after planting.
  • When leaves start drying the tops are broken or bent at the neck.
  • This hastens the withering of the stems.
  • The bulbs are then dug out and left to dry in a shade for a few days.
  • Onions are graded according to size and marketed in nets of about 14 -16kgs.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Livestock Health  I

(Introduction to Livestock Health)

 

Introduction

  • Health is the state of the body in which all the organs and systems are normal and functioning normally.
  • Disease is any deviation from the normal health of the animal.

 

Importance of Keeping Livestock Healthy:

  • Healthy animals give high income due to low treatment
  • The productive life span of a healthy animal is longer.
  • High production.
  • Healthy animals can multiply regularly.
  • Healthy animals give high quality products for example eggs.
  • Safety of consumers of livestock products.

Predisposing Factors to Livestock Diseases

  • These are conditions within or around the animal that make it easy for an animal to contract a disease.

 They include:

  • Animal factors such as;
  • species,
  • breed,
  • age,
  • sex
  • colour of the animal.
  • Environmental factors such as;
  • chilling,
  • being rained on,
  • exposure to hot sun
  • dampne
  • Management factors such as;
  • poor feeding,
  • housing,
  • handling
  • hygiene,
  • overcrowding .

Signs of ILL-Health in Livestock

  • Abnormal behaviour for example separation from the rest of the herd and restle
  • Abnormal posture for example limping and lameness.
  • Alimentary canal disfunction such as blood stained faeces and abnormal defecation, diarrhoea and dysentery.
  • Urination: high frequency or too low and having strange colour.
  • Skin: rough with scaly skin, blisters on the skin and hair loss.

Causes of Diseases

  • Pathogenic causes ;
  • viruses,
  • rickettsia,
  • bacteria,
  • protozoa
  • fungi.
  • Physical causes;
  • fractures,
  • dislocation,
  • sprains .
  • Nutritional disorders for example milk fever.
  • Chemical causes for example poisoning by agrochemicals.

Categories of Diseases

  • Notifiable diseases ;
  • These are diseases which cause high economic losses.
  • Any case should be reported to the Chiefs, D.O.s, veterinary officers or the police.
  • Tick-borne diseases – Transmitted by ticks.
  • Breeding diseases – Transmitted through mating.
  • Nutritional diseases for example milk fever and bloat.
  • Parasitic diseases for example ascariosis.

General Methods of Disease Control

  • Quarantine.
  • Vaccination.
  • Control of vectors by use of acaricides and rotational grazing.
  • Disinfecting the equipment and buildings.
  • Use of preventive drugs.
  • Proper feeding of livestock.
  • Culling of the animals which are carriers/slaughtering the affected animals.
  • Use of artificial insemination to control breeding diseases.
  • Proper selection and breeding of animals.
  • Proper housing and hygiene,
  • Isolating sick animals.

Appropriate Methods of Handling Livestock

    Animals are handled for the following reasons:

  • When inspecting the animal to ascertain any abnormality or signs of diseases.
  • When administering any form of treatment such as drenching, injection and mastitis control.
  • When spraying or hand dressing the animal with chemicals to control external parasites.
  • When milking the animal.
  • When performing some of the management practices such as dehorning, disbudding, castration, hoof trimming .

When carrying out these activities animals should be restrained in a crush.

Other methods of restraining animals include the use of;

  • halters,
  • ropes,
  • bull ring
  • lead stick.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Livestock Health II (Parasites)

 

Introduction

  • A parasite is an organism which obtains its livelihood from another organism (host) which suffers damage.
  • Parasitism is the association between a parasite and a host.

 

The effects of parasite on the host animal are:

  • Depriving the host of its food.
  • Sucking blood.
  • Damaging the organs of the host.
  • Cause irritation on the skin of the host.
  • Destruction of hides and skins.
  • Transmission of diseases.
  • Cause obstruction in body passages.

General Symptoms of Parasites Infestation:

  • Ema
  • Pot bellied condition.
  • Swellings in the jaw or other areas.
  • Rough hair or rough coat.
  • Anaemia.
  • Diarrhoea.
  • Presence of worm segments and blood stains in the defecat

Types of Parasites

There are two types of parasites:

  • External (ecto-parasites)
  • Internal (endo-parasites)

External parasites are;

  • ticks,
  • tsetse flies,
  • mites,
  • lice,
  • fleas
  • keds

Life Cycle of ticks

  • Eggs are laid in cracks on the grou
  • They hatch in 4-6 weeks into larvae which climb on the grass waiting for a passing animal.

 OneHost Tick

  • This requires one host to complete its life cycle.
  • Example: blue tick (Boophilus decoloratus).
  • Preferred sites: face, neck, dewlap and side of the body.
  • Disease transmitted: Redwater and anapl

Two-Host Tick

  • This requires two different hosts to complete its life cycl
  • Example: The red legged tick (Rhipicephalus everts)
  • Preferred sites: Ears, anus, udder and the tail.
  • Disease transmitted: Redwater and east coast fever.
  • Example: Bont legged tick (amblyomma spp.)
  • Preferred sites: Udder, scrotum and tail switch.
  • Disease transmitted: Sweating sickn

 Three-Host Tick

  • This requires three hosts to complete its life cycl
  • Example: The brown ear tick (Rhipicephalus appendiculatus)
  • Preferred sites: Ears, tail switch and around the eyes.
  • Disease transmitted: East coast fever and redwater.
  • Bont tick transmit heartwater (amblyomma spp.)

Control of Ticks

  • Dipping/spraying/hand dressing with acaricides.
  • Rotational grazing.
  • Ploughing the land to break the life cycle.
  • Hand picking and killing.
  • Fencing of the grazing fields to keep off other animals including wild game.
  • Burning of grass to kill them in various stages.

Endo-parasites (internal Parasites)

  • Endoparasites are helminths.

    They can be divided into:

  • Platyhelminthes/flatworms which include;
  • Trematodes (flukes)
  • Cestodes (tapeworms).
  • Nemato-helminthes/nematodes. E.g Roundworms.

 

General Symptoms of Helminthiasis

  • Diarrhoea which foul the anal and tail region.
  • Dullness.
  • Anaemia.
  • Big stomach (pot bellied condition).
  • Presence of worm segments in faeces.
  • Coughing.

Trematodes (Liver Fluke)

  • There are two species of flukes:
  • Fasciola gigantica
  • Fasciola hepatica.
  • Fasciola hepatica  is more common.
  • It is commonly found in the liver and bile duct of cattle, sheep and goats.
  • Liver fluke is a problem in marshy and low lying wet areas.

 

Life Cycle of the Liver Fluke

  • Adult fluke in the liver of the primary host lays eggs.
  • Eggs pass through the bile duct into the small intestines and are passed out in faeces onto the pasture.
  • Under moist conditions, they hatch into a miracidium larva which swims about in search of a secondary host (fresh water snails).
  • In the snail, it develops through sporocyst, redia and cercaria.
  • When it leaves the snail, the cercaria gets encysted on vegetation and becomes metacercari
  • This is swallowed by the primary host with grass.
  • The young fluke migrates into the liver through blood vessels when it matures.

Control of Liver Fluke

  • Keep livestock off marshy areas near the rivers/streams/lakes and dams.
  • Drench affected animals.
  • Drainage of swampy areas.
  • Eradicate the intermediate host by use of molluscicides.
  • Provide water to livestock in elevated troughs.

Tapeworms

  • There are many species of tapeworms

Eexample;

  • Taenia solium
  • Taenia saginata.

The adults live in the small intestines of man (the primary host).

  • The intermediate host of Taenia solium is pig .
  • The intermediate host of Taenia saginata is cattle.

Life Cycle of Tapeworm

  • Adult tapeworms live in man’s intestines where it lays eggs.
  • Eggs are passed out with faeces,
  • Then they develop an outer covering known as onchosphere.
  • The eggs are swallowed by intermediate host.
  • The outer covering is digested and the young worm emerges.
  • This bores into the blood vessels and is carried to specific muscles such as the tongue, heart, thigh muscles.
  • It develops into an encysted form called bladderworm.
  • When the animal is killed and meat is eaten raw or in an inadequately cooked form, man gets infected by the bladder­-worm.
  • In man, the bladder-worm evaginates and attaches itself onto the intestinal wall where it develops into an adult.

Control of Tapeworms

  • Meat should be well cooked before eating.
  • Use of drugs in primary host.
  • Meat inspection by meat inspectors/ veterinary officers.
  • Use of pit latrines by man.

 

Nematodes (Roundworms)

Common ones are;

  • Ascaris suum (pig roundworms),
  • Ascaris lumbricoides found in man and sheep
  • Haemonchus contortus found in sheep, cattle and goats.
  • Roundworms are common in warm areas especially in areas where the standards of hygiene and sanitation are low.

     Nature of Damage

  • Damage is done to the liver and lung tissues as they migrate in the body.
  • Suck out blood.
  • Deprive the host of food.

Control of Roundworms

  • Use of drugs.
  • Rotational grazing.
  • Use of proper stocking rates to avoid overgrazing.
  • Practicing high standards of cleanliness and hygiene such as use of latrines.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Livestock Production II (Nutrition)

 

Introduction

  • Animals are fed for the purpose of production and body maintenance.
  • The edible material given to animals is called food.
  • It is digested, absorbed and· utilized in the body.
  • Nutrients are organic and inorganic substances contained in the food materials.

Components of Food material

  • water,
  • protein,
  • carbohydrates,
  • fats and oils,
  • vitamins
  • mineral salts.

Water

Sources

  • Free water (through drinking)
  • Bound water (contained in feeds).
  • Metabolic water (obtained from oxidation of food).

Functions

  • Regulates body temperature.
  • Transport agent in the body.
  •  Universal solvent in the body.
  • Gives shape to the cells (turgidity).
  • Acts as a lubricant.
  • Acts as constituent of body fluids.

Factors Determining the Requirements of Water by Livestock

  • Production level.
  • Amount of dry matter eaten.
  • Temperature of the surrounding area.
  • Type of animal.
  • Type of food eaten.

Protein

Sources:

  • Groundnut cakes,
  • cotton seed cakes,
  • fish meal,
  • meat meal.

Functions:

  • Growth of new tissues.
  • Repair of worn out tissues (body building).
  • Synthesis of antibodies.
  • Synthesis of hormones and enzymes.
  • Production of energy during starvation.

Digestion of Proteins

In non-ruminants, protein digestion takes placed in the stomach.

  • Food is subjected to mechanical breakdown through chewing into small particles.
  • Protein is acted on by enzymes to turn into amino acid which is assimilated into the bloodstream.

In ruminants, protein digestion initially takes place in the rumen.

  • Food is acted on by micro-organisms into microbial protein.
  • Later, enzymatic action takes place in the “true stomach” or abomasum where proteins are broken down into amino acids which are then assimilated into the bloodstream.

Carbohydrates

Sources:

  • Cereals,
  • tubers
  • commercially mixed feeds.

Functions:

  • Supply energy and heat to the body.
  • Excess is stored in form of fat for insulation of the body.

Digestion of Carbohydrates

  • In non-ruminants;
  • carbohydrate feeds are broken down by chewing into small particles.
  • Then enzymatic action further breaks down carbohydrates into glucose, fructose and galactose which are then assimilated into the bloodstrea
  • In ruminants;
  • mechanical breakdown of carbohydrate feeds is followed by microbial activities which break down cellulose into volatile fatty acids.
  • These are absorbed through the rumen walls.
  • Some carbohydrates are broken down by enzymatic action in the “true stomach” or abomasum.

 

 

Fats and Oils

Sources:

  • Cotton seeds,
  • soya beans
  • groundnuts.

Functions:

  • Supply energy and heat to the body.
  • Excess is stored as fat adipose tissues.
  • Source of metabolic water in the body.
  • Required for the development of neural system.
  • Insulator in the body.

Digestion  of lipids in Ruminants

  • Fats are hydrolysed in the rumen into fatty acids and glycerol.
  • Others are fermented into propionic acid,
  • The shorter chains are passed to the true stomach where enzymatic action takes place.

Vitamins

Sources:

  • Green materials,
  • dried grass
  • fish liver oil.

Functions:

  • Protects the body against diseases.
  • Regulate the functions of all parts of the body.
  • It acts as a co-enzyme in the body.

Examples:

  • Vitamin A,
  • vitamin B2
  • vitamin C,
  • vitamin E
  • vitamin K.

 Minerals

Sources:

  • Salt licks,
  • bone meal,
  • legumes
  • cerea

Functions:

  • Form part of the tissues such as bones and teeth.
  • Work together with the enzymes.
  •  Act as acid -base balances.
  • Act as electrolyte in the body.
  • Regulate osmotic balance in the body.

Examples:

  • Calcium,
  • phosphorus,
  • magnesium,
  • iron,
  • iodine,
  • sodium
  • chlorine.

 

  • Calcium and phosphorus –
    • Needed for teeth and bone formation.
    • Lack of these minerals leads to rickets, osteomalacia.
      • Lack of iron leads to anaemia.

Classification of Animal Feeds

This is based on nutrient composition:

  • Roughages.
  • Concentrates.
  • Feed additives.

Roughages

  • Are feeds of low available nutrients per unit weight and high fibre content.

     Examples:

  • Dry roughages,
  • succulent roughages,
  • residues from agricultural by products and conserved materials.

Characteristics

  • Low level of available nutrients.
  • Have high level of calcium especially legumes.
  • Good source of vitamin A.
  • Have high fibre content.

Concentrates

  • Are feeds of high available nutrients per unit weight.

      Examples:

  • Maize germ and bran,
  • malt extract,
  • milk products,
  • soyabeans,
  • oil seed cakes,
  • meat meal,
  • bonemeal
  • bloodmeal.

Characteristics

  • Low fibre content.
  • Feed content is consistently high.
  • High digestibility of the feed.
  • High in nutrient content.

Feed Additives

    These are substances added to the feed to increase;

  • palatability,
  • medication
  • or hormones to make animals produce more.

There are two types:

  • Nutritive additives, such as mineral licks (maclick).
  • Non-nutritives additives, such as;
    • medicants (coccidiostats),
    • Stilboestrol (used in beef animals)
    • oxytocin (to increase milk let down).

Functions

  • Stimulate growth and production.
  •  Improve feed efficiency.
  • Prevent disease causing organisms.

Compounded Feeds

  • These are the feeds prepared and mixed by use of machines.
  • These feeds can be round, pelleted, pencils, cubes or mash.

Poultry feeds can be categorized as:

  • Chick mash having 20% D.C. given to chicks.
  • Growers mash having 16% D.C. given to growers.
  • Layers mash having 12-15% D.C.P. given to layers.

Meaning of terms used to express feed values

  • Nutritive ratio (NR):
  • Is the proportion of protein to carbohydrates and fats.
  • In young animals 1:3:6
  • In old animals 1:8.
  • Crude protein (C.P): Is the total amount of protein contained in a feed.
  • Digestible Crude Protein (D.C.P): Is the portion of crude protein which an animal is capable of digesting.
  • Crude Fibre (C.F.):
  • Is the total amount of fibre contained in a feed.
  • It is mainly lignin and cellulose.
  • Digestible Fibre (D.F.): Is the portion of the total fibre contained in a feed which an animal is capable of digesting.
  • Dry Matter (D.M.): Is the material left in a feed after water has been removed.
  • Starch equivalent (S.E.): Is the amount of pure starch which has the same energy as 100kg of that feed.
  • Total Digestible Nutrients (T.D.N.): Is the sum of all the digestible organic nutrients such as fats, proteins, carbohydrates and fibre.

Computation of Livestock Rations

  • Ration:
  • Is the amount of food that will provide essential nutrients to an animal in a 24 hour period
  • to enable that animal to meet its maintenance and production requirements.
  • Balanced ration:
  • Is the ration that contains all the essential nutrients in required amounts and in the right proportion.
  • Maintenance ration:
  • is the portion of a feed required by an animal to continue with the vital body processes with no loss or gain in weight.
  • Production ration:
  • Is the feed required by animals over and above maintenance ration to enable the animal to produce;
  • for example; milk, eggs, wool, grow in size, perform work, reproduce and fatten.

 

Steps in ration formulation

  • Finding out the animal’s feed requirement based on body weight.
  • List all the available feeds, with their nutrient composition and their prices.
  • Calculate the amount of ingredients required in the ration to meet the animals needs.

 

   Methods used in ration formulation

  • Trial and error method
  • Pearson’s square method
  • Graphical method
  • Linear programming(use of computers)

Examples;

Mix a Pigs ration 22% protein using soya bean meal 40% DCP and maize meal containing 8%DCP.

Soya bean meal     (14 *100)=43.75kg

                                32

 

Maize meal   (18*100=56.25kg

                           32

 

Digestion and digestive systems

  • Digestion is the process through which food is broken down into small particles in the alimentary canal ready for absorption into the blood stream.

 

Digestion of food in livestock takes place in three stages;

  • Mechanical breakdown and chewing
  • Microbial breakdown by bacteria and protozoa in the rumen of ruminants
  • Chemical breakdown by enzymes.

 

 

 

 

 

Rumen-

  • Breakdown of food by micro-organisms and also stores food.
  • Synthesis of vitamin B-complex.
  • Synthesis of amino acids from ammonia gas.
  • Proteins are broken to peptides and amino acids.
  • Carbohydrates are broken to volatile fatty acids.

   Reticulum:

  • Separates large food particles from the small particles.
  • Retains foreign materials such as stones, hard wood and sand.

   Omasum:

  • Breaks up food by grindin
  • Reduction of water content from the feed stuff.

   Abomasum:

  • Enzymatic digestion takes place here ..
  • Contains some microbes which digest cellulose.
  • Breaks up food by grinding.
  • It is also found in non­-ruminants.

 

 

Comparison Between Digestion in Ruminant and Nonruminants

  • Differences

 

Ruminants Non ruminants
  • ,
 
  • l.
  • Chew the cud.
  • l.
  • Do not chew the cud.
 
  • 2.
  • Have four stomach chambers-thus
  • 2.
  • Have one stomach chamber
 
      polygastric.
           – thus monogastric.
 
  • 3.
  • Regurgitate food.
  • 3.
  • Cannot regurgitate food once
 
  • 4.
  • Can digest cellulose. Have
                swallowed.
 
  • micro-organisms in the rumen
  • 4.
  • Have no micro-organisms
 
  • that digest cellulose.
     in the stomach hence cannot
 
  • 5. Have no Ptyalin in saliva hence
  • digest cellulose except those
  • no enzymatic digestion in the mouth.
  • animals with micro-organisms
 
  • 6.
  • Most digestion and absorption takes
       in the caecum.
 
  • place in the rumen.
  • 5.
  • Have Ptyalin in the saliva hence
 
  • 7.
  • Have alkaline saliva due to presence
   enzymatic digestion starts in the mouth  
  • of ammonia.
  • 6.
  • Most digestion and absorption takes place
 
       in the small intestines.
 
  • 7.
  • The saliva is neutral pH.
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Functions of the Parts of Poultry

 

  • Crop:     
  • Storage of food.
  • Softening of food by secretions from small glands in the walls.
  • Proventriculus: Enzymes start the breakdown of food.
  • Gizzard:-Crushes and grinds the coarse food (has small grit and gravel).

 

Comparison Between Digestion In Ruminants and NonRuminants

 

 

 

Similarities Between Digestion In Ruminants and NonRuminants  

 

  • Digestion in young ruminants is similar to that in non-ruminants as they do not have a developed rumen-reticulum complex.
  • Final protein digestion takes place in the small intestines in both cases.

 

  • Water absorption takes place in the colon in both ruminants and non­ ruminants

 

 

Grade 7 Free CBC Schemes of Work (Updated)

Grade 7 Free CBC Schemes of Work (Updated)

GRADE 7 TERM 2 AGRI NUTRITION SCHEMES v2.doc
GRADE 7 TERM 2 CRE SCHEMES oxford.doc
GRADE 7 TERM 2 ENGLISH3 SCHEMES.docx
GRADE 7 TERM 2 PRETECHNICAL SCHEMES.doc
GRADE 7 TERM 2 RATIONALIZED AGRI NUTRITION SCHEMES v2.doc
GRADE 7 TERM 2 SOCIAL STUDIES SCHEMES.docx

Maximum Revision Grade7 Encyclopedia.pdf

Grade 7 SOCIAL STUDIES.pdf

Grade-7-Mathematics-Schemes-of-Work-Term-2.docx

Grade_7_spotlight_intergrated_science_schemes_of_work_term (5).docx

MOKASA CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION PAPER 2 EXAMS

313/2

CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION

PAPER 2

QUESTIONS & MARKING SCHEME.

  1. a) Give the similarities between the announcement of the birth of John the Baptist and

Jesus                                                                                                                           (7mks)

  • Gabriel delivered both messages.
  • Mary and Zechariah were afraid.
  • Both questioned the possibility of the message.
  • Zechariah and Mary were righteous people.
  • The mothers had never had children before.
  • The angel gave the names of the children to be born.
  • Mary and Zechariah were given signs to confirm the messages
  • Both children were to be sons.
  • The angel specified the roles by the Children.

(x)       Both children were concerned through Gods interaction.     (7 x 1 = 7mks)

 

  1. b) State seven activities that took place during the presentation of Jesus in the temple (Luke 2: 21 – 40)                                     (7mks)
  • Jesus parents offered a sacrifice two turtle doves (sin offering for purification.
  • Simeon took the child into his arms.
  • He praised God/gave thanks.
  • He prophesised about Jesus mission.
  • The parents of Jesus marveled at Simeon’s prophecy.
  • Prophetess Anna thanked God/prayed for the child.
  • She prophesied that Jesus was the redeemer of Jerusalem.
  • Simeon blessed Jesus parents.
  • Jesus was dedicated/redeemed.

(x)       Simeon was led by the Holy Spirit.                                       (7 x 1 = 7mks)

  1. c) Explain six challenges that parents experience today in their work of bringing up their children.                         (6mks)
  • Challenge of peer – pressure by agemates of their children.
  • Most children are indisciplined.
  • They do not listen to their parents.
  • Children are exposed to pornographic literature which has made them lose moral values.
  • Most children are lazy and rarely assist in household chores.
  • Most children are involved in abusing the drug and alcohol.

(vii)     Children know their rights ad demand to be treated cautiously.      (6 x 1 = 6mks)

 

  1. a) Give six reasons which led Jesus to heal the sick.                                                  (6mks)
  • To demonstrate God’s love/mercy/kindness for human beings.
  • To take away their pain/suffering.
  • People believed in his healing power/ people had faith in him.
  • To show that physical healing sometimes symbolized spiritual healing.
  • As a way of destroying the work of Satan.
  • To glorify God/show God’s power.
  • To fulfills Old Testament prophecies.

 

  1. b) Describe the leading of the paralytic man (Luke 5: 17 – 26)                                 (8mks)
  • Jesus was teaching the word of God from a certain house.
  • Four men brought a paralytic man to the meeting on a bed.
  • They were unable to reach Jesus because of the crowds.
  • The four men climbed the roof and lowered the paralysed man down where Jesus was.
  • When Jesus saw their faith he told the man that his sins were forgiven.
  • The Pharisees and the scribes were angered by the action of Jesus.
  • They claimed that he was not God to forgive sins. So to them this was blasphemy.
  • Jesus knew the minds of the Pharisees.
  • Jesus told them that the son of man has power to forgive sins.
  • Jesus told the paralytic to arise take his bed and go.
  • The paralytic man rose up and departed to his house glorifying God.

(xii)     The people were amazed and glorified God for his great actions.    (Any 8 x 1 = 8mks)

 

  1. c) Why do you think Christians should practice forgiveness?                                    (6mks)
  • It shows love for others.
  • It creates/promotes peace.
  • It is a way of winning converts.
  • It shows obedience to Christian’s teachings/commands.
  • In order to follow the example of Christ.
  • In order to be forgiven by God.
  • It strengthens relationship/tolerance.

(viii)    It lengthens life/promotes healthy living.                                         (6 x 1 = 6mks)

 

  1. a) How did the transfiguration of Jesus prepare him for his death and resurrection.                                                                                                                                                              (7mks)
  • It confirmed to Jesus the kind of death he was to face.
  • He was strengthened/encouraged to face death.
  • It was a foreshadows of the glory he was to enter.
  • He was given assurance that he was the son of God.
  • It pointed to the resurrection with the appearance of Moses and Elijah.
  • Moses and Elijah appeared to confirm his coming death.
  • The experience encouraged him to go to Jerusalem and face death.

(viii)    Moses and Elijah showed that the prophecies had to be fulfilled.    (7 x 1 = 7mks)

 

  1. b) What instructions did Jesus give his seventy – two disciples when commissioning

them.                                                                                                                           (7mks)

  • They should not carry any purse.
  • They should not carry beggar’s bag.
  • They should not carry shoes.
  • They should not greet people on their way.
  • They should wish peace to the occupants of the houses they visit.
  • They should stay in the same house they visit where they should eat and drink whatever they are offered.
  • They were to move from house to house.
  • In places where they are not welcome they should go to the streets and shake off dust from their feet as a sign of God’s judgement to those who reject them.(7 x 1 = 7mks)

 

  1. c) State six ways in which Christians show respect to God.                                       (6mks)
  • Set aside a day of worship.
  • Set aside Holy places of worship.
  • Do not mention His name anyhow.
  • Living exemplary lives/beeping the commandments.
  • Pray to him.
  • Give offering to Him.
  • Praise him for the wonders.
  • Take care of the environment.
  • Look after the needy.
  • Preaching/teaching/spreading the word.
  • Worship Him.

(xii)     Observing Christian rituals e.g. Baptism.                                         (6 x 1 = 6mks)

 

  1. a) Of what importance is the death of Jesus to Christians.                                        (7mks)
  • Through the death of Jesus, Christians are forgiven their sins.
  • It demonstrates God’s love for human beings.’
  • Jesus was the last sacrifice; therefore Christians are not supposed to make animal sacrifices to God.
  • His death brought about a personal relationship between Christians with God.
  • Christians are able to commit themselves to the will of God.
  • It enables Christians to face death with courage.
  • Through his death, salvation/eternal life is availed to all people.
  • He has become their everlasting high priest by offering his own body. (7 x 1 = 7mks)

 

  1. b) Using five illustrations from St. Luke’s gospel show that Jesus resurrected. (5mks)
  • The Holy women (Mary Magdalene, Joanna, Mary the mother of James found the tomb empty.
  • Two angels who stood outside the tomb told the women that Jesus had resurrected.
  • Jesus appeared to two of his disciples on their way to Emmaus.
  • He appeared to Simon Peter.

(v)       He appeared to the disciple in Jerusalem in the absence of Thomas and he shared them his

hands and feet.                                                                                    (5 x 1 = 5mks)

 

  1. c) State any nine teachings of Saint Paul in 1st Corinthians chapter 13 about love.   

(9mks)

  • It is a gift from God of the Holy Spirit.
  • It is the most important gift.
  • It is patient/does not let down.
  • It is kind.
  • It is not jealous/envious.
  • It is not conceited/proud/boastful.
  • It is not ill – mannered.
  • It is not selfish/is generous/not cruel/not self seeking.
  • Not irritable/resentful/not quick to anger/bears no grudges.
  • Does not keep a record of wrongs.
  • Not happy will evil.
  • It is happy with the truth.
  • It never gives up/endures/not tired/tolerant/withstands long suffering.
  • It is faith/hope/patience – never falls/ it is reliable.

(xv)     It is eternal/everlasting.                                                                     (9 x 1 = 9mks)

 

  1. a) Why is leisure important in the life of a Christian youth.                                       (6mks)
  • It gives one time to visit the sick/the needy.
  • One dedicates himself to God/time to worship God.
  • Provides an opportunity for fellowshipping with others.
  • It gives one an opportunity to meet new friends/family.
  • One is able to read the word of God.
  • It provides one with an opportunity to preach/evangelize.
  • It provides an opportunity to guide/counsel others/one another/be guided.
  • Provides time to rest/rejuvenate/ to regain lost energy.
  • Provides one with opportunity to take care of the environment.     (6 x 1 = 6mks)

 

  1. b) Identify reasons why the taking of alcohol as a way of spending leisure time is condemned.                         (6mks)
  • It leads to conflicts/quarrels within the family.
  • It leads to misuse of family resources/wealth.
  • It may lead to alcoholism/addiction.
  • It leads to irresponsible sexual behaviours such as prostitution/adultery/fornication.
  • It could lead to loss of means of livelihood/loss of income.
  • May lead to irresponsibility which in turn will bad to divorce/separation/crimes e.t.c.

(vii)     It leads to accidents such as motor accidents.                                   (6 x 1 = 6mks)

 

  1. c) Discuss any eight factors that may lead to misuse of leisure.             (8mks)
  • Lack of appropriate education and advice regarding proper use of leisure.
  • Lack of money or equipment for appropriate leisure.
  • Failure of parents and community to provide facilities for appropriate leisure.
  • Absence of a variety of leisure activities which may make people involves themselves excessively in a single activity.
  • Bad company may lead to participation in activities that one does not understand.
  • Misunderstanding in the family may lead some people to indulge in destructive activities.
  • Failure to balance the type of leisure activities.
  • Poor planning of the use of leisure can lead to over – indulgence in wrong leisure activities.
  • Too much wealth may lead to indulgence in destructive activities.
  • Access to misleading information on leisure activities such as bad movies.
  • Feeling of insecurity which may lead to misuse of leisure.
  • Permissiveness in the society.

(xiii)    Lack of role models.                                                              (Any 8 x 1 = 8mks)

 

  1. a) Explain the causes of ethnicity in the society.                                                         (6mks)
  • Prejudice where one ethnic group due to pride and self righteousness degrades the

other group.

  • In a country with different ethnic groups, a dominant ethnic community imposes its own language and degrades other languages.
  • Administrative boundaries drawn on tribal grouping may promote tribal sentiments.
  • Recruiting civil servant o tribal lines and posting them to their local areas may enhance tribalism.
  • It can also be caused when a community feels that its culture is better that that of others.
  • Tribal based social clubs may cause tribalism when their objectives are to champion selfish interests of the tribe.
  • Inequitable distribution of wealth and resources in a situation when one community is endowed with natural resources and other essential facilities than other communities.

 

  1. b) “Politics and religions matters cannot be separated in totality” Discuss            (8mks)
  • Church leaders advise politicians.
  • Both the church and the state play the role of educators. They educate the citizens on the meaning of the constitution and their constitutional rights.
  • The church supports the government by preaching against disobedience and informing the people of the consequences of such undertakings. They preach that all lawful authority comes from God and must be respected.
  • The church and the state work together during important government functions e.g. Opening of National Assembly, celebrations e.g. National days.
  • Both the church and the stale rehabilitate law breakers while in prison, law breakers are guided and counseled morally and socially.
  • Both institutions are involved in matters of social concern e.g. both put up educational and training institutions and hospitals.
  • Christians contribute to nation building as they employ people and pay tax to the government.
  • Institution inter –relate e.g. the church has given the church freedom of worship while the state allocates land for construction of churches.

(There must be evidence of discussion 4 x 2 = 8mks)

  1. c) Give six reasons why Christians are opposed to deforestation.                             (6mks)
  • It destroys God’s creation.
  • It leads to desertification/destruction of catchment’s areas.
  • It denies the animals of the natural habitat (ecosystem)
  • It is motivated by human greed/selfishness.
  • It is against God’s command/the human beings to take care of the environment.
  • It results in environmental pollution.
  • It affects the source of natural/ traditional medicine.
  • It destroys natural beauty (flora and fauna)/aesthetic value of forests/nature/tourist attraction.
  • It leads to soil evasion /degradation/soil infertility/poor production/poverty. (6 x 1 = 6mks)

Free CBC materials for Lower Primary (Grade 1-6)

This is a free resource bank like no other. Download an unlimited number of the Competency Based Curriculum (CBC) notes, exams, time tables, schemes of work for grades one, two, three and four. These are just but a few of the thousands of primary and high school resources available here.

It is important to note that all these resources are available at no cost. Yes. Absolutely free.

GRADE 1 FREE RESOURCES

GRADE 1 FREE NOTES AND EXAMS DOWNLOADS

GRADE 1 EXAMS

ENVIRONMENTAL GRADE 1

GRADE 1 – MATHEMATICS – TERM 1(1)-1

GRADE 1 – LITERACY ACTIVITIES – TERM 3

GRADE 1 – KISWAHILI

GRADE 1 – KISWAHILI – TERM 1(1)

GRADE 1 – HYGIENE AND NUTRITION – TERM 1-1

GRADE 1 – ENVIRONMENTAL – TERM 1

GRADE 1 – ENGLISH – TERM 1(1)

GRADE 1 RELIGIOUS EDUCATION

GRADE 1 MATHS

GRADE 1 HYGIENE EXAMS

COMPETENCY BASED CURRICULUM GRADE 1 – TERM 3 EXAMS  – ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES

COMPETENCY BASED CURRICULUM GRADE 1 – TERM 3 EXAMS– HYGIENE AND NUTRITION

HOLIDAY ENGLISH HOMEWORK – GRADE 1

GRADE ONE FREE SCHEMES OF WORK

GRADE 1 FREE CRE SCHEMES OF WORK

GRADE 1 FREE MUSIC SCHEMES

GRADE 1 MOVEMENT ACTIVITIES SCHEMES OF WORK

GRADE ONE KISWAHILI SCHEMES OF WORK

GRADE ONE HYGIENE AND NUTRITION FREE SCHEMES OF WORK

ART AND CRAFT FREE GRADE ONE SCHEMES OF WORK

GRADE ONE TERM THREE FREE KISWAHILI SCHEMES OF WORK

GRADE ONE TERM 3 FREE ENGLISH ACTIVITIES SCHEMES OF WORK

GRADE ONE TERM THREE FREE LITERACY ACTIVITIES SCHEMES OF WORK

GRADE ONE TERM 3 FREE HYGIENE AND NUTRITION ACTIVITIES SCHEMES OF WORK

GRADE ONE TERM THREE FREE MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES SCHEMES OF WORK

FREE GRADE ONE SCHEMES OF ACTIVITIES- GRADE ONE MOVEMENT SCHEME OF WORK TERM THREE

FREE GRADE ONE SCHEMES OF ACTIVITIES- CRE ACTIVITIES SCHEME OF WORK FOR GRADE 1 TERM 3

FREE GRADE ONE SCHEMES OF ACTIVITIES- HYGIENE AND NUTRITION SCHEME OF WORK GRADE ONE TERM ONE

FREE GRADE ONE SCHEMES OF ACTIVITIES- MUSIC ACTIVITIES GRADE 1 SCHEME OF WORK FOR TERM 2 COMPETENCY BASED CURRICULUM(CBC)

FREE GRADE ONE SCHEMES OF ACTIVITIES- HYGIENE & NUTRITION GRADE 3 SCHEME OF WORK FOR TERM 2 COMPETENCY BASED CURRICULUM(CBC)

FREE GRADE ONE SCHEMES OF ACTIVITIES- ART & CRAFT ACTIVITIES GRADE 1 SCHEME OF WORK FOR TERM 2 COMPETENCY BASED CURRICULUM(CBC)

FREE GRADE ONE SCHEMES OF ACTIVITIES- SCHEMES OF WORK CRE ACTIVITIES GRADE 1

FREE GRADE ONE SCHEMES OF ACTIVITIES-

FREE GRADE ONE SCHEMES OF ACTIVITIES-

 


GRADE 2 FREE RESOURCES

GRADE 2 FREE NOTES AND EXAMS DOWNLOADS

GRADE 2 EXAMS 

SCHEMES-OF-WORK-LITERACY-GRADE-TWO

MATHS-2-GRADE-2-EXAM

GRADE 2 ART AND DESIGN SCHEMES

Grade 2 English Guide

GRADE 2 ART & CRAFT

GRADE 2 ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES

GRADE 2 – MATHEMATICS – TERM 1(1)

GRADE 2 – KISWAHILI – TERM 1(1)

GRADE 2 PORTFOLIO

GRADE 2 RELIGIOUS EDUCATION

GRADE 2 MATHS

GRADE 2 HYGIENE

GRADE 2 KISWAHILI

GRADE 2 LANGUAGE

GRADE 2 ENVIRONMENTAL

EARLY GRADE MATHEMATICS GRADE TWO PRACTICE QUESTIONS

HOLIDAY ENGLISH HOMEWORK – GRADE 2

GRADE 2 SCHEMES OF WORK

GRADE 2 TERM 2 SCHEMES

GRADE 2 MOVEMENT SCHEMES OF WORK

MATHEMATICS GRADE 2 SCHEMES OF WORK

KISWAHILI GRADE 2 SCHEMES OF WORK

GRADE TWO HYGIENE AND NUTRITION FREE SCHEMES OF WORK

MATHS GRADE TWO FREE SCHEMES OF WORK

CRE GRADE 2 FREE SCHEMES OF WORK

GRADE 2 ART AND CRAFT FREE SCHEMES OF WORK

ENGLISH GRADE TWO FREE SCHEMES OF WORK

KISWAHILI GRADE 2 FREE SCHEMES OF WORK

HYGIENE AND NUTRITION GRADE TWO FREE SCHEMES OF WORK

KISWAHILI GRADE 2 TERM ONE FREE SCHEMES OF WORK

MATHS GRADE 2 TERM ONE FREE SCHEMES OF WORK

ENVIRONMENTAL GRADE 2 TERM ONE FREE SCHEMES OF WORK

MOVEMENT ACTIVITIES SCHEME OF WORK TERM ONE GRADE TWO

GRADE TWO ENGLISH SCHEME OF WORK TERM TWO

CRE SCHEME OF WORK FOR GRADE 2 TERM 3

SCHEMES OF WORK CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION GRADE TWO

SCHEME OF WORK CRAFT GRADE 2

GRADE TWO MUSIC SCHEME OF WORK TERM THREE


GRADE 3 FREE RESOURCES

GRADE 3 FREE NOTES AND EXAMS DOWNLOADS

CRE notes grade 3 Complete

GRADE 3 EXAMS 

GRADE 3 CREATIVE ART

GRADE 3 MUSIC SCHEMES

GRADE 3 MATHEMATICS SCHEMES

GRADE 3 KISWAHILI SCHEMES

GRADE 3 ENVIRONMENTAL SCHEMES

GRADE 3 ENGLISH SCHEMES

GRADE-3-SCHEMES-OF-WORK-KISWAHILI

GRADE-3-SCHEMES-OF-WORK-HYGIENE

GRADE-3-SCHEMES-OF-WORK-ENVIRONMENTAL-ACTIVITIES

GRADE-3-SCHEMES-OF-WORK-ENGLISH

GRADE-3-SCHEMES-OF-WORK-HYGIENE

GRADE-3-SCHEMES-OF-WORK-CRE

GRADE 3 EXAMS 

GRADE 3 FREE HOLIDAY LATEST ASSIGNMENTS

READING ALOUD ASSIGNMENTS

MATHEMATICS ASSIGNMENTS 

MATHS ASSIGNMENTS

READ ALOUD ASSIGNMENTS

KISWAHILI ASSIGNMENTS 1

KISWAHILI ASSIGNMENTS 2

ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES ASSIGNMENTS 1

ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES ASSIGNMENTS 2

ENGLISH ACTIVITIES ASSIGNMENTS 1

ENGLISH ACTIVITIES ASSIGNMENTS 2

HYGIENE AND NUTRITION GRADE 3 TUNE UP EXAM

GRADE 3 MID TERM 1 EXAMS- LITERACY ACTIVITIES

GRADE 3 MID TERM 1 EXAMS- MATHS ACTIVITIES

GRADE 3 MID TERM 1 EXAMS- ENGLISH ACTIVITIES

GRADE 3 MID TERM 1 EXAMS- ENGLISH ACTIVITIES

GRADE 3 MID TERM 1 EXAMS- HYGIENE ACTIVITIES

HOLIDAY MATHEMATICS HOMEWORK – GRADE 3

GRADE 3 FREE SCHEMES OF WORK

MATHEMATICS GRADE 3 FREE SCHEMES OF WORK

ENVIRONMENTAL GRADE 3 FREE SCHEMES OF WORK

GRADE 3 REPORT FORM

KISWAHILI GRADE 3 TERM 3 FREE SCHEMES

HYGIENE GRADE 3 TERM THREE FREE SCHEMES OF WORK.

MOVEMENT ACTIVITIES TERM 3 GRADE 3 FREE SCHEMES OF WORK

MUSIC GRADE 3 TERM THREE FREE SCHEMES OF WORK

MATHEMATICS GRADE 3 TERM 3 FREE SCHEMES OF WORK

ENGLISH ACTIVITIES GRADE 3 TERM THREE FREE SCHEMES OF WORK

GRADE THREE MATHEMATICS SCHEME OF WORK TERM THREE

HYGIENE & NUTRITION SCHEME OF WORK FOR GRADE 3 TERM 3

CRE SCHEME OF WORK FOR GRADE 3 TERM 3

GRADE THREE ENGLISH SCHEME OF WORK TERM TWO

GRADE THREE HYGIENE AND NUTRITION SCHEME TERM TWO

C.R.E SCHEME OF WORK GRADE THREE TERM ONE

GRADE THREE CRE SCHEME OF WORK TERM TWO

C.R.E SCHEME OF WORK GRADE 3 TERM 1

C.R.E SCHEME OF WORK GRADE THREE TERM ONE

MUSIC ACTIVITIES GRADE 3 SCHEME OF WORK FOR TERM 2 COMPETENCY BASED CURRICULUM(CBC)

GRADE THREE ART AND CRAFT SCHEME OF WORK TERM TWO

 


DOWNLOAD FREE PRIMARY & HIGH SCHOOL MATERIALS


FREE UPDATED NOTES

Click on the links below

FORM ONE NOTES

FORM ONE NOTES

FORM TWO NOTES

FORM THREE NOTES

FORM FOUR NOTES

FREE LATEST EXAMS WITH MARKING SCHEMES

Click on the links below;

FORM ONE EXAMS

FORM TWO EXAMS

FORM THREE EXAMS

FORM FOUR EXAMS

FORM 1-4 FREE EXAMS

SCHEMES OF WORK

KCSE REVISION MATERIALS


GRADE 4 FREE RESOURCES

GRADE 4 FREE NOTES AND EXAMS DOWNLOADS

GRADE 4 SET 2 COMPREHENSIVE EXAMS

GRADE 4 EXAMS SERIES

GRADE 4 EXAMS 

GRADE 4 SOCIAL STUDIES SCHEMES

GRADE 4  PE SCHEMES

GRADE 4 MUSIC SCHEMES

GRADE 4 MATHEMATICS SCHEMES

GRADE 4 KISWAHILI SCHEMES

GRADE 4 HOME SCIENCE SCHEMES

GRADE 4 ENGLISH SCHEMES

GRADE 4 CRE SCHEMES

GRADE 4 ART & DESIGN SCHEMES (1)

Grade-4-islamic-religious-education-scheme-of-work-

Grade-4-indigenous-language-schemes-of-work-

Grade-4-hindu-religious-activities-schemes-of-work-

GRADE 4 AGRICULTURE ASSESSMENT

GRADE 4 FREE SCHEMES OF WORK.

Search for more schemes and other materials below. Simply type in the box below and click on the search button.

[ivory-search id=”14715″ title=”Default Search Form”]

GRADE 4 FREE EXAMS

OTHER LOWER PRIMARY MATERIALS

If you missed out on the materials you desired to get? Worry not. You can search them here.

GRADE 4 TIME TABLE DESIGN FREE

ENGLISH FORM FOUR LESSON PLANS

FORM FOUR LESSON PLAN TERM 1

SCHOOL:_______________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: ______________CLASS: ___

DATE: ______________  DAY: _____________ WEEK: _________ .LESSON: ____

SKILL/TOPIC: READING/Oral Narratives

SUB-TOPIC: Human Tales

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  1. Read a human tale presented and answer questions on it.
  2. Give the features and functions of human tales.

T/LEARNING RESOURCES: Samples of human tales, audio presentation of human tales

REFERENCES: ORAL LITERATURE FOR SCHOOLS

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

(a)   Tells a story set in the modern world about people.

(b)   Asks students to identify the main character and their role.

(c)   Tells the learners that they will be learning human tales.

(a)   Listens to the story.

(b)   Identifies the main character and its role.

(c)   Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

33 minutes

1.      Explains the features and functions of the human tales.

2.      Issues a handout containing human tale.

3.      Asks students some questions on the tale.

4.      Asks students to give the functions and features of the tale just read.

1.      Listens and seeks clarification. Takes notes too.

2.      Reads the tale.

3.      Answers the questions.

4.      Gives the features and function of the read tale..

CONCLUSION

3 minutes

(a)   Asks students to give the functions of human tales.

(b)   Asks learners to state the features of human tales.

(a)   Gives the functions of human tales.

(b)   States the features of human tales.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 4

                                                           READING

Oral Narratives

  Human Tales

 

COMMENTS:

__________________________________________________________________________

FORM FOUR LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2020

SCHOOL: _______________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: MR MURIITHI   CLASS: 4 W

DATE: 07/01/2020  DAY: MONDAY WEEK: 2 .LESSON: 1

SKILL/TOPIC: LISTENING AND SPEAKING/ Turn Taking

SUB-TOPIC: Violations in Turn Taking

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  1. Explain the common turn taking violations.
  2. Identify these violations in the conversations carried out in class.

T/L RESOURCES: Video presentation of turn-taking

REFERENCES:  New Integrated Eng SB 4 PG 146, Head Start English Bk 4 pg 21-22

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

a)      Reviews the previous lesson. Asks students the various ways of achieving smooth turn taking.

b)      Tells them that they will be learning turn taking violations.

a)      States the various ways of achieving smooth turn taking.

b)      Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

32 minutes

1.      Defines turn taking violations.

2.      Asks students to suggest some violations in turn taking. Refers them to what they have discussed in the previous lessons.

3.      Plays the audio.

4.      Asks students to identify the turn taking violations evident in the audio.

5.      Groups the learners and asks them to hold a short discussion. Key is the use of turn taking violations.

1.      Listens and seeks clarification. Takes notes.

2.      Suggests some turn taking violations.

3.      Listens to the audio.

4.      Identifies the violations.

5.      Holds a short discussion.

 

CONCLUSION

4 minutes

a)      Asks some students to mention turn taking violations from the role plays.

b)      Asks the students to suggest solutions to the violations.

a)      Mentions the violations.

 

b)      Suggests solutions to the violations.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                           ENGLISH                                                    FORM 4

                                                        LISTENING AND SPEAKING

Turn Taking

Violations in Turn Taking

COMMENTS:

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

FORM FOUR LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: _______________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: MR MURIITHI   CLASS: 4 W

DATE: 07/01/2019 DAY: MONDAY WEEK: 2 .LESSON: 1

SKILL/TOPIC: READING/Oral Narratives

SUB-TOPIC: Devices used in Story Telling

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Explain the story telling devices a narrator use during a live performance.
  • Discuss how they would perform selected sections of the narrative read.

T/L RESOURCES: Narrative to be read, PowerPoint presentation of devices used in story telling

REFERENCES:

Studying Oral Literature pg 14-18

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

(a)   Asks students how storytellers usually make their stories captivating to the audience.

(b)   Tells the learners that a story becomes captivating when the storytellers employs the (a) above.

(a)   Explains how the storytellers usually make their stories captivating to the audience.

(b)   Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

33 minutes

1.      Explains some devices used by narrators.

2.      Asks students to explain other devices.

3.      Issues a handout containing a narrative.

4.      Asks students in group to discuss the devices to use in telling the story read.

5.      Asks a group to recount the story using the devices discussed.

1.      Listens and seeks clarification. Takes notes too.

2.      Explains other devices.

3.      Reads the narrative.

4.      Discusses the devices.

 

5.      Retells the story.

CONCLUSION

3 minutes

(a)   Asks students to explain the storytelling devices used by the narrator during a live performance.

(b)   Gives an exercise.

(a)   Explains the storytelling devices.

 

(b)   Writes the exercise.

 

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 4

                                                           READING

Oral Narratives

Devices used in Story Telling

 

COMMENTS:

TAUGHT. GOOD RESPONSE FROM THE STUDENTS

FORM FOUR LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: _______________________________________________ TCHR’S NAME: MR MURIITHI   CLASS: 4 W

DATE: 07/01/2019 DAY: MONDAY WEEK: 2 .LESSON: 1

SKILL/TOPIC: LISTENING AND SPEAKING/ Negotiation Skills

SUB-TOPIC: Stages of Negotiation

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Outline the stages of negotiation.
  • Follow the steps outlined to carry negotiation on various situations.

T/L RESOURCES: Items to be bought during the role play, video demonstration of stages in negotiation

REFERENCES:  New Integrated Eng SB 4 PG

Head Start English Bk 4 pg102-103

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

a)      Asks students whether they have ever haggled over the price of things at the market.

b)      Tells them the process of reaching the price agreeable is negotiation.

c)      Asks students to state other situations in which agreements can be reached while avoiding disputes.

a)      Says whether or not they have bargained.

b)      Listens and takes notes.

c)      Mentions:

·         Haggling over the price of a dress.

·         Increasing salary/better conditions

·         resolving conflicts

DEVELOPMENT

32 minutes

1.      Explains some situations mentioned by students in part 1.

2.      Outlines the stages in negotiation.

3.      Groups the learners. Asks them to discuss a situation that involves negotiation.

4.      Asks a pair to haggle over the prices of the items brought.

5.      Asks students to identify the stages in the negotiation.

1.      Listens and seeks clarification. Takes notes.

2.      Listens and takes notes.

3.      Discusses the situation.

4.      Haggles over the price.

5.      Identifies the stages and award the pair marks.

CONCLUSION

4 minutes

a)      Asks students to outline the stages in negotiation.

b)      Writes an exercise.

a)      Outlines the stages.

b)      Writes the exercise in their exercise book.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                           ENGLISH                                                    FORM 4

                                                        LISTENING AND SPEAKING

Negotiation Skills

Stages of Negotiation

 

COMMENTS:

TAUGHT. GOOD RESPONSE FROM THE STUDENTS

FORM FOUR LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: _______________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: MR MURIITHI   CLASS: 4 W

DATE: 07/01/2019 DAY: MONDAY WEEK: 2 .LESSON: 1

SKILL/TOPIC: READING/ Oral Poetry

SUB-TOPIC: Religious Poetry

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Read a religious song presented and answer questions on it.
  • Explain the features and functions of religious songs.

T/L RESOURCES: Songs to be read, audio presentation of a religious oral poem

REFERENCES: Studying Oral Lit pg 68

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

(a)   Defines oral poetry.

(b)   Asks learners to give types of oral poetry.

 

(c)   Tells them that they will be learning religious poetry.

(a)   Listens and seeks clarification.

(b)   Gives:

·         Love poetry

·         Work poetry

·         Religious poetry

(c)   Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

33 minutes

1)      Explains some features of religious poetry.

2)      Asks students to explain other features and functions of the religious poetry.

3)      Issues a handout containing a religious poem.

4)      Asks students in group to discuss the features of religious poetry from the song read.

5)      Asks students to sing any religious poetry.

1)      Listens and seeks clarification. Takes notes too.

2)      Explains other features and functions.

3)      Reads the religious poem.

4)      Discusses the features.

5)      Sings religious songs.

 

CONCLUSION

3 minutes

(a)   Asks students to explain the features and function of the religious song sung in step 5 above.

(b)   Gives the exercise.

(a)   Explains the features.

(b)   Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 4

                                                           READING

Oral Poetry

Religious Poetry

 

COMMENTS:

TAUGHT. GOOD RESPONSE FROM THE STUDENTS

 

 

FORM FOUR LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________________ TCHR’S NAME: MR MURIITHI   CLASS: 4 W

DATE: 07/01/2019 DAY: MONDAY WEEK: 2 .LESSON: 1

SKILL/TOPIC: READING / Reading Skills

SUB-TOPIC:  Summarizing

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Read a passage given and respond to questions on it.
  • Summarize the passage read.

T/L RESOURCES: Articles and poems to be read

REFERENCES:  New Integrated Eng SB 4 PG 239

Head Start English Bk 4 pg

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5 minutes

(a)   Asks students to give the features of summary.

(b)   Tells them that they would be learning how to write a summary effectively.

(a)   Gives the features of summary.

(b)   Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

30 minutes

1.      Outlines the steps in writing summary.

2.      Issues a handout with a passage to be read.

3.      Roups the learners. Writes 2 questions to be answered in note form.

4.      Asks individuals to write summary using the points drafted in step 3 above.

1.      Listens and takes notes.

2.      Reads the passage.

3.      Writes a draft in note form. Also summarizes the first question.

4.      Writes a summary.

CONCLUSION

5 minutes

(a)   Asks some students to read aloud their summaries.

(b)   Writes an exercise on the chalkboard.

(a)   Corrects the others.

(b)   Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                           ENGLISH                                                    FORM 4

                                                                   READING

                                                                  Reading Skills

                                                                  Summarizing

 

COMMENTS:

TAUGHT. GOOD RESPONSE FROM THE STUDENTS

FORM FOUR LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: MR MURIITHI   CLASS: 4 W

DATE: 07/01/2019 DAY: MONDAY WEEK: 2 .LESSON: 1

SKILL/TOPIC: LISTENING AND SPEAKING/ Paying Attention/Listening

SUB-TOPIC: Techniques of Paying Attention

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Explain the techniques of ensuring active listening.
  • Demonstrate the ability to actively listen following the points explained.

T/L RESOURCES: Short speech to be read as others listen

REFERENCES: 

Head Start English Bk 4 pg

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

a)      Asks students to identify situations that call for active listening.

b)      Tells them there is need to be an active listener in all the situations mentioned.

a)      Identifies the situations.

b)      Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

32 minutes

1.      Asks students how they usually ensure they remain attentive throughout during a church sermon.

2.      Explains other ways of ensuring active listening.

3.      Takes a few minutes reading an article.

4.      Asks students to identify the techniques of active listening displayed by the learners.

1.      Explains how they ensure they remain attentive during the sermon.

2.      Listens and seeks clarification. Takes notes.

3.      Listens to the article. Demonstrates the points in step 2.

4.      Identifies the points considered and award the pair marks.

CONCLUSION

4 minutes

a)      Asks students to state the techniques of ensuring active listening.

b)      Writes an exercise.

a)      States the techniques.

b)      Writes the exercise in their exercise book.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                           ENGLISH                                                    FORM 4

                                                        LISTENING AND SPEAKING

Paying Attention/Listening

Techniques of Paying Attention

 

COMMENTS:

TAUGHT. GOOD RESPONSE FROM THE STUDENTS

FORM FOUR LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: MR MURIITHI   CLASS: 4 W

DATE: 07/01/2019 DAY: MONDAY WEEK: 2 .LESSON: 1

SKILL/TOPIC: READING/comprehension

SUB-TOPIC: Abortion: Let Your Desires be Ruled by Reason

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Read the passage and respond to questions after it.
  • Use new words in sentences of their own.
 

T/L RESOURCES: Picture on the students’ book/ Dictionaries

REFERENCES:

Head Start English Bk 4 pg 163-165

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

(a)   Talks about the issue raised in the passage without letting them know they are about to read a passage.

(b)   Asks students question concerning the issue.

(c)   Tells the students the passage they are about to read and asks them to open their course books.

(a)   Listens and seeks clarification.

 

(b)   Answers the questions asked.

(c)   Opens their books.

DEVELOPMENT

33 minutes

1.      Asks students to read the paragraphs in turns.

2.      Asks students to retell the passage in their own words.

3.      Asks students some questions on the passage.

4.      Identifies some new words and asks students to give their meanings and use in each in their own words.

1.      Reads the paragraphs.

2.      Retells the passage in their words.

3.      Answers the questions.

4.      Gives the meanings of the words and use them in sentences of their own.

CONCLUSION

3 minutes

(a)   Asks students to discuss the lessons they learn from the passage.

(b)   Gives an exercise.

(a)   Discusses the lessons they learn from the passage.

(b)   Writes the exercise.

 

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 4

                                                           READING

                                                COMPREHENSION

Abortion: Let Your Desires be Ruled by Reason

COMMENTS:

TAUGHT. GOOD RESPONSE FROM THE STUDENTS

FORM FOUR LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: MR MURIITHI   CLASS: 4 W

DATE: 07/01/2019 DAY: MONDAY WEEK: 2 .LESSON: 1

SKILL/TOPIC: READING/comprehension

SUB-TOPIC: Reading: The Best Way to Know

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Read the passage and respond to questions after it.
  • Use new words in sentences of their own.
 

T/L RESOURCES: Picture on the students’ book/ Dictionaries

REFERENCES:

Head Start English Bk 4 pg 103-104

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

(a)   Talks about the issue raised in the passage without letting them know they are about to read a passage.

(b)   Asks students question concerning the issue.

(c)   Tells the students the passage they are about to read and asks them to open their course books.

(a)   Listens and seeks clarification.

 

(b)   Answers the questions asked.

(c)   Opens their books.

DEVELOPMENT

33 minutes

1.      Asks students to read the paragraphs in turns.

2.      Asks students to dramatize the passage in their own words.

3.      Asks students some questions on the passage.

4.      Identifies some new words and asks students to give their meanings and use in each in their own words.

1.      Reads the paragraphs.

2.      Dramatizes the passage.

3.      Answers the questions.

4.      Gives the meanings of the words and use them in sentences of their own.

CONCLUSION

3 minutes

1.      Asks students to discuss the lessons they learn from the passage.

2.      Gives an exercise.

1.      Discusses the lessons they learn from the passage.

2.      Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 4

                                                           READING

                                                COMPREHENSION

Reading: The Best Way to Know

 

COMMENTS:

TAUGHT. GOOD RESPONSE FROM THE STUDENTS

 

FORM FOUR LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: MR MURIITHI   CLASS: 4 W

DATE: 07/01/2019 DAY: MONDAY WEEK: 2 .LESSON: 1

SKILL/TOPIC: READING / Reading Skills

SUB-TOPIC:  Recognizing Attitude and Tone

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Make a list of positive, negative, neutral and ironic categories of tone/attitude words.
  • Discuss the tone/attitude from the short passage read.

T/L RESOURCES: Passage to be read

REFERENCES:  New Integrated Eng SB 4 PG 137-139

Head Start English Bk 4 pg 61-62

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

5 minutes

(a)   Asks students to list adjectives used to describe tone/attitude.

(b)   Tells them that they would be learning how to recognize attitude/tone in passages.

(a)   Lists attitude/tone words.

(b)   Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

30 minutes

1.      Defines attitude and tone. Outlines the steps in recognizing attitude/tone.

2.      Issues a handout with a passage to be read.

3.      Groups the learners and asks them to identify the tone in the passage.

4.      Asks individuals to explain the attitude in the passage.

1.      Listens and takes notes.

2.      Reads the passage.

3.      Identifies tone.

4.      Explains the attitude.

CONCLUSION

5 minutes

(a)   Reads some explanations and asks students to identify the tone in each.

(b)   Writes an exercise on the chalkboard.

(a)   Identifies the tone in the sentences.

(b)   Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                           ENGLISH                                                    FORM 4

                                                                   READING

                                                                  Reading Skills

Recognizing Attitude and Tone

 

COMMENTS:

TAUGHT. GOOD RESPONSE FROM THE STUDENTS

FORM FOUR LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: MR MURIITHI   CLASS: 4 W

DATE: 07/01/2019 DAY: MONDAY WEEK: 2 .LESSON: 1

SKILL/TOPIC: LISTENING AND SPEAKING/ Turn Taking

SUB-TOPIC: Violations in Turn Taking

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  1. Explain the common turn taking violations.
  2. Identify these violations in the conversations carried out in class.

T/L RESOURCES: Audio

REFERENCES:  New Integrated Eng SB 4 PG 146

Head Start English Bk 4 pg 21-22

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

c)      Reviews the previous lesson. Asks students the various ways of achieving smooth turn taking.

d)      Tells them that they will be learning turn taking violations.

c)      States the various ways of achieving smooth turn taking.

d)      Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

32 minutes

6.      Defines turn taking violations.

7.      Asks students to suggest some violations in turn taking. Refers them to what they have discussed in the previous lessons.

8.      Plays the audio.

9.      Asks students to identify the turn taking violations evident in the audio.

10.  Groups the learners and asks them to hold a short discussion. Key is the use of turn taking violations.

6.      Listens and seeks clarification. Takes notes.

7.      Suggests some turn taking violations.

8.      Listens to the audio.

9.      Identifies the violations.

10.  Holds a short discussion.

 

CONCLUSION

4 minutes

c)      Asks some students to mention turn taking violations from the role plays.

d)      Asks the students to suggest solutions to the violations.

c)      Mentions the violations.

d)      Suggests solutions to the violations.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                           ENGLISH                                                    FORM 4

                                                        LISTENING AND SPEAKING

Turn Taking

Violations in Turn Taking

 

COMMENTS:

TAUGHT. GOOD RESPONSE FROM THE STUDENTS

FORM FOUR LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: MR MURIITHI   CLASS: 4 W

DATE: 07/01/2019 DAY: MONDAY WEEK: 2 .LESSON: 1

SKILL/TOPIC: READING/Oral Narratives

SUB-TOPIC: Devices used in Story Telling

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Explain the story telling devices a narrator use during a live performance.
  • Discuss how they would perform selected sections of the narrative read.

T/L RESOURCES: Narrative to be read

REFERENCES:

Studying Oral Literature pg 14-18

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

(c)   Asks students how storytellers usually make their stories captivating to the audience.

(d)   Tells the learners that a story becomes captivating when the storytellers employs the (a) above.

(c)   Explains how the storytellers usually make their stories captivating to the audience.

(d)   Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

33 minutes

6.      Explains some devices used by narrators.

7.      Asks students to explain other devices.

8.      Issues a handout containing a narrative.

9.      Asks students in group to discuss the devices to use in telling the story read.

10.  Asks a group to recount the story using the devices discussed.

6.      Listens and seeks clarification. Takes notes too.

7.      Explains other devices.

8.      Reads the narrative.

9.      Discusses the devices.

10.  Retells the story.

CONCLUSION

3 minutes

(c)   Asks students to explain the storytelling devices used by the narrator during a live performance.

(d)   Gives an exercise.

(c)   Explains the storytelling devices.

 

(d)   Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 4

                                                           READING

Oral Narratives

Devices used in Story Telling

 

COMMENTS:

TAUGHT. GOOD RESPONSE FROM THE STUDENTS

 

FORM FOUR LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: MR MURIITHI   CLASS: 4 W

DATE: 07/01/2019 DAY: MONDAY WEEK: 2 .LESSON: 1

SKILL/TOPIC: READING/Oral Narratives

SUB-TOPIC: Textual Narrative Techniques

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Discuss the textual narrative techniques giving their functions.
  • Identify the techniques from the narrative read.

T/L RESOURCES: Narrative to be read

REFERENCES:

Studying Oral Literature pg 19-20

New Integrated Eng SB 4 PG

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

(a)   Asks students to give the common features of narratives.

(b)   Tells the learners that oral narratives usually have the features mentioned and that they play a role in the narratives.

(a)   Gives the common features of narratives.

(b)   Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

33 minutes

1.      Explains some features of the oral narratives.

2.      Asks students to explain other features.

3.      Issues a handout containing a narrative.

4.      Asks students in group to discuss the features of oral narratives evident in the story read.

1.      Listens and seeks clarification. Takes notes too.

2.      Explains other features.

3.      Reads the narrative.

4.      Discusses the features.

 

CONCLUSION

3 minutes

(a)   Asks students to explain the features of oral narratives

(b)   Gives the exercise.

(a)   Explains the features.

(b)   Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 4

                                                           READING

Oral Narratives

Textual Narrative Techniques

 

COMMENTS:

TAUGHT. GOOD RESPONSE FROM THE STUDENTS

FORM FOUR LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: MR MURIITHI   CLASS: 4 W

DATE: 07/01/2019 DAY: MONDAY WEEK: 2 .LESSON: 1

SKILL/TOPIC: LISTENING AND SPEAKING/ Paying Attention/Listening

SUB-TOPIC: Signs of Inactive Audience

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Discuss the signs of an inactive listener.
  • Identify the above signs in a video played.

T/L RESOURCES: Video showing inactive listeners

REFERENCES:  Excelling in Eng. Sb 4 pg

Head Start English Bk 4 pg

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

a)      Reviews the previous lesson. Asks students to explain ways of ensuring active listening.

b)      Tells them that some speakers and even the audience can tell that some listeners are inattentive.

a)      Explains the techniques.

b)      Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

32 minutes

1.      Asks students how they usually tell that some students are inactive during the lessons.

2.      Explains other signs of in active listening.

3.      Plays the video.

4.      Asks students to identify the signs of inactive listeners in the video watched.

5.      Asks students to suggest remedies to the problems in 4 above.

1.      Gives some common signs of inattentive students.

2.      Listens and seeks clarification. Takes notes.

3.      Watches the video.

4.      Identifies the signs of inactive listeners.

5.      Suggests the remedies.

CONCLUSION

4 minutes

a)      Asks students to state the signs of inactive listening.

b)      Writes an exercise.

a)      States the signs.

b)      Writes the exercise in their exercise book.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                           ENGLISH                                                    FORM 4

                                                        LISTENING AND SPEAKING

Paying Attention/Listening

Signs of Inactive Audience

 

 

COMMENTS:

TAUGHT. GOOD RESPONSE FROM THE STUDENTS

FORM FOUR LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: MR MURIITHI   CLASS: 4 W

DATE: 07/01/2019 DAY: MONDAY WEEK: 2 .LESSON: 1

SKILL/TOPIC: LISTENING AND SPEAKING/ Paying Attention/Listening

SUB-TOPIC: Barriers to Effective Listening

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Discuss the factors that inhibit active listening.
  • Suggest the solutions to the barriers to effective listening.

T/L RESOURCES: Video showing barriers to effective listening.

REFERENCES:  Excelling in Eng. Sb 4 pg 155-156

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

a)      Reviews the previous lesson. Asks students to explain signs of inactive listeners.

b)      Tells them that there are barriers.

a)      Explains the signs.

b)      Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

32 minutes

1.      Explains some things that get in the way of listening.

2.      Groups the learners. Asks them to discuss other barriers to effective listening.

3.      Plays the video.

4.      Asks students to identify the barriers to effective listening. As one group identifies the barrier the next group to suggest the ways of overcoming the barrier.

5.      Explains the remedies to the barriers.

1.      Listens and seeks clarification. Takes notes.

2.      Discusses the barriers.

3.      Watches the video.

4.      Identifies the barriers and suggests the solutions to the barriers.

5.      Listens and takes notes.

CONCLUSION

4 minutes

a)      Asks students to state the barriers to effective listening.

b)      Writes an exercise.

a)      States the barriers.

b)      Writes the exercise in their exercise book.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                           ENGLISH                                                    FORM 4

                                                        LISTENING AND SPEAKING

Paying Attention/Listening

Barriers to Effective Listening

 

 

COMMENTS:

TAUGHT. GOOD RESPONSE FROM THE STUDENTS

 

FORM FOUR LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: MR MURIITHI   CLASS: 4 W

DATE: 07/01/2019 DAY: MONDAY WEEK: 2 .LESSON: 1

SKILL/TOPIC: WRITING/ Institutional Writing

SUB-TOPIC: Curriculum Vitae

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  • Describe the features of a curriculum vitae.
  • Write a curriculum vitae following the features described.

T/L RESOURCES: Sample CV

REFERENCES: New Integrated Eng SB 4 PG 178-182

Excelling in Eng. Sb 4 pg 230-233

Head Start English Bk 4 pg 169-170

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

(a)   Explains the need for writing CV.

(b)   Tells the learners that they will be learning how to write a CV.

(a)   Listens and seeks clarification.

(b)   Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

32 minutes

1.      Issues sample CV.

2.      Asks students to mention the features of acv.

3.      Asks students to individually write some sections of their CV.

4.      Allows the students to read aloud their cvs.

1.      Reads the CV.

2.      Mentions the features.

3.      Writes the CV.

4.      Reads aloud their CVs.

CONCLUSION

4 minutes

(a)   Asks students to state the features of a good CV.

(b)   Gives an exercise.

(a)   States the features.

(b)   Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                    FORM 4

                                                           WRITING

Institutional Writing 

Curriculum Vitae

 

COMMENTS:

TAUGHT. GOOD RESPONSE FROM THE STUDENTS

FORM FOUR LESSON PLAN TERM 1, 2019

SCHOOL: __________________________________________________________

TCHR’S NAME: MR MURIITHI   CLASS: 4 W

DATE: 07/01/2019 DAY: MONDAY WEEK: 2 .LESSON: 1

SKILL/TOPIC: READING/ Oral Poetry

SUB-TOPIC: Structural and Stylistic Devices

OBJECTIVE: By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

.
  • Explain the structural and stylistic devices used in oral poetry.
  • Identify the structural and stylistic devices used in oral poems read.

T/L RESOURCES: Songs to be read

REFERENCES:

Studying Oral Lit pg 68

PART/TIME TEACHER’S ACTIVITES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES
INTRODUCTION

4 minutes

a)      Reads an oral poem aloud.

b)      Asks students to identify the styles used in the song.

c)      Tells them that they will be learning stylistic devices used in oral poems.

a)      Listens to the oral poem.

b)      Identifies some styles used.

c)      Listens and takes notes.

DEVELOPMENT

33 minutes

1.      Explains the common styles and structure in oral poems.

2.      Issues a handout containing a song.

3.      Identifies some styles used in the song.

4.      Issues another handout.

5.      Asks groups to present their work.

1.      Listens and seeks clarification. Takes notes.

2.      Reads the song.

3.      Identifies the other styles. Takes notes.

4.      Discusses the structure and styles used in a group.

5.      Presents their work.

CONCLUSION

3 minutes

a)      Asks students to explains the various styles used in oral poems.

b)      Gives the exercise.

a)      Explains styles.

b)      Writes the exercise.

CHALKBOARD LAYOUT

Date                                                   ENGLISH                                                          FORM 4

                                                           READING

Oral Poetry

Structural and Stylistic Devices

 

COMMENTS:

TAUGHT. GOOD RESPONSE FROM THE STUDENTS

Biology KCSE Mock Exams and Answers {Latest Best Collections}

Name …………………………………………….………                                   ADM/NUMBER…………..

 

231/ 1                                                                                                        Candidate’s Signature…………..

BIOLOGY

Paper 1                                                                                                           Date …………………………..

(Theory)

 

Time :2 hours

 

 

 

MOCKS 1 2023

Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education

 

 

Instructions to candidates

 

Write your name and class in the spaces provided above.

Append your signature and write the date of examination in the spaces provided above.

Spelling errors especially of biological terms shall be penalized

Candidates should answer the questions in English.

Answer ALL questions in the spaces provided.

 

 

 

 

 

For Examiner’s Use Only

 

 

Question

 

Maximum Score

 

Candidate’s Score

 

                1 – 29

 

                              80

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

This paper consists of 12 printed pages.

Candidates should check the question paper to ascertain that

all the pages are printed as indicated and no questions are missing.

 

 

 

 

  1. Name the group of organisms that are found on the boarder of living and non-living organisms [1mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  1. State two features characteristic of fruits dispersed by animals                     [2marks]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  1. Define each of the following biological phenomena

 

  • Irritability         [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  • Seed dormancy [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  • Double fertilisation in angiosperms [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  1. Name the disease condition caused by deficiency of each of the following

 

  • Iodine [1mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  • Vitamin B1 [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

 

  1. State the function of the mitochondrial cristae [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

  1. Give thedifference between transpiration and guttation              [2 marks]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  1. Name two enzymes in the human digestive system which are secreted in an inactive form

   [2 marks]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  1. Outline the function of the cilia in the mammalian fallopian tube [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  1. Name the blood vessel that supplies blood to the

 

  • Brain [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  • Cardiac muscle [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  1. Explain why when placed in fresh water Entamoebahistolyticadoes not burst [2 marks]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

  1. (a) Name the taxonomic class of woodlice                                                                                 [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  • Name two other organisms in the taxonomic class in (a) above [2 marks]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

  • State two features characteristic of organisms in the taxonomic class in (a)(i) above

[2 marks]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  1. To estimate the population size of grasshoppers in the 5km2 field behind the Matope school farm, a group of students caught 100 grasshoppers on the first day. They marked them and released them back into the field. 48 hours later, the students went back to the field and caught 80 grasshoppers. Of these, 40 were found to have been marked

 

  • Suggest a suitable method used to mark the grasshoppers [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  • Calculate the population density of grasshoppers in the field [3 marks]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  1. The diagram below shows a specialized plant cell

 

 

  • (i) Identify the cell                                                                                                               [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  • State one feature observable in the diagram above that adapts the cell to its function

[1 mark]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  • Name the part labelled F [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

  1. Shown below is a diagram of a neurone

 

 

  • (i) Identify the type of neurone in the diagram above                                             [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  • Give one reason for your answer in (a)(i) above [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  • Draw an arrow, alongside the diagram above, to indicate the direction of flow of a nerve impulse in the neurone                                 [1 mark]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Study the equation below which represents a reaction which takes place in the mammalian body

 

Enzyme X

CO2(g)+ H2O(l)H2CO3(aq)

 

  • Where in the mammalian body does the reaction above take place? [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  • Name the enzyme X                                                  [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  1. The diagram below shows a specialized cell from a human being

 

 

  • Name the part labelled P [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  • Give one adaptive feature of the organelle labelled T [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  • State the function of the part labelled Q                                     [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The apparatus shown in the diagram below may be used to demonstrate aerobic respiration. Air is drawn through the apparatus by attaching it to a vacuum pump at the point labelled X. Sodium hydroxide solution is placed in flask 1 to remove carbon(IV)oxide

 

1                             2                  small animal         3

 

  • Why was it necessary to remove carbon(IV)oxide? [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  • Calcium hydroxide solution is put in the jars labelled 2 and 3. Explain why [2 marks]

 

Jar 2………………………………………………………………………………………………………

 

Jar 3………………………………………………………………………………………………………

 

  • Suggest a suitable control for this experiment [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  1. Illustrated below is the movement of material in a certain physiological process

 

 

  • (i) Name the physiological process illustrated above                                                          [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  • Give two examples of applicability of the process named in (a)(i) above in plants

[2 marks]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  • State two ways by which the movement of the dye molecules would be slowed down

[2 marks]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  1. The diagrams below represent an experimental set up to investigate a certain biological phenomenon

                                                        START OF EXPERIMENT

 

                                                          END OF EXPERIMENT

 

  • (i) What was being investigated in the experiment?                                                         [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

 

 

  • Explain your answer in (a)(i) above                 [3 marks]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

  • What was the role of flask II in the experiment? [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  1. Outline two adaptive features of guard cells [2 marks]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  1. The scientific name of the European wildcat, a nocturnal mammal that inhabits forests of Western, Southern, Central and Eastern Europe, is Felissilvestris. Write down

 

  • the scientific name of the European wildcat [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  • the species name of the European wildcat [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  1. Name the hormone, in man, responsible for each of the following

 

  • Stimulates secretion of bile by hepatocytes [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  • Stimulates release of bile juice from gall bladder into the duodenum [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  1. The following text messages on a cellular phone represent gene mutations

 

  Intended message Actual message
 I Metereis a top school Metre  is a top school
II The microscope is my tool The microscope is my loot

 

Identify the type of gene mutation represented in each case

 

I…………………………………………………………………………………………………  [1 mark]

 

II……………………………………………………………………………………………….. [1 mark]

 

  1. (a) Define omnivores                                                                                                                   [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

  • Name two mammals that are omnivores [2 marks]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  1. (a) Two alleles in heterozygous state can be fully expressed phenotypically in an organism e.g.

the alleles for black and white skin colour in guinea pigs (Caviaporcellus). Give the term used

todescribe this phenomenon                                                                                              [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  • Give one example of a trait in human beings where the condition whose term is named in (a) above expresses itself [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  1. Shown below are diagrams of the same mammalian blood cell

 

Surface view Cross section

 

State two morphological features of cell represented in the diagram above                   [2 marks]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

  1. The table below shows the effect of wind, still air and stomatal opening on the rate of transpiration of a plant in milligrams of water lost per hour dm2. Study the table and answer the following questions

 

Stomatal opening (μm) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Windy 40 63 74 86 94 110 124
Still air 0 6 12 19 23 27 30

(a) (i) Compare the rates of transpiration in windy and still air conditions          [1mark]

 

 

(ii) Explain your observation             in a(i) above                                                             [2marks]

 

 

(b) How does stomatal opening affect transpiration rate?                                       [1mark]

 

 

 

  1. The relationship between oxygen concentration, potassium uptake and sugar consumption in isolated barley roots was determined. The loss of sugar and potassium uptake are in arbitrary units

 

  Percentage oxygen  in aeration stream
0 5 10 15 20 100
Sugar loss 15 20 42 45 45 48
Potassium gain 5 55 70 73 75 70

 

  1. Account for the sugar loss and potassium gain at between 5% and 20% oxygen concentration [3marks]

 

 

  1. State two ways in which you can stop the above process from taking place [2marks]

 

 

 

 

  1. Illustrated in the diagrams below is the position of chloroplasts (shown as dark structures, ) in a tropical plant species, at two different times of the day

                                          I                         II

                        At 6am                             At 2pm

  • Identify the tissue labelled K              [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  • Name the response shown by the chloroplasts in diagram I                [1 mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  • Outline the importance of the orientation of the chloroplasts as illustrated in diagram II

    [2 marks]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

NAME:………………………………………………………………………………………….…………ADM/NO. ………………………….

SCHOOL:…………………………………………………………..………………SIGNATURE………………………DATE…………….…

231/2

BIOLOGY

PAPER 2

(Theory)

JULY 2023

TIME: 2HOURS

 

MOCKS 1 2023

Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education

INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES

  1. Write your name and Admission number in the spaces provided.
  2. Sign and write the date.
  3. This paper consists of two sections.A and B.
  4. Answer ALL the questions in section A in the spaces provided.
  5. In section B, answer question 6 (compulsory) and either question 7 or 8 in the spaces provided.

For examiners use only:

Section Question Maximum score Candidates score
A 1 8  
2 8  
3 8  
4 8  
5 8  
B 6 20  
7 20  
8 20  
TOTAL SCORE 80  

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION A ( 40 MARKS)

  1. Below is a set up that was used to investigate a certain process in plants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. State  what the above apparatus can be used to measure
  2. Directly [1mark]

 

  1. Indirectly                                                                                               [1mark]

 

  1. i) Give two precautions that should be taken when setting up the experiment[2marks]

 

 

 

(ii) State a reason for each precautions stated in b(i) above                              [2marks]

 

 

 

(c) List two  structural factors that affect the process under investigation              [2marks]

  1. A Covidiot at Nakuru National park  wanted to estimate the population size of grasshoppers , 70 grasshoppers were trapped , marked and released. A week later , a second sample was captured. In this second sample , 27 had marks on their bodies while 13 did not have the marks.
  2. Calculate the estimated size of the grasshopper population              [3marks]

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Explain why it is important that the samples contain as many grasshoppers as possible [1mark]

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Name an appropriate instrument that was used to capture the grasshoppers [1mark]

 

 

  1. Give 3 assumptions that must be made when using this method of population estimation [3marks]

 

 

 

 

 

  1. In an experiment, Drosophila melanogaster (fruit fly) with broad abdomens were crossed with those having narrow abdomens. All the F1 offspring from the crosses had broad abdomens :
  2. Using A to denote the genes for the abdomen size, give the genotypes of the parents[2marks]

 

 

  1. If 150 fruit flies had narrow abdomens in the F2 generation, how many had broad abdomens in the same generation? Show your working                             [2marks]

 

 

 

 

 

  1. In a related expt, fruit flies with broad abdomens were crossed with flies with narrow abdomens. The offspring with broad abdomen and the ones with narrow abdomen were in the ratio of 1:1

 

  1. What is the genotype of the parent with broad abdomen? [1mark]

 

 

  1. What is the biological significance of this experiment? [1mark]

 

 

 

  • Suggest 2 reasons why fruit flies are suitable organisms to use in this genetic experiment [2marks]

 

  1. The diagram below shows a fresh water ecosystem. Study it carefully and answer the questions that follow.
P
Q
S
  1. a) What is an ecosystem.                                                                                         [1mark]

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. b) Identify the type of plants labeled S,P and Q.                                                   [3marks]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. c) Explain adaptations of plant P to their environment.                              [4marks]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. A healthy plant was kept in the dark for 24hours following which two of its leaves were enclosed in glass flasks as shown below. The set up was the exposed to sunlight for a number of hours.

 

 

 

M
N

 

 

 

 

(a) Why was it necessary to keep the plant in the dark for 24 hours?                     [1mark]

(b) Give the function of each of the following in the experiment

(i) Sodium hydroxide                                                                                    [1mark]

(ii) Sodium hydrogen corbonate                                                                           [1mark]

(c) Explain the expected observations  in leaf.

(i) M when tested for starch                                                                                  [2mark]

 

 

(ii) N when tested for starch?                                                                              [2mark]

 

 

(d)  Apart from light intensity, name one other aspect of light that affects photosynthesis [1mark]

SECTION B (40 MARKS)

Answer question 6 and either question 7 or 8

 

  1. An experiment was carried out to investigate a certain physiological process in plants. The experimental set-up was as follows: three vacuum flasks were labelled X, Y and Z. wet cotton wool was placed in flasks  X and Y. 50 soaked bean seeds were placed in flask X; while 50 boiled and then cooled seeds were placed in flask Y. Cotton  wool soaked in methylated spirit was placed in flask Z. 50 seeds, boiled, cooled and then soaked in methylated  spirit was placed in flask Z and a thermometer was placed in each flask and held in place with dry cotton wool. The set-up was left standing on the side bench in the laboratory. Temperature readings were taken  at the same time each day for nine days.

 

 

The results are as shown below

 

 

 

Flask

Temperature (OC)-recorded daily
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 (DAYS)
 X 22 25 30 35 38 38 37 33 26
 Y 20 20 20 22 25 30 33 39 45
 Z 20 20 19 20 20 19 20 20 19

 

  1. Using the same axes plot the temperatures against time in days for flask X and Y [8marks]

 

 

 

  1. Account for the shape of the graphs from day 1 to day 9 in :
  2. Flask X [4marks]

 

 

 

 

  1. Flask Y         [3marks]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Explain the results obtained in flask Z [2marks]

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Explain why :
  2. Vacuum flask were used in this experiment [1mark]

 

 

  1. Cotton wool and not rubber bungs were used to hold the thermometer in place [1mk]

 

 

  1. State the aim of the above investigation [1mark]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Evolution of an organism is towards better adaptation and survival to its habitat.
  2. Explain how this is achieved to members of Class Insecta towards locomotion and protection [7marks]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Suggest how the modern long necked giraffes may have evolved from short necked stock [13marks]

 

 

  1. Briefly
  2. Describe the process of fertilization in flowering plants [16marks]

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Describe the changes that take place on the flower after fertilization [4marks]

NAME………………………………………………………………………….. ADM/NUMBER……………………….

SCHOOL………………………………………………………………… Date……………………………………

BIOLOGY (231/3)

Paper 3 (PRACTICAL)

JULY 2023

TIME: 13/4 hour

 

MOCKS 1 2023

Kenya Certificate of Secondary Examinations

Instructions to candidates

(a) Write your name and Admission number in the spaces provided.

(b) Answer all the questions in the spaces provided.

(c) You are required to spend the first 15 minutes of the 13/4 hours allowed for this paper reading the whole paper carefully before commencing your work.

(d) This paper consists of 6 printed pages.

(e) Candidates should check the question paper to ascertain that all the pages are printed as indicated and that no questions are missing.

For Examiner’s Use Only

QUESTION MAXIMUM SCORE CANDIDATE SCORE
  14  
  13  
  13  
40  

 

  1. You are provided with small pieces of two tissues, labeled P and Q, obtained from an animal.

 

(a).Cut each specimen into two equal halves. From each specimen, crush one half and leave the other half as a solid piece. Place the solid half of specimen P into a test tube labeled K. Place the solid half of specimen Q into a test tube labeled L.

Put about 2cm3 hydrogen peroxide into each of the test tubes.

(i) State the observations made in the two test tubes.                                                        [2marks]

Test tube K ………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Test tube L ………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

(ii)Place the crushed specimen P into test tube labeled M and also place the crushed specimen Q into test tube labeled N. Add 2cm3 hydrogen peroxide into test tube M and N. Record the observation for each test tubes M and N in comparison to K and  L                                  [2marks]

 

Test tube M ……………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Test tube N …………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

(iii) Write down an equation for the reaction that was responsible for your observations in the experiments above.                                                          [1mark]

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

(iv) Name the process represented by the equation in (iii) above.   [1mark]

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

 

(b) Explain how crushing affected the results of the experiments.                                   [2marks]

………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………….

 

(c) Apart from the process named in (a) (iv) above, name three other functions of specimen Q[3marks]

………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………….

(d) Explain the importance of the process named in (a) (iv) above in living organisms    [3marks]

………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………….

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. You are provided with specimen labelled Z which has been grounded into flour.

Make a solution of the flour provided by adding water and stirring properly. Sieve or decant to obtain a solution from the mixture.

 

(a) (i) Using the reagents provided test for the presence of starch, proteins and lipids in the solution from specimen Z. Record the procedures, observation, and conclusions in the table below.                                                                         [9marks]

 

 

FOODSUBSTANCE PROCEDURE OBSERVATION CONCLUSION
Starch

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     
Proteins  

 

 

 

 

 

 

   
Lipids  

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

(ii) From the conclusions made in (a) (i) above, suggest the regions of the alimentary canal where the digestion of specimen Z would take place.                                                        [3marks]              ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..                 ……………………………………………………………………………………………….

(b) State one use of any two food substances found in specimen Z.            [2 marks]

………………………………………………………………………………………                 ………………………………………………………………………………………                 ………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………                 ………………………………………………………………………………………                 ………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. You are provided with leaves of specimens A, B, C, D, and E.

 

(a) Use the following features in the order in which they are listed, to prepare a dichotomous key:                                                                                                                                       [8 marks]

Type of leaf

Shape of the lamina

Succulent or non-succulent

Leaf margin

………………………………………………………………………………………                 ………………………………………………………………………………………                 ………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………                 ………………………………………………………………………………………                 ………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………                 ………………………………………………………………………………………                 ………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………                 ………………………………………………………………………………………                 ………………………………………………………………………………………

 

(b) (i) Name the likely habitat of specimen C.                                                                   [1mark]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

(ii) Give a reason for your answer in (b) (i) above.                                                            [1mark]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

(c) State the significance of the shiny upper surface of specimen A.                                [2marks]

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

MOCKS 1 2023

 

Piece of flesh labeled P

Piece of Liver labeled Q

Groundnuts flour labelled Z( each student requires about 20gms of the flour)

Leaves –      (a) Broad leave with smooth margins e.g Mango labeled A

(b) Grass leaf Labeled B.

(c) Tradescantia leaf / any succulent leaf labeled C

(d) Broad leaf with serrated leaf margine.g Tobacco leaf labeled D

(e) Compound leafe.gJacaranda  labeled E

Iodine solution

Absolute ethanol

10% sodium hydroxide solution

1% copper (ii) sulphate solution

Hot water bath

Means of labeling

Four test tubes

 

 

MOCKS 1 2023

 

  1. Viruses ;
  2. Fruits/ a part of the fruit is, fleshy/ juicy/ succulent (Fruits/ a part of the fruit is brightly coloured. Fruits large-sized and thus conspicuous (acc. Clustered rej conspicuous alone) fruits scented/ with a sweet smell/ aroma; seeds have tough/ hard/ slimy testa; (ej coat alone for testa, Accept seed coat for testa) seeds covered with sticky/ mucoid/ slimy materials (the fruit/ parts of the fruit) have hooks/ hook-like structures (mark the first floor (1 mk x 2= 2mks)
  3. Irritability
  • Ability of a living thing/ organism to detect/ perceive and react to a change in its environment (note both/ the two underlined aspects of the phenomenon must be stated to score 1 mk)
  1. seed dormancy
  • Inability of seed of a given plant to germinate (caused by conditions within the seed) in a specified period of time. Under environmental factors/ conditions that are normally suitable/ ideal o germination (of the non-dormant seed) (Note: both aspects of seed dormancy must be specified to score 1mk)
  1. Double fertilization
  • One of the male nuclei fuses with the egg cell nucleus to form diploid zygote while the other male nucleus fuses with the polar nucleus to form triploid primary endosperm
  1. a ) Goitre
  2. b) beriberi
  3. increase surface area for attachment of respiratory enzymes hence increased rate of             respiration
Transpiration Guttation
Loss of water from a plant surface in from of water vapour Loss of water from a plant surface in form of liquid droplets
Take place/ water is lost through stomata, lenticels, thin cuticle Takes place/ water is lost though hydathodes;

 

  1. pepsin secreted as pepsinogen

Trypsin secreted as trypsinogen

 

  1. cilia waft to propel the ovum in the fallopian tube

 

9 a) carotid artery

  1. b) coronary artery

 

  1. Has contractile vacuoles that collect and discharge excess water out of the cell

 

  1. a)Name taxonomic class of woodlice
  • (class) Crustacea (NB initial ‘C’ must be written in upper case while others in small letters
  1. b) Name two other organisms in the taxonomic class in (a) (i) above
  • Crab/ lobster/ catfish, Bamades, Krill
  1. c) State two features characteristics/ diagnostic o organisms in the taxonomic class in (a) (i) above
  • Bitamoua (two pated) appendices; two body [parts; cephalothorax covered dorsally with carapace/ hard shell like structure, two pairs of antennae; Chitinous exoskeleton/ segmented body (paired and )jointed appendages/ each body segment with a pair of appendages/ dorsal, tubuler heart/ open circulatory system/ internal body cavity a haemocoel through which haemolymph circulates and in which internal body organs suspended/ vision by means of compound and simple eyes/ Excretion by means of malphigian tubules.
  1. a) Suggest a suitable method used to mark the grasshopper
  • Applying nail polish/ varnish, using permanent marker pen/ felt pen
  1. b) Calculate population density of grasshoppers in the field.

 

Population size = first marked/ captured x second capture

                                    Marked re-captured

                        = 100 x 80

                               40             = 200 grasshoppers

Population density = 200  grasshoppers

                                                         5km2

                                                = 40 grasshoppers/km2

 

  1. ) Identify the cell
  • Root hair
  1. ii) State 1 feature observable in the diagram above that adapts the cell to its function of absorption of water and mineral ions
  • Has an elongated portion to increase surface area over which water and mineral ions are absorbed
  1. b) Name the part labeled F
  • Sap vacuoles
  1. a) i) Identify type of neuron in the diagram above
  • Motor/ Efferent neurone
  1. ii) Give one reason for your answer in (a) (i) above
  • Cell body located at one end/ the edge of the cell

 

 

b)Draw an arrow alongside diagram above to indicate direction of flow of nerve impulse in the neurone.

  1. a) Where in the mammalian body does the reaction above take place?
  • In red blood cells in the blood capillaries in the tissues with high carbon (IV) oxide concentration.
  1. b) Name enzyme X
  • Carbonic anhydrase/
  1. a) Name the part labeled P
  • Acrosome
  1. b) Give one adaptive feature of the nucleus – the organelle T.
  • Carried haploid/ half the normal number of chromosomes of the species; so that following fertilization, the normal diploid condition of the species is reconstituted; rej. Contains the nucleus synthesis of ribosomes; rej. Semipermeable membrane for selective movement of materials between the nucleoplasm and the rest of the cell (NB- the core function of the nucleus in the sperm cell is reproduction. The latter are auxiliary roles of the organelle.
  1. c) State function of Flagellum/ tail – pat Q
  • Forward- Propulsion of the cell.
  1. a)Why is it necessary to remove carbon (IV) oxide
  • Confirm that any carbon (IV) oxide present/ detected is from the animal and not from the incoming air.
  1. b) Calcium hydroxide solution is put in the jars labeled 2 and 3, explain why
  • Jar 2 – to confirm that the incoming air is Carbon (IV) oxide – free
  • Jar 3 – to test for Carbon (IV) oxide in the air exhaled by the small animal.
  1. c) Suggest suitable control for this experiment
  • Same set up but without/ excluding the animal
  1. a) i) Name the physiological process illustrated above
  • Diffusion, rej. Osmosis
  1. ii) Give two examples of applicability of the process named in (a) (I above in plants
  • Gaseous exchange/ Taking in of oxygen and excretion of carbon IV) oxide
  • Translocation of materials (in phloem tissue
  • Absorption/ uptake of mineral ions/ salts
  1. b) State 2 ways by which movement of the dye molecules would be slowed down.
  • Lowering the temperature of the medium
  • Increasing thickness of the membrane (to increase the diffusion distance
  • Use a smaller quantity of the dye
  • Add more water to reduce the concentration gradient.
  1. a) i) What was being investigated in the experiment?
  • Positive – hydrotaxis in ants/ Response of ants to water.
  1. ii) Explain your answer in (a) (i) above
  • Ants moved into the flask containing (cotton wool soaked in) water; to be able to obtain water for their metabolism. No ants moved into the dry flask.
  1. b) What was the role of flask II in the experiment?
  • Serve as a control.
  1. Outline 2adaptive features of guard cells
  • Inner/ proximal/ventral wall in thicker and thus less elastic than the outer/ distal/ dorsal wall; the converse- the outer/distal/dorsal wall is thinner and thus elastic than the inner/ proximal/ ventral wall) and thus when the cells are turgid, the outer wall stretches more while the inner wall resist enlargement making the cells burg outwards leaving a pore-stoma in between.
  • Contain chloroplasts and thus carry out photosynthesis; forming glucose (an osmotically active chemical substance) which increases osmotic pressure of the guard cells, water molecules them move into the cells by osmosis (resulting into opening of the stomatal pore.
  1. a) The scientific name of the European wildcat
  • Felissilvestris
  1. b) The species/ specific name/ epithet of the European wildcat
  • silvestris; NB: all letters in this word must be lower case, to score.
  1. A) secretin b) cholecystokinin

 

  1. Identify type o gene mutation represented in each case
  • I – Deletion (of gene ‘e’)
  • II – Substitution/ inversion
  1. Define omnivores
  • Animals that acquire energy and nutrients from materials of plant and animal origin. Omnivores are strictly animals.
  1. b) Name two animals that are omnivores

Man (rej men) human/ human being/, bear, hedge dog, skunk, squirrel, Raccoon, mouse, rat. Chimpazee, orangutan, Armadilo, Monkey (Accept the plural’s/ humans beings, pigs, badgers etc)

  1. a) Give the term used to describe this phenomenon
  • Codominance (written as one word)
  1. b) Give one example of a trait in human beings where the condition whose term is named in (a) above express itself.
  • Type AB blood group/ type, rej blood group/s alone, rej ABO blood group/s acc. Sickle cell trait rej. Sickle cell disease/ sickle cell anaemia.
  1. State 2 normal morphological/ physical features of the mammalian red blood cell represented in the diagram above
  • Biconcave
  • Lacks nucleus/ anucletae

 

  1. Ai) rate of transpiration is higher in windy than in still air condition
  2. ii) wind blows off water vapour from the surface of the leaf ;thus raising the saturation deficit hence increasing rate of transpiration;
  3. b) widenedstomatal aperture increases the surface area for transpiration

 

  1. A) increase in oxygen concentration results in corresponding increase in amount of sugar loss and potassium gain; oxygen gas is used to oxidize the sugar during respiration to generate energy needed for active uptake of potassium ions;
  2. b) introducing enzyme inhibitors;

reducing/eliminating oxygen gas and sugar;

 

 

  1. a) Identify the tissue labeled K
  • Palisade/ mesophyll (tissue)
  1. b) Name the response (to sunlight) sown by the chloroplasts in diagram I
  • Positive phototaxis/ positive phototactic response rej. Phototaxis alone, rej positive phototropism.
  1. Outline importance of the orientation of the chloroplasts as illustrated in diagram II i.e why do chloroplasts move away from bright sunlight?
  • Chloroplasts move away from bright/high-intensity sunlight (at 2pm) to avoid solarisation / destruction/ photo –oxidation) of chlorophyll (molecules) by high – intensity/ very bright sunlight.

 

MOCKS 1 2023

 

  1. a ) i) rate of water absorption/uptake by the leafy shoot;
  2. ii) rate of transpiration;

b)(i)

               Cut shoot under water;

               Apply petroleum jelly to cork, glass/ bung glass

               Open reservoir:

           (ii)

 To ensure no air enters leafy shoot xylem;

                  To ensure the apparatus is airtight;

                  To remove air bubbles from tube 

      (c)

            Stomata size and number;    Hairy leaf;      Leaf size and shape

             Leaf fall;  Cuticle;        

 

Population size = First capture  X Second capture

                             Marked recaptured

                                           = 70 X 40

                                                       27

                                           = 104 garsshoppers

Large samples are more representative of the population

Sweep nets

  • No organisms moved into or out of the study area during the investigation
  • The grasshoppers mixed randomly and completely in the population
  • Markings do not wear off
  • No new hatchings / metamorphosis
  • The markings do not alter the grasshoppers behaviour
  1. AA ; aa;
  2. 150 x 4 = 600;

¾  x 600 = 450  or 600 – 150 = 450 fruit flies ;

 

  1. Aa ;

 

  1. Test cross /back cross to determine an unknown genotype ;

 

Short life cycle

Produce many offsprings

Has clear contrasting characteristics / exist in many mutant forms

Large chromosomes

Few chromosomes

Wide spread throughout the world

Not known to be a vector of human diseases

  1. a)  A natural unit in which abiotic and biotic factors interact freely / naturally leading to aself sustaining system          

 

  1. b) S – Emergent   type ;P  – Submerged type; Q – Floating type  ;

            c)

– Have numerous chloroplasts to absorb light for photosynthesis

  –  Chloroplast are sensitive to low light intensities, thus photosynthesiseunder low light

Intensities

–   The leaves are deeply dissected into thread like straws to increase the surface area for absorption of        light

  • Have a large air spaces/aerenchyma tissues for storage of air required for gaseous exchange/provide buoyancy.
  • The leaf lack cuticle to facilitate exchange of gases through epidermis
  • They have poorly developed roots that lack root hairs to reduce absorption

of water 

 

 

 

 

5.(a)  To destarch;    

            (b)

            (i) To absorb carbon (iv) oxide gas;                                    

                (ii)   To increase the concentration of carbon (iv) xide gas;                 

(c)

                (i) M : brown colour of iodine solution is retained ;photosynthesis did not take place due to absence of carbon (iv) oxide gas hence no starch thus negative results;                            

                 (ii) N : blue-black colour was observed; all conditions necessary for photosynthesis were available hence accumulation of starch thus positive results;                                

          (d)light duration; light wavelength;

 

6a)

  1. Flask X [4marks]

Steady increase in temperature reading followed by a steady decline;the starch in soaked seeds was hydrolysed by water to reducing sugars; which was oxidized to produce energy needed for germination of seeds ;after all the stored food had been used up ,the decline in  energy production led to decline in temperature reading;

 

  1. Flask Y [3marks]

Steady /continuous  rise in temperature reading; boiling denatured the respiratory enzymes, bacteria(decomposers) respired as they fed on boiled seeds to bring about decomposition; due to their increasing number following steady reproduction ,the heat energy produced increased exponentially;

 

  1. Explain the results obtained in flask Z                                                          [2marks]

Constant temperature reading ;Methylated spirit disinfected the seeds hence no bacteria that would have respired to release heat energy;

 

  1. Explain why :
  2. Vacuum flask were used in this experiment [1mark]

To conserve the heat energy produced during respiration

 

  1. Cotton wool and not rubber bungs were used to hold the thermometer in place

 

To allow free circulation of air in and out of the flask;. (Bacteria need oxygen gas for respiration)

  1. State the aim of the above investigation [1mark]

To show that germinating seeds produce energy during respiration;

To show that decomposers produce heat energy during respiration;

 

  1. Evolution of an organism is towards better adaptation and survival to its habitat.
  2. Explain how this is achieved to members of Class Insecta towards locomotion and protection                                                          [7mks]

 

Locomotion

Wings for flight

Legs for walking

Segmentation to allow movement

Moulting /ecdysis to permit locomotion

 

Protection

Hard cuticle for protection against mechanical injury/ infestation

Polymorphic  forms / colour for camouflage against predators

Cuticle is waterproof /chitinous to prevent water loss

 

  1. Suggest how the modern long necked giraffes may have evolved from short necked stock [13mks]

 

 

Short necked stock over produced resulting to competition for food ; variation occurred in population ; long necked giraffes resulted among short necked ; both stock struggled for existence ; long necked giraffes were better adapted than short necked /fittest for survival; long necked giraffes reached reproductive age and passed on desirable trait to offspring while short necked giraffes failed to do so / were eliminated, long neck was naturally selected ; gradual changes  accumulated in new stock forming a population of long necked giraffes ;

 

  1. A) process of fertilization

Fertilization is the fusion of the male and female nuclei in the embryo sac; after pollination the pollen grains absorbs nutrients from the stigma; and develops an outgrowth called the pollen tube; the pollen tube grows down the style ,to the embryo sac taking along the male gametes with it; the pollen grains usually adhere to the sigma as a result of the stigma cells secreting a sticky substance; which also stimulates the pollen grain to germinate sending down its pollen tube;the growth of the pollen tube into the stigma ,through the style to the ovary is by pushing its way between the cells where it gets nourishment from the surrounding tissues;this process is quite rapid and takes place in a matter of minutes; as the pollen grain germinates ,the tube nucleus occupies a position at the tip of the growing pollen tube; the generative nucleus divides by mitosis into two male gamete nuclei, which follow behind the tube nucleus as the pollen grows down the style; the pollen tube enters an ovule through the micropyle and when it reaches the centre of the ovule it penetrates the wall of the embryo sac and burst open; meanwhile the tube nucleus disintegrates leaving a clear way for the entry of the male nuclei; one of the male nuclei fuses with the egg cell nucleus to  form a diploid zygote; which develops in to the embryo;while the other male nucleus fuses with the polar nucleus to form a triploid primary endosperm;

NAME………………………………………………………………………….. ADM/NUMBER……………………….

SCHOOL………………………………………………………………… Date……………………………………

 

BIOLOGY (231/3)

Paper 3 (PRACTICAL)

JULY 2023

TIME: 13/4 hour

 

MOCKS 1 2023

 

Kenya Certificate of Secondary Examinations

Instructions to candidates

(a) Write your name and Admission number in the spaces provided.

(b) Answer all the questions in the spaces provided.

(c) You are required to spend the first 15 minutes of the 13/4 hours allowed for this paper reading the whole paper carefully before commencing your work.

(d) This paper consists of 6 printed pages.

(e) Candidates should check the question paper to ascertain that all the pages are printed as indicated and that no questions are missing.

For Examiner’s Use Only

QUESTION MAXIMUM SCORE CANDIDATE SCORE
  14  
  13  
  13  
40  

 

  1. You are provided with small pieces of two tissues, labeled P and Q, obtained from an animal.

 

(a).Cut each specimen into two equal halves. From each specimen, crush one half and leave the other half as a solid piece. Place the solid half of specimen P into a test tube labeled K. Place the solid half of specimen Q into a test tube labeled L.

Put about 2cm3 hydrogen peroxide into each of the test tubes.

(i) State the observations made in the two test tubes.                                                        [2marks]

Test tube K …………less effervescence

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Test tube L …………more effervescence compared to K

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

(ii)Place the crushed specimen P into test tube labeled M and also place the crushed specimen Q into test tube labeled N. Add 2cm3 hydrogen peroxide into test tube M and N. Record the observation for each test tubes M and N in comparison to K and  L                                  [2marks]

 

Test tube M ………more effervescence compared to K

…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Test tube N ………more effervescence compared to L

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

(iii) Write down an equation for the reaction that was responsible for your observations in the experiments above.                                                                                                                    [1mark]

Hydrogen peroxide           →               water  +  oxygen gas

(iv) Name the process represented by the equation in (iii) above.                                     [1mark]

…………detoxification

 

(b) Explain how crushing affected the results of the experiments.                                   [2marks]

 

Crushing increased the surface area ;upon which enzyme catalase can speed up the decomposition of toxic hydrogen peroxide ;

……………………………………………………………………………………….

 

(c) Apart from the process named in (a) (iv) above, name three other functions of specimen Q [3marks]

Deamination

Blood sugar regulation

Thermoregulation

Regulation of plasma proteins

Haemoglobin regulatiog

……………………………………………………………………………………….

(d) Explain the importance of the process named in (a) (iv) above in living organisms    [3marks]

Harmful/ toxic substances e.g hydrogen peroxide are broken down; to less harmful substances such as water and oxygen gas; this creates a conducive environment for physiological processes in the cell;the oxygen gas produced can also be used in respiration;

 

 

 

 

  1. You are provided with specimen labelled Z which has been grounded into flour.

Make a solution of the flour provided by adding water and stirring properly. Sieve or decant to obtain a solution from the mixture.

 

(a) (i) Using the reagents provided test for the presence of starch, proteins and lipids in the solution from specimen Z. Record the procedures, observation, and conclusions in the table below.                                                                         [9marks]

 

 

 

FOODSUBSTANCE PROCEDURE OBSERVATION CONCLUSION
Starch

 

 

 

To 2ml of solution Z,add iodine solution dropwise;

 

Blue-black colour is observed ; Starch present;
Proteins  

To 2ml of solution Z,add equal amount of 10% sodiumhydroxide solution followed by 1% copper (ii) sulphate solution;

 

 

Purple/violet colour is observed ;

 

Proteins present;

Lipids To 2ml of solution Z,add 4ml of absolute ethanol and shake .transfer into another test tube half filled with water;

 

 

Formation of white emulsion ;

 

Lipids present;

 

(ii) From the conclusions made in (a) (i) above, suggest the regions of the alimentary canal where the digestion of specimen Z would take place.                                                        [3marks]

Starch –mouth;duodenum;

Proteins –stomach;duodenum;

Lipids –duodenum;ileum;

(b) State one use of any two food substances found in specimen Z.                                           [2 marks]

Starch –digested to glucose which is then oxidized during respiration to generate energy;

Proteins –digested to amino acids which are then oxidized to release energy during starvation;

 

 

 

  1. You are provided with leaves of specimens A, B, C, D, and E.

 

(a) Use the following features in the order in which they are listed, to prepare a dichotomous key:                                                                                                                                       [8 marks]

Type of leaf

Shape of the lamina

Succulent or non-succulent

Leaf margin

1  a) leaf simple………………………………………………………….go to 2                                                                     b) leaf compound………………………………………………………E

2   a)  leaf with broad lamina ……………………………………………go to 3  

  1. b) leaf with narrow lamina……………………………………………B

3  a) leaf succulent ………………………………………………………   C

  1. b) leaf non-succulent……………………………………………………go to 4

4 a) leaf with serrated margin ……………………………………………..D

  1. b) leaf with smooth margin……………………………………………….A

………………………………………………………………………………………

(b) (i) Name the likely habitat of specimen C.                                                                   [1mark]

Desert;

(ii) Give a reason for your answer in (b) (i) above.                                                           [1mark]

Succulent leaves to store water

(c) State the significance of the shiny upper surface of specimen A.                                [2marks]

Shiny to reflect light away; hence reduce the rate of transpiration;